SELECTED SHORT STORIES BY F SCOTT FITZGERALD 2
PROJECT GUTENBERG AUSTRALIA
1.THE CAPTURED SHADOW
Saturday Evening Post (29 December 1928)
Basil Duke Lee shut the front door behind him
and turned on the dining-room light. His mother's voice drifted sleepily
downstairs:
"Basil, is that you?"
"No, mother, it's a burglar."
"It seems to me twelve o'clock is pretty
late for a fifteen-year-old boy."
"We went to Smith's and had a soda."
Whenever a new responsibility devolved upon
Basil he was "a boy almost sixteen," but when a privilege was in
question, he was "a fifteen-year-old boy."
There were footsteps above, and Mrs. Lee, in
kimono, descended to the first landing.
"Did you and Riply enjoy the play?"
"Yes, very much."
"What was it about?"
"Oh, it was just about this man. Just an
ordinary play."
"Didn't it have a name?"
"'Are You a Mason?'"
"Oh." She hesitated, covetously
watching his alert and eager face, holding him there. "Aren't you coming
to bed?"
"I'm going to get something to eat."
"Something more?"
For a moment he didn't answer. He stood in front
of a glassed-in bookcase in the living room, examining its contents with an
equally glazed eye.
"We're going to get up a play," he
said suddenly. "I'm going to write it."
"Well--that'll be very nice. Please come to
bed soon. You were up late last night, too, and you've got dark circles under
your eyes."
From the bookcase Basil presently extracted
"Van Bibber and Others," from which he read while he ate a large
plate of straw softened with half a pint of cream. Back in the living room he
sat for a few minutes at the piano, digesting, and meanwhile staring at the
colored cover of a song from "The Midnight Sons." It showed three men
in evening clothes and opera hats sauntering jovially along Broadway against
the blazing background of Times Square.
Basil would have denied incredulously the
suggestion that that was currently his favorite work of art. But it was.
He went upstairs. From a drawer of his desk he
took out a composition book and opened it.
BASIL DUKE LEE
ST. REGIS SCHOOL
EASTCHESTER, CONN.
FIFTH FORM FRENCH
and on the next page, under Irregular Verbs:
Present
je connais |
nous con |
tu connais |
|
il connait |
|
He turned over another page.
MR. WASHINGTON SQUARE
A Musical Comedy by
BASIL DUKE LEE
Music by Victor Herbert
ACT I
[The
porch of the Millionaires' Club, near New York. Opening Chorus, LEILIA
and DEBUTANTES:
We sing not soft, we sing not loud
For no one ever heard an opening chorus.
We are a very merry crowd
But no one ever heard an opening chorus.
We're just a crowd of debutantes
As merry as can be
And nothing that there is could ever bore us
We're the wittiest ones, the prettiest ones.
In all society
But no one ever heard an opening chorus.
LEILIA (stepping forward): Well,
girls, has Mr. Washington Square been around here today?
Basil turned over a page. There was no answer to
Leilia's question. Instead in capitals was a brand-new heading:
HIC! HIC! HIC!
A Hilarious Farce in One Act
by
BASIL DUKE LEE
SCENE
[A fashionable apartment near Broadway, New
York City. It is almost midnight. As the curtain goes up there is a knocking at
the door and a few minutes later it opens to admit a handsome man in a full
evening dress and a companion. He has evidently been imbibing, for his words
are thick, his nose is red, and he can hardly stand up. He turns up the light
and comes down center.
STUYVESANT: Hic! Hic! Hic!
O'HARA (his companion): Begorra, you been
sayin' nothing else all this evening.
Basil turned over a page and then another,
reading hurriedly, but not without interest.
PROFESSOR PUMPKIN: Now,
if you are an educated man, as you claim, perhaps you can tell me the Latin
word for "this."
STUYVESANT: Hic! Hic! Hic!
PROFESSOR PUMPKIN: Correct. Very good indeed.
I--
At this point Hic! Hic! Hic! came to an end in midsentence.
On the following page, in just as determined a hand as if the last two works
had not faltered by the way, was the heavily underlined beginning of another:
THE CAPTURED SHADOW
A Melodramatic Farce in Three Acts
by
BASIL DUKE LEE
SCENE
[All three acts take place in the library of
the VAN BAKERS' house in New York. It is well furnished with a
red lamp on one side and some crossed spears and helmets and so on and a divan
and a general air of an oriental den.
When the curtain rises MISS SAUNDERS, LEILIA VAN BAKER and ESTELLA
CARRAGE are sitting at a table. MISS SAUNDERS is an
old maid about forty very kittenish. LEILIA is pretty with
dark hair. ESTELLA has light hair. They are a striking
combination.
"The Captured Shadow" filled the rest
of the book and ran over into several loose sheets at the end. When it broke
off Basil sat for a while in thought. This had been a season of "crook
comedies" in New York, and the feel, the swing, the exact and vivid image
of the two he had seen, were in the foreground of his mind. At the time they
had been enormously suggestive, opening out into a world much larger and more
brilliant than themselves that existed outside their windows and beyond their
doors, and it was this suggested world rather than any conscious desire to
imitate "Officer 666," that had inspired the effort before him.
Presently he printed Act II at the head of a new tablet and began to write.
An hour passed. Several times he had recourse to
a collection of joke books and to an old Treasury of Wit and Humor which
embalmed the faded Victorian cracks of Bishop Wilberforce and Sydney Smith. At
the moment when, in his story, a door moved slowly open, he heard a heavy creak
upon the stairs. He jumped to his feet, aghast and trembling, but nothing stirred;
only a white moth bounced against the screen, a clock struck the half-hour far
across the city, a bird whacked its wings in a tree outside.
Voyaging to the bathroom at half-past four, he
saw with a shock that morning was already blue at the window. He had stayed up
all night. He remembered that people who stayed up all night went crazy, and
transfixed in the hall, he tried agonizingly to listen to himself, to feel
whether or not he was going crazy. The things around him seemed preternaturally
unreal, and rushing frantically back into his bedroom, he began tearing off his
clothes, racing after the vanishing night. Undressed, he threw a final
regretful glance at his pile of manuscript--he had the whole next scene in his
head. As a compromise with incipient madness he got into bed and wrote for an
hour more.
Late next morning he was startled awake by one
of the ruthless Scandinavian sisters who, in theory, were the Lees' servants.
"Eleven o'clock!" she shouted. "Five after!"
"Let me alone," Basil mumbled.
"What do you come and wake me up for?"
"Somebody downstairs." He opened his
eyes. "You ate all the cream last night," Hilda continued. "Your
mother didn't have any for her coffee."
"All the cream!" he cried. "Why,
I saw some more."
"It was sour."
"That's terrible," he exclaimed,
sitting up. "Terrible!"
For a moment she enjoyed his dismay. Then she
said, "Riply Buckner's downstairs," and went out, closing the door.
"Send him up!" he called after her.
"Hilda, why don't you ever listen for a minute? Did I get any mail?"
There was no answer. A moment later Riply came
in.
"My gosh, are you still in bed?"
"I wrote on the play all night. I almost
finished Act Two." He pointed to his desk.
"That's what I want to talk to you
about," said Riply. "Mother thinks we ought to get Miss
Halliburton."
"What for?"
"Just to sort of be there."
Though Miss Halliburton was a pleasant person
who combined the occupations of French teacher and bridge teacher, unofficial
chaperon and children's friend, Basil felt that her superintendence would give
the project an unprofessional ring.
"She wouldn't interfere," went on
Riply, obviously quoting his mother. "I'll be the business manager and
you'll direct the play, just like we said, but it would be good to have her
there for prompter and to keep order at rehearsals. The girls' mothers'll like
it."
"All right," Basil agreed reluctantly.
"Now look, let's see who we'll have in the cast. First, there's the
leading man--this gentleman burglar that's called The Shadow. Only it turns out
at the end that he's really a young man about town doing it on a bet, and not
really a burglar at all."
"That's you."
"No, that's you."
"Come on! You're the best actor,"
protested Riply.
"No, I'm going to take a smaller part, so I
can coach."
"Well, haven't I got to be business
manager?"
Selecting the actresses, presumably all eager,
proved to be a difficult matter. They settled finally on Imogene Bissel for
leading lady; Margaret Torrence for her friend, and Connie Davies for
"Miss Saunders, an old maid very kittenish."
On Riply's suggestion that several other girls
wouldn't be pleased at being left out, Basil introduced a maid and a cook,
"who could just sort of look in from the kitchen." He rejected firmly
Riply's further proposal that there should be two or three maids, "a sort
of sewing woman," and a trained nurse. In a house so clogged with
femininity even the most umbrageous of gentleman burglars would have difficulty
in moving about.
"I'll tell you two people we won't
have," Basil said meditatively--"that's Joe Gorman and Hubert
Blair."
"I wouldn't be in it if we had Hubert
Blair," asserted Riply.
"Neither would I."
Hubert Blair's almost miraculous successes with
girls had caused Basil and Riply much jealous pain.
They began calling up the prospective cast and
immediately the enterprise received its first blow. Imogene Bissel was going to
Rochester, Minnesota, to have her appendix removed, and wouldn't be back for
three weeks.
They considered.
"How about Margaret Torrence?"
Basil shook his head. He had vision of Leilia
Van Baker as someone rarer and more spirited than Margaret Torrence. Not that
Leilia had much being, even to Basil--less than the Harrison Fisher girls
pinned around his wall at school. But she was not Margaret Torrence. She was no
one you could inevitably see by calling up half an hour before on the phone.
He discarded candidate after candidate. Finally
a face began to flash before his eyes, as if in another connection, but so
insistently that at length he spoke the name.
"Evelyn Beebe."
"Who?"
Though Evelyn Beebe was only sixteen, her
precocious charms had elevated her to an older crowd and to Basil she seemed of
the very generation of his heroine, Leilia Van Baker. It was a little like
asking Sarah Bernhardt for her services, but once her name had occurred to him,
other possibilities seemed pale.
At noon they rang the Beebes' door-bell,
stricken by a paralysis of embarrassment when Evelyn opened the door herself
and, with politeness that concealed a certain surprise, asked them in.
Suddenly, through the portière of the living
room, Basil saw and recognized a young man in golf knickerbockers.
"I guess we better not come in," he
said quickly.
"We'll come some other time," Riply
added.
Together they started precipitately for the
door, but she barred their way.
"Don't be silly," she insisted.
"It's just Andy Lockheart."
Just Andy Lockheart--winner of the Western Golf
Championship at eighteen, captain of his freshman baseball team, handsome,
successful at everything he tried, a living symbol of the splendid, glamorous
world of Yale. For a year Basil had walked like him and tried unsuccessfully to
play the piano by ear as Andy Lockheart was able to do.
Through sheer ineptitude at escaping, they were
edged into the room. Their plan suddenly seemed presumptuous and absurd.
Perceiving their condition Evelyn tried to
soothe them with pleasant banter.
"Well it's about time you came to see
me," she told Basil. "Here I've been sitting at home every night
waiting for you--ever since the Davies dance. Why haven't you been here
before?"
He stared at her blankly, unable even to smile,
and muttered: "Yes, you have."
"I have though. Sit down and tell me why
you've been neglecting me! I suppose you've both been rushing the beautiful
Imogene Bissel."
"Why, I understand--" said Basil.
"Why, I heard from somewhere that she's gone up to have some kind of an
appendicitis--that is--" He ran down to a pitch of inaudibility as Andy
Lockheart at the piano began playing a succession of thoughtful chords, which
resolved itself into the maxixe, an eccentric stepchild of the tango. Kicking
back a rug and lifting her skirts a little, Evelyn fluently tapped out a circle
with her heels around the floor.
They sat inanimate as cushions on the sofa
watching her. She was almost beautiful, with rather large features and bright
fresh color behind which her heart seemed to be trembling a little with
laughter. Her voice and her lithe body were always mimicking, ceaselessly
caricaturing every sound and movement near by, until even those who disliked her
admitted that "Evelyn could always make you laugh." She finished her
dance now with a false stumble and an awed expression as she clutched at the
piano, and Basil and Riply chuckled. Seeing their embarrassment lighten, she
came and sat down beside them, and they laughed again when she said:
"Excuse my lack of self-control."
"Do you want to be the leading lady in a
play we're going to give?" demanded Basil with sudden desperation.
"We're going to have it at the Martindale School, for the benefit of the
Baby Welfare."
"Basil, this is so sudden."
Andy Lockheart turned around from the piano.
"What're you going to give--a minstrel
show?"
"No, it's a crook play named The Captured
Shadow. Miss Halliburton is going to coach it." He suddenly realized the
convenience of that name to shelter himself behind.
"Why don't you give something like 'The
Private Secretary'?" interrupted Andy. "There's a good play for you.
We gave it my last year at school."
"Oh, no, it's all settled," said Basil
quickly. "We're going to put on this play that I wrote."
"You wrote it yourself?" exclaimed
Evelyn.
"Yes."
"My-y gosh!" said Andy. He began to
play again.
"Look, Evelyn," said Basil. "It's
only for three weeks, and you'd be the leading lady."
She laughed. "Oh, no. I couldn't. Why don't
you get Imogene?"
"She's sick, I tell you. Listen--"
"Or Margaret Torrence?"
"I don't want anybody but you."
The directness of this appeal touched her and
momentarily she hesitated. But the hero of the Western Golf Championship turned
around from the piano with a teasing smile and she shook her head.
"I can't do it, Basil. I may have to go
East with the family."
Reluctantly Basil and Riply got up.
"Gosh, I wish you'd be in it, Evelyn."
"I wish I could."
Basil lingered, thinking fast, wanting her more
than ever; indeed, without her, it scarcely seemed worth while to go on with
the play. Suddenly a desperate expedient took shape on his lips:
"You certainly would be wonderful. You see,
the leading man is going to be Hubert Blair."
Breathlessly he watched her, saw her hesitate.
"Good-by," he said.
She came with them to the door and then out on
the veranda, frowning a little.
"How long did you say the rehearsals would
take?" she asked thoughtfully.
II
On an August evening three days later Basil read
the play to the cast on Miss Halliburton's porch. He was nervous and at first
there were interruptions of "Louder" and "Not so fast."
Just as his audience was beginning to be amused by the repartee of the two
comic crooks--repartee that had seen service with Weber and Fields--he was
interrupted by the late arrival of Hubert Blair.
Hubert was fifteen, a somewhat shallow boy save
for two or three felicities which he possessed to an extraordinary degree. But
one excellence suggests the presence of others, and young ladies never failed
to respond to his most casual fancy, enduring his fickleness of heart and never
convinced that his fundamental indifference might not be overcome. They were
dazzled by his flashing self-confidence, by his cherubic ingenuousness, which
concealed a shrewd talent for getting around people, and by his extraordinary
physical grace. Long-legged, beautifully proportioned, he had that tumbler's
balance usually characteristic only of men "built near the ground."
He was in constant motion that was a delight to watch, and Evelyn Beebe was not
the only older girl who had found in him a mysterious promise and watched him
for a long time with something more than curiosity.
He stood in the doorway now with an expression
of bogus reverence on his round pert face.
"Excuse me," he said. "Is this
the First Methodist Episcopal Church?" Everybody laughed--even Basil.
"I didn't know. I thought maybe I was in the right church, but in the
wrong pew."
They laughed again, somewhat discouraged. Basil
waited until Hubert had seated himself beside Evelyn Beebe. Then he began to
read once more, while the others, fascinated, watched Hubert's efforts to
balance a chair on its hind legs. This squeaky experiment continued as an
undertone to the reading. Not until Basil's desperate "Now, here's where
you come in, Hube," did attention swing back to the play.
Basil read for more than an hour. When, at the
end, he closed the composition book and looked up shyly, there was a burst of
spontaneous applause. He had followed his models closely, and for all its
grotesqueries, the result was actually interesting--it was a play. Afterward he
lingered, talking to Miss Halliburton, and he walked home glowing with
excitement and rehearsing a little by himself into the August night.
The first week of rehearsal was a matter of
Basil climbing back and forth from auditorium to stage, crying, "No! Look
here, Connie; you come in more like this." Then things began to happen.
Mrs. Van Schellinger came to rehearsal one day, and lingering afterward,
announced that she couldn't let Gladys be in "a play about
criminals." Her theory was that this element could be removed; for
instance, the two comic crooks could be changed to "two funny
farmers."
Basil listened with horror. When she had gone he
assured Miss Halliburton that he would change nothing. Luckily Gladys played
the cook, an interpolated part that could be summarily struck out, but her
absence was felt in another way. She was tranquil and tractable, "the most
carefully brought-up girl in town," and at her withdrawal rowdiness
appeared during rehearsals. Those who had only such lines as "I'll ask
Mrs. Van Baker, sir," in Act I and "No, ma'am," in Act III
showed a certain tendency to grow restless in between. So now it was:
"Please keep that dog quiet or else send
him home!" or:
"Where's that maid? Wake up, Margaret, for
heaven's sake!" or:
"What is there to laugh at that's so darn
funny?"
More and more the chief problem was the tactful
management of Hubert Blair. Apart from his unwillingness to learn his lines, he
was a satisfactory hero, but off the stage he became a nuisance. He gave an
endless private performance for Evelyn Beebe, which took such forms as chasing
her amorously around the hall or of flipping peanuts over his shoulder to land
mysteriously on the stage. Called to order, he would mutter, "Aw, shut up
yourself," just loud enough for Basil to guess, but not to hear.
But Evelyn Beebe was all that Basil had
expected. Once on the stage, she compelled a breathless attention, and Basil
recognized this by adding to her part. He envied the half-sentimental fun that
she and Hubert derived from their scenes together and he felt a vague,
impersonal jealousy that almost every night after rehearsal they drove around
together in Hubert's car.
One afternoon when matters had progressed a
fortnight, Hubert came in an hour late, loafed through the first act and then
informed Miss Halliburton that he was going home.
"What for?" Basil demanded.
"I've got some things I got to do."
"Are they important?"
"What business is that of yours?"
"Of course it's my business," said
Basil heatedly, whereupon Miss Halliburton interfered.
"There's no use of anybody getting angry.
What Basil means, Hubert, is that if it's just some small thing--why, we're all
giving up our pleasures to make this play a success."
Hubert listened with obvious boredom.
"I've got to drive downtown and get
father."
He looked coolly at Basil, as if challenging him
to deny the adequacy of this explanation.
"Then why did you come an hour late?"
demanded Basil.
"Because I had to do something for
mother."
A group had gathered and he glanced around
triumphantly. It was one of those sacred excuses, and only Basil saw that it
was disingenuous.
"Oh, tripe!" he said.
"Maybe you think so--Bossy."
Basil took a step toward him, his eyes blazing.
"What'd you say?"
"I said 'Bossy.' Isn't that what they call
you at school?"
It was true. It had followed him home. Even as
he went white with rage a vast impotence surged over him at the realization
that the past was always lurking near. The faces of school were around him,
sneering and watching. Hubert laughed.
"Get out!" said Basil in a strained
voice. "Go on! Get right out!"
Hubert laughed again, but as Basil took a step
toward him he retreated.
"I don't want to be in your play anyhow. I
never did."
"Then go on out of this hall."
"Now, Basil!" Miss Halliburton hovered
breathlessly beside them. Hubert laughed again and looked about for his cap.
"I wouldn't be in your crazy old
show," he said. He turned slowly and jauntily, and sauntered out the door.
Riply Buckner read Hubert's part that afternoon,
but there was a cloud upon the rehearsal. Miss Beebe's performance lacked its
customary verve and the others clustered and whispered, falling silent when
Basil came near. After the rehearsal, Miss Halliburton, Riply and Basil held a
conference. Upon Basil flatly refusing to take the leading part, it was decided
to enlist a certain Mayall De Bec, known slightly to Riply, who had made a name
for himself in theatricals at the Central High School.
But next day a blow fell that was irreparable.
Evelyn, flushed and uncomfortable, told Basil and Miss Halliburton that her
family's plans had changed--they were going East next week and she couldn't be
in the play after all. Basil understood. Only Hubert had held her this long.
"Good-by," he said gloomily.
His manifest despair shamed her and she tried to
justify herself.
"Really, I can't help it. Oh, Basil, I'm so
sorry!"
"Couldn't you stay over a week with me
after your family goes?" Miss Halliburton asked innocently.
"Not possibly. Father wants us all to go
together. That's the only reason. If it wasn't for that I'd stay."
"All right," Basil said.
"Good-by."
"Basil, you're not mad, are you?" A
gust of repentance swept over her. "I'll do anything to help. I'll come to
rehearsals this week until you get someone else, and then I'll try to help her
all I can. But father says we've got to go."
In vain Riply tried to raise Basil's morale
after the rehearsal that afternoon, making suggestions which he waved contemptuously
away. Margaret Torrence? Connie Davies? They could hardly play the parts they
had. It seemed to Basil as if the undertaking was falling to pieces before his
eyes.
It was still early when he got home. He sat
dispiritedly by his bedroom window, watching the little Barnfield boy playing a
lonesome game by himself in the yard next door.
His mother came in at five, and immediately
sensed his depression.
"Teddy Barnfield has the mumps," she
said, in an effort to distract him. "That's why he's playing there all
alone."
"Has he?" he responded listlessly.
"It isn't at all dangerous, but it's very
contagious. You had it when you were seven."
"H'm."
She hesitated.
"Are you worrying about your play? Has
anything gone wrong?"
"No, mother. I just want to be alone."
After a while he got up and started after a
malted milk at the soda fountain around the corner. It was half in his mind to
see Mr. Beebe and ask him if he couldn't postpone his trip East. If he could
only be sure that that was Evelyn's real reason.
The sight of Evelyn's nine-year-old brother
coming along the street broke in on his thoughts.
"Hello, Ham. I hear you're going
away."
Ham nodded.
"Going next week. To the seashore."
Basil looked at him speculatively, as if,
through his proximity to Evelyn, he held the key to the power of moving her.
"Where are you going now?" he asked.
"I'm going to play with Teddy
Barnfield."
"What!" Basil exclaimed. "Why,
didn't you know--" He stopped. A wild, criminal idea broke over him; his
mother's words floated through his mind: "It isn't at all dangerous, but
it's very contagious." If little Ham Beebe got the mumps, and Evelyn couldn't go
away--
He came to a decision quickly and coolly.
"Teddy's playing in his back yard," he
said. "If you want to see him without going through his house, why don't
you go down this street and turn up the alley?"
"All right. Thanks," said Ham
trustingly.
Basil stood for a minute looking after him until
he turned the corner into the alley, fully aware that it was the worst thing he
had ever done in his life.
III
A week later Mrs. Lee had an early supper--all
Basil's favorite things: chipped beef, french-fried potatoes, sliced peaches
and cream, and devil's food.
Every few minutes Basil said, "Gosh! I
wonder what time it is," and went out in the hall to look at the clock.
"Does that clock work right?" he demanded with sudden suspicion. It
was the first time the matter had ever interested him.
"Perfectly all right. If you eat so fast
you'll have indigestion and then you won't be able to act well."
"What do you think of the program?" he
asked for the third time. "Riply Buckner, Jr., presents Basil Duke Lee's
comedy, 'The Captured Shadow.'"
"I think it's very nice."
"He doesn't really present it."
"It sounds very well though."
"I wonder what time it is?" he
inquired.
"You just said it was ten minutes after
six."
"Well, I guess I better be starting."
"Eat your peaches, Basil. If you don't eat
you won't be able to act."
"I don't have to act," he said
patiently. "All I am is a small part, and it wouldn't matter--" It
was too much trouble to explain.
"Please don't smile at me when I come on,
mother," he requested. "Just act as if I was anybody else."
"Can't I even say how-do-you-do?"
"What?" Humor was lost on him. He said
good-by. Trying very hard to digest not his food but his heart, which had
somehow slipped down into his stomach, he started off for the Martindale
School.
As its yellow windows loomed out of the night
his excitement became insupportable; it bore no resemblance to the building he
had been entering so casually for three weeks. His footsteps echoed
symbolically and portentously in its deserted hall; upstairs there was only the
janitor setting out the chairs in rows, and Basil wandered about the vacant
stage until someone came in.
It was Mayall De Bec, the tall, clever, not very
likeable youth they had imported from Lower Crest Avenue to be the leading man.
Mayall, far from being nervous, tried to engage Basil in casual conversation.
He wanted to know if Basil thought Evelyn Beebe would mind if he went to see
her sometime when the show was over. Basil supposed not. Mayall said he had a
friend whose father owned a brewery who owned a twelve-cylinder car.
Basil said, "Gee!"
At quarter to seven the participants arrived in
groups--Riply Buckner with the six boys he had gathered to serve as ticket
takers and ushers; Miss Halliburton, trying to seem very calm and reliable;
Evelyn Beebe, who came in as if she were yielding herself up to something and
whose glance at Basil seemed to say: "Well, it looks as if I'm really
going through with it after all."
Mayall De Bec was to make up the boys and Miss
Halliburton the girls. Basil soon came to the conclusion that Miss Halliburton
knew nothing about make-up, but he judged it diplomatic, in that lady's overwrought
condition, to say nothing, but to take each girl to Mayall for corrections when
Miss Halliburton had done.
An exclamation from Bill Kampf, standing at a
crack in the curtain, brought Basil to his side. A tall bald-headed man in
spectacles had come in and was shown to a seat in the middle of the house,
where he examined the program. He was the public. Behind those waiting eyes,
suddenly so mysterious and incalculable, was the secret of the play's failure
or success. He finished the program, took off his glasses and looked around.
Two old ladies and two little boys came in, followed immediately by a dozen
more.
"Hey, Riply," Basil called softly.
"Tell them to put the children down in front."
Riply, struggling into his policeman's uniform,
looked up, and the long black mustache on his upper lip quivered indignantly.
"I thought of that long ago."
The hall, filling rapidly, was now alive with
the buzz of conversation. The children in front were jumping up and down in
their seats, and everyone was talking and calling back and forth save the
several dozen cooks and housemaids who sat in stiff and quiet pairs about the
room.
Then, suddenly, everything was ready. It was
incredible. "Stop! Stop!" Basil wanted to say. "It can't be
ready. There must be something--there always has been something," but the
darkened auditorium and the piano and violin from Geyer's Orchestra playing
"Meet Me in the Shadows" belied his words. Miss Saunders, Leilia Van
Baker and Leilia's friend, Estella Carrage, were already seated on the stage,
and Miss Halliburton stood in the wings with the prompt book. Suddenly the
music ended and the chatter in front died away.
"Oh, gosh!" Basil thought. "Oh,
my gosh!"
The curtain rose. A clear voice floated up from
somewhere. Could it be from that unfamiliar group on the stage?
I will, Miss Saunders. I tell you I will!
But, Miss Leilia, I don't consider the
newspapers proper for young ladies nowadays.
I don't care. I want to read about this
wonderful gentleman burglar they call The Shadow.
It was actually going on. Almost before he
realized it, a ripple of laughter passed over the audience as Evelyn gave her
imitation of Miss Saunders behind her back.
"Get ready, Basil," breathed Miss
Halliburton.
Basil and Bill Kampf, the crooks, each took an elbow
of Victor Van Baker, the dissolute son of the house, and made ready to aid him
through the front door.
It was strangely natural to be out on the stage
with all those eyes looking up encouragingly. His mother's face floated past
him, other faces that he recognized and remembered.
Bill Kampf stumbled on a line and Basil picked
him up quickly and went on.
MISS SAUNDERS: So you
are alderman from the Sixth Ward?
RABBIT SIMMONS: Yes,
ma'am.
MISS SAUNDERS (shaking
her head kittenishly): Just what is an alderman?
CHINAMAN RUDD: An
alderman is halfway between a politician and a pirate.
This was one of Basil's lines that he was
particularly proud of--but there was not a sound from the audience, not a
smile. A moment later Bill Kampf absent-mindedly wiped his forehead with his
handkerchief and then stared at it, startled by the red stains of make-up on
it--and the audience roared. The theater was like that.
MISS SAUNDERS: Then you believe in spirits, Mr.
Rudd.
CHINAMAN RUDD: Yes,
ma'am, I certainly do believe in spirits. Have you got any?
The first big scene came. On the darkened stage
a window rose slowly and Mayall De Bec, "in a full evening dress,"
climbed over the sill. He was tiptoeing cautiously from one side of the stage
to the other, when Leilia Van Baker came in. For a moment she was frightened,
but he assured her that he was a friend of her brother Victor. They talked. She
told him naïvely yet feelingly of her admiration for The Shadow, of whose
exploits she had read. She hoped, though, that The Shadow would not come here
tonight, as the family jewels were all in that safe at the right.
The stranger was hungry. He had been late for
his dinner and so had not been able to get any that night. Would he have some
crackers and milk? That would be fine. Scarcely had she left the room when he
was on his knees by the safe, fumbling at the catch, undeterred by the
unpromising word "Cake" stencilled on the safe's front. It swung
open, but he heard footsteps outside and closed it just as Leilia came back with
the crackers and milk.
They lingered, obviously attracted to each
other. Miss Saunders came in, very kittenish, and was introduced. Again Evelyn
mimicked her behind her back and the audience roared. Other members of the
household appeared and were introduced to the stranger.
What's this? A banging at the door, and
Mulligan, a policeman, rushes in.
We have just received word from the Central
Office that the notorious Shadow has been seen climbing in the window! No one
can leave this house tonight!
The curtain fell. The first rows of the
audience--the younger brothers and sisters of the cast--were extravagant in
their enthusiasm. The actors took a bow.
A moment later Basil found himself alone with
Evelyn Beebe on the stage. A weary doll in her make-up she was leaning against
a table.
"Heigh-ho, Basil," she said.
She had not quite forgiven him for holding her
to her promise after her little brother's mumps had postponed their trip East,
and Basil had tactfully avoided her, but now they met in the genial glow of
excitement and success.
"You were wonderful," he
said--"Wonderful!"
He lingered a moment. He could never please her,
for she wanted someone like herself, someone who could reach her through her
senses, like Hubert Blair. Her intuition told her that Basil was of a certain
vague consequence; beyond that his incessant attempts to make people think and
feel, bothered and wearied her. But suddenly, in the glow of the evening, they
leaned forward and kissed peacefully, and from that moment, because they had no
common ground even to quarrel on, they were friends for life.
When the curtain rose upon the second act Basil
slipped down a flight of stairs and up to another to the back of the hall,
where he stood watching in the darkness. He laughed silently when the audience
laughed, enjoying it as if it were a play he had never seen before.
There was a second and a third act scene that
were very similar. In each of them The Shadow, alone on the stage, was
interrupted by Miss Saunders. Mayall De Bec, having had but ten days of
rehearsal, was inclined to confuse the two, but Basil was totally unprepared
for what happened. Upon Connie's entrance Mayall spoke his third-act line and
involuntarily Connie answered in kind.
Others coming on the stage were swept up in the
nervousness and confusion, and suddenly they were playing the third act in the
middle of the second. It happened so quickly that for a moment Basil had only a
vague sense that something was wrong. Then he dashed down one stairs and up
another and into the wings, crying:
"Let down the curtain! Let down the
curtain!"
The boys who stood there aghast sprang to the
rope. In a minute Basil, breathless, was facing the audience.
"Ladies and gentlemen," he said,
"there's been changes in the cast and what just happened was a mistake. If
you'll excuse us we'd like to do that scene over."
He stepped back in the wings to a flutter of
laughter and applause.
"All right, Mayall!" he called
excitedly. "On the stage alone. Your line is: 'I just want to see that the
jewels are all right,' and Connie's is: 'Go ahead, don't mind me.' All right!
Curtain up!"
In a moment things righted themselves. Someone
brought water for Miss Halliburton, who was in a state of collapse, and as the
act ended they all took a curtain call once more. Twenty minutes later it was
over. The hero clasped Leilia Van Baker to his breast, confessing that he was
The Shadow, "and a captured Shadow at that"; the curtain went up and
down, up and down; Miss Halliburton was dragged unwillingly on the stage and the
ushers came up the aisles laden with flowers. Then everything became informal
and the actors mingled happily with the audience, laughing and important,
congratulated from all sides. An old man whom Basil didn't know came up to him
and shook his hand, saying, "You're a young man that's going to be heard
from some day," and a reporter from the paper asked him if he was really
only fifteen. It might all have been very bad and demoralizing for Basil, but
it was already behind him. Even as the crowd melted away and the last few
people spoke to him and went out, he felt a great vacancy come into his heart.
It was over, it was done and gone--all that work, and interest and absorption.
It was a hollowness like fear.
"Good night, Miss Halliburton. Good night,
Evelyn."
"Good night, Basil. Congratulations, Basil.
Good night."
"Where's my coat? Good night, Basil."
"Leave your costumes on the stage, please.
They've got to go back tomorrow."
He was almost the last to leave, mounting to the
stage for a moment and looking around the deserted hall. His mother was waiting
and they strolled home together through the first cool night of the year.
"Well, I thought it went very well indeed.
Were you satisfied?" He didn't answer for a moment. "Weren't you
satisfied with the way it went?"
"Yes." He turned his head away.
"What's the matter?"
"Nothing," and then, "Nobody
really cares, do they?"
"About what?"
"About anything."
"Everybody cares about different things. I
care about you, for instance."
Instinctively he ducked away from a hand extended
caressingly toward him: "Oh, don't. I don't mean like that."
"You're just overwrought, dear."
"I am not overwrought. I just feel sort of
sad."
"You shouldn't feel sad. Why, people told
me after the play--"
"Oh, that's all over. Don't talk about
that--don't ever talk to me about that any more."
"Then what are you sad about?"
"Oh, about a little boy."
"What little boy?"
"Oh, little Ham--you wouldn't
understand."
"When we get home I want you to take a real
hot bath and quiet your nerves."
"All right."
But when he got home he fell immediately into
deep sleep on the sofa. She hesitated. Then covering him with a blanket and a
comforter, she pushed a pillow under his protesting head and went upstairs.
She knelt for a long time beside her bed.
"God, help him! help him," she prayed,
"because he needs help that I can't give him any more."
2.CRAZY SUNDAY
American Mercury (October
1932)
It was Sunday--not a day, but rather a gap between two other days.
Behind, for all of them, lay sets and sequences, the long waits under the crane
that swung the microphone, the hundred miles a day by automobiles to and fro
across a county, the struggles of rival ingenuities in the conference rooms,
the ceaseless compromise, the clash and strain of many personalities fighting
for their lives. And now Sunday, with individual life starting up again, with a
glow kindling in eyes that had been glazed with monotony the afternoon before.
Slowly as the hours waned they came awake like "Puppenfeen" in a toy
shop: an intense colloquy in a corner, lovers disappearing to neck in a hall.
And the feeling of "Hurry, it's not too late, but for God's sake hurry
before the blessed forty hours of leisure are over."
Joel Coles was writing continuity. He was twenty-eight and not yet
broken by Hollywood. He had had what were considered nice assignments since his
arrival six months before and he submitted his scenes and sequences with
enthusiasm. He referred to himself modestly as a hack but really did not think
of it that way. His mother had been a successful actress; Joel had spent his
childhood between London and New York trying to separate the real from the
unreal, or at least to keep one guess ahead. He was a handsome man with the
pleasant cow-brown eyes that in 1913 had gazed out at Broadway audiences from his
mother's face.
When the invitation came it made him sure that he was getting
somewhere. Ordinarily he did not go out on Sundays but stayed sober and took
work home with him. Recently they had given him a Eugene O'Neill play destined
for a very important lady indeed. Everything he had done so far had pleased
Miles Calman, and Miles Calman was the only director on the lot who did not
work under a supervisor and was responsible to the money men alone. Everything
was clicking into place in Joel's career. ("This is Mr. Calman's
secretary. Will you come to tea from four to six Sunday--he lives in Beverly
Hills, number--.")
Joel was flattered. It would be a party out of the top-drawer. It
was a tribute to himself as a young man of promise. The Marion Davies' crowd,
the high-hats, the big currency numbers, perhaps even Dietrich and Garbo and
the Marquise, people who were not seen everywhere, would probably be at
Calman's.
"I won't take anything to drink," he assured himself.
Calman was audibly tired of rummies, and thought it was a pity the industry
could not get along without them.
Joel agreed that writers drank too much--he did himself, but he
wouldn't this afternoon. He wished Miles would be within hearing when the
cocktails were passed to hear his succinct, unobtrusive, "No, thank
you."
Miles Calman's house was built for great emotional moments--there
was an air of listening, as if the far silences of its vistas hid an audience,
but this afternoon it was thronged, as though people had been bidden rather
than asked. Joel noted with pride that only two other writers from the studio
were in the crowd, an ennobled limey and, somewhat to his surprise, Nat Keogh,
who had evoked Calman's impatient comment on drunks.
Stella Calman (Stella Walker, of course) did not move on to her
other guests after she spoke to Joel. She lingered--she looked at him with the
sort of beautiful look that demands some sort of acknowledgment and Joe drew
quickly on the dramatic adequacy inherited from his mother:
"Well, you look about sixteen! Where's your kiddy car?"
She was visibly pleased; she lingered. He felt that he should say
something more, something confident and easy--he had first met her when she was
struggling for bits in New York. At the moment a tray slid up and Stella put a
cocktail glass into his hand.
"Everybody's afraid, aren't they?" he said, looking at
it absently. "Everybody watches for everybody else's blunders, or tries to
make sure they're with people that'll do them credit. Of course that's not true
in your house," he covered himself hastily. "I just meant generally
in Hollywood."
Stella agreed. She presented several people to Joel as if he were
very important. Reassuring himself that Miles was at the other side of the
room, Joel drank the cocktail.
"So you have a baby?" he said. "That's the time to
look out. After a pretty woman has had her first child, she's very vulnerable,
because she wants to be reassured about her own charm. She's got to have some
new man's unqualified devotion to prove to herself she hasn't lost anything."
"I never get anybody's unqualified devotion," Stella
said rather resentfully.
"They're afraid of your husband."
"You think that's it?" She wrinkled her brow over the
idea; then the conversation was interrupted at the exact moment Joel would have
chosen.
Her attentions had given him confidence. Not for him to join safe
groups, to slink to refuge under the wings of such acquaintances as he saw
about the room. He walked to the window and looked out toward the Pacific,
colorless under its sluggish sunset. It was good here--the American Riviera and
all that, if there were ever time to enjoy it. The handsome, well-dressed
people in the room, the lovely girls, and the--well, the lovely girls. You
couldn't have everything.
He saw Stella's fresh boyish face, with the tired eyelid that
always drooped a little over one eye, moving about among her guests and he
wanted to sit with her and talk a long time as if she were a girl instead of a
name; he followed her to see if she paid anyone as much attention as she had
paid him. He took another cocktail--not because he needed confidence but
because she had given him so much of it. Then he sat down beside the director's
mother.
"Your son's gotten to be a legend, Mrs. Calman--Oracle and a
Man of Destiny and all that. Personally, I'm against him but I'm in a minority.
What do you think of him? Are you impressed? Are you surprised how far he's
gone?"
"No, I'm not surprised," she said calmly. "We
always expected a lot from Miles."
"Well now, that's unusual," remarked Joel. "I
always think all mothers are like Napoleon's mother. My mother didn't want me
to have anything to do with the entertainment business. She wanted me to go to
West Point and be safe."
"We always had every confidence in Miles." . . .
He stood by the built-in bar of the dining room with the
good-humored, heavy-drinking, highly paid Nat Keogh.
"--I made a hundred grand during the year and lost forty
grand gambling, so now I've hired a manager."
"You mean an agent," suggested Joel.
"No, I've got that too. I mean a manager. I make over
everything to my wife and then he and my wife get together and hand me out the
money. I pay him five thousand a year to hand me out my money."
"You mean your agent."
"No, I mean my manager, and I'm not the only one--a lot of
other irresponsible people have him."
"Well, if you're irresponsible why are you responsible enough
to hire a manager?"
"I'm just irresponsible about gambling. Look here--"
A singer performed; Joel and Nat went forward with the others to
listen.
II
The singing reached Joel vaguely; he felt happy and friendly
toward all the people gathered there, people of bravery and industry, superior
to a bourgeoisie that outdid them in ignorance and loose living, risen to a
position of the highest prominence in a nation that for a decade had wanted
only to be entertained. He liked them--he loved them. Great waves of good
feeling flowed through him.
As the singer finished his number and there was a drift toward the
hostess to say good-by, Joel had an idea. He would give them "Building It
Up," his own composition. It was his only parlor trick, it had amused
several parties and it might please Stella Walker. Possessed by the hunch, his
blood throbbing with the scarlet corpuscles of exhibitionism, he sought her.
"Of course," she cried. "Please! Do you need
anything?"
"Someone has to be the secretary that I'm supposed to be
dictating to."
"I'll be her."
As the word spread the guests in the hall, already putting on
their coats to leave, drifted back and Joel faced the eyes of many strangers.
He had a dim foreboding, realizing that the man who had just performed was a
famous radio entertainer. Then someone said "Sh!" and he was alone
with Stella, the center of a sinister Indian-like half-circle. Stella smiled up
at him expectantly--he began.
His burlesque was based upon the cultural limitations of Mr. Dave
Silverstein, an independent producer; Silverstein was presumed to be dictating
a letter outlining a treatment of a story he had bought.
"--a story of divorce, the younger generators and the Foreign
Legion," he heard his voice saying, with the intonations of Mr.
Silverstein. "But we got to build it up, see?"
A sharp pang of doubt struck through him. The faces surrounding
him in the gently molded light were intent and curious, but there was no ghost
of a smile anywhere; directly in front the Great Lover of the screen glared at
him with an eye as keen as the eye of a potato. Only Stella Walker looked up at
him with a radiant, never faltering smile.
"If we make him a Menjou type, then we get a sort of Michael
Arlen only with a Honolulu atmosphere."
Still not a ripple in front, but in the rear a rustling, a
perceptible shift toward the left, toward the front door.
"--then she says she feels this sex appil for him and he
burns out and says 'Oh go on destroy yourself'--"
At some point he heard Nat Keogh snicker and here and there were a
few encouraging faces, but as he finished he had the sickening realization that
he had made a fool of himself in view of an important section of the picture
world, upon whose favor depended his career.
For a moment he existed in the midst of a confused silence, broken
by a general trek for the door. He felt the undercurrent of derision that
rolled through the gossip; then--all this was in the space of ten seconds--the
Great Lover, his eye hard and empty as the eye of a needle, shouted "Boo!
Boo!" voicing in an overtone what he felt was the mood of the crowd. It
was the resentment of the professional toward the amateur, of the community
toward the stranger, the thumbs-down of the clan.
Only Stella Walker was still standing near and thanking him as if
he had been an unparalleled success, as if it hadn't occurred to her that
anyone hadn't liked it. As Nat Keogh helped him into his overcoat, a great wave
of self-disgust swept over him and he clung desperately to his rule of never
betraying an inferior emotion until he no longer felt it.
"I was a flop," he said lightly, to Stella. "Never
mind, it's a good number when appreciated. Thanks for your coöperation."
The smile did not leave her face--he bowed rather drunkenly and
Nat drew him toward the door. . . .
The arrival of his breakfast awakened him into a broken and ruined
world. Yesterday he was himself, a point of fire against an industry, today he
felt that he was pitted under an enormous disadvantage, against those faces,
against individual contempt and collective sneer. Worse than that, to Miles
Calman he was become one of those rummies, stripped of dignity, whom Calman
regretted he was compelled to use. To Stella Walker, on whom he had forced a
martyrdom to preserve the courtesy of her house--her opinion he did not dare to
guess. His gastric juices ceased to flow and he set his poached eggs back on
the telephone table. He wrote:
DEAR MILES: You can imagine my profound self-disgust. I confess to
a taint of exhibitionism, but at six o'clock in the afternoon, in broad
daylight! Good God! My apologies to your wife.
Yours
ever,
JOEL COLES.
Joel emerged from his office on the lot only to slink like a malefactor
to the tobacco store. So suspicious was his manner that one of the studio
police asked to see his admission card. He had decided to eat lunch outside
when Nat Keogh, confident and cheerful, overtook him.
"What do you mean you're in permanent retirement? What if
that Three Piece Suit did boo you?
"Why, listen," he continued, drawing Joel into the
studio restaurant. "The night of one of his premiers at Grauman's, Joe
Squires kicked his tail while he was bowing to the crowd. The ham said Joe'd
hear from him later but when Joe called him up at eight o'clock next day and
said, 'I thought I was going to hear from you,' he hung up the phone."
The preposterous story cheered Joel, and he found a gloomy
consolation in staring at the group at the next table, the sad, lovely Siamese
twins, the mean dwarfs, the proud giant from the circus picture. But looking
beyond at the yellow-stained faces of pretty women, their eyes all melancholy
and startling with mascara, their ball gowns garish in full day, he saw a group
who had been at Calman's and winced.
"Never again," he exclaimed aloud, "absolutely my
last social appearance in Hollywood!"
The following morning a telegram was waiting for him at his
office:
You were one of the most agreeable people at our party. Expect you
at my sister June's buffet supper next Sunday.
STELLA WALKER CALMAN.
The blood rushed fast through his veins for a feverish minute.
Incredulously he read the telegram over.
"Well, that's the sweetest thing I ever heard of in my
life!"
III
Crazy Sunday again. Joel slept until eleven, then he read a
newspaper to catch up with the past week. He lunched in his room on trout,
avocado salad and a pint of California wine. Dressing for the tea, he selected
a pin-check suit, a blue shirt, a burnt orange tie. There were dark circles of
fatigue under his eyes. In his second-hand car he drove to the Riviera
apartments. As he was introducing himself to Stella's sister, Miles and Stella
arrived in riding clothes--they had been quarrelling fiercely most of the afternoon
on all the dirt roads back of Beverly Hills.
Miles Calman, tall, nervous, with a desperate humor and the
unhappiest eyes Joel ever saw, was an artist from the top of his curiously
shaped head to his niggerish feet. Upon these last he stood firmly--he had
never made a cheap picture though he had sometimes paid heavily for the luxury
of making experimental flops. In spite of his excellent company, one could not
be with him long without realizing that he was not a well man.
From the moment of their entrance Joel's day bound itself up
inextricably with theirs. As he joined the group around them Stella turned away
from it with an impatient little tongue click--and Miles Calman said to the man
who happened to be next to him:
"Go easy on Eva Goebel. There's hell to pay about her at
home." Miles turned to Joel, "I'm sorry I missed you at the office
yesterday. I spent the afternoon at the analyst's."
"You being psychoanalyzed?"
"I have been for months. First I went for claustrophobia, now
I'm trying to get my whole life cleared up. They say it'll take over a
year."
"There's nothing the matter with your life," Joel
assured him.
"Oh, no? Well, Stella seems to think so. Ask anybody--they
can all tell you about it," he said bitterly.
A girl perched herself on the arm of Miles' chair; Joel crossed to
Stella, who stood disconsolately by the fire.
"Thank you for your telegram," he said. "It was
darn sweet. I can't imagine anybody as good-looking as you are being so
good-humored."
She was a little lovelier than he had ever seen her and perhaps
the unstinted admiration in his eyes prompted her to unload on him--it did not
take long, for she was obviously at the emotional bursting point.
"--and Miles has been carrying on this thing for two years,
and I never knew. Why, she was one of my best friends, always in the house.
Finally when people began to come to me, Miles had to admit it."
She sat down vehemently on the arm of Joel's chair. Her riding
breeches were the color of the chair and Joel saw that the mass of her hair was
made up of some strands of red gold and some of pale gold, so that it could not
be dyed, and that she had on no make-up. She was that good-looking--
Still quivering with the shock of her discovery, Stella found
unbearable the spectacle of a new girl hovering over Miles; she led Joel into a
bedroom, and seated at either end of a big bed they went on talking. People on
their way to the washroom glanced in and made wisecracks, but Stella, emptying
out her story, paid no attention. After a while Miles stuck his head in the
door and said, "There's no use trying to explain something to Joel in half
an hour that I don't understand myself and the psychoanalyst says will take a
whole year to understand."
She talked on as if Miles were not there. She loved Miles, she
said--under considerable difficulties she had always been faithful to him.
"The psychoanalyst told Miles that he had a mother complex.
In his first marriage he transferred his mother complex to his wife, you
see--and then his sex turned to me. But when we married the thing repeated
itself--he transferred his mother complex to me and all his libido turned
toward this other woman."
Joel knew that this probably wasn't gibberish--yet it sounded like
gibberish. He knew Eva Goebel; she was a motherly person, older and probably
wiser than Stella, who was a golden child.
Miles now suggested impatiently that Joel come back with them
since Stella had so much to say, so they drove out to the mansion in Beverly
Hills. Under the high ceilings the situation seemed more dignified and tragic.
It was an eerie bright night with the dark very clear outside of all the
windows and Stella all rose-gold raging and crying around the room. Joel did
not quite believe in picture actresses' grief. They have other
preoccupations--they are beautiful rose-gold figures blown full of life by
writers and directors, and after hours they sit around and talk in whispers and
giggle innuendoes, and the ends of many adventures flow through them.
Sometimes he pretended to listen and instead thought how well she
was got up--sleek breeches with a matched set of legs in them, an
Italian-colored sweater with a little high neck, and a short brown chamois
coat. He couldn't decide whether she was an imitation of an English lady or an
English lady was an imitation of her. She hovered somewhere between the realest
of realities and the most blatant of impersonations.
"Miles is so jealous of me that he questions everything I
do," she cried scornfully. "When I was in New York I wrote him that
I'd been to the theater with Eddie Baker. Miles was so jealous he phoned me ten
times in one day."
"I was wild," Miles snuffled sharply, a habit he had in
times of stress. "The analyst couldn't get any results for a week."
Stella shook her head despairingly. "Did you expect me just
to sit in the hotel for three weeks?"
"I don't expect anything. I admit that I'm jealous. I try not
to be. I worked on that with Dr. Bridgebane, but it didn't do any good. I was
jealous of Joel this afternoon when you sat on the arm of his chair."
"You were?" She started up. "You were! Wasn't there
somebody on the arm of your chair? And did you speak to me for two hours?"
"You were telling your troubles to Joel in the bedroom."
"When I think that that woman"--she seemed to believe
that to omit Eva Goebel's name would be to lessen her reality--"used to
come here--"
"All right--all right," said Miles wearily. "I've
admitted everything and I feel as bad about it as you do." Turning to Joel
he began talking about pictures, while Stella moved restlessly along the far
walls, her hands in her breeches pockets.
"They've treated Miles terribly," she said, coming
suddenly back into the conversation as if they'd never discussed her personal
affairs. "Dear, tell him about old Beltzer trying to change your picture."
As she stood hovering protectively over Miles, her eyes flashing
with indignation in his behalf, Joel realized that he was in love with her.
Stifled with excitement he got up to say good night.
With Monday the week resumed its workaday rhythm, in sharp
contrast to the theoretical discussions, the gossip and scandal of Sunday;
there was the endless detail of script revision--"Instead of a lousy
dissolve, we can leave her voice on the sound track and cut to a medium shot of
the taxi from Bell's angle or we can simply pull the camera back to include the
station, hold it a minute and then pan to the row of taxis"--by Monday
afternoon Joel had again forgotten that people whose business was to provide
entertainment were ever privileged to be entertained. In the evening he phoned
Miles' house. He asked for Miles but Stella came to the phone.
"Do things seem better?"
"Not particularly. What are you doing next Saturday
evening?"
"Nothing."
"The Perrys are giving a dinner and theater party and Miles
won't be here--he's flying to South Bend to see the Notre Dame-California game.
I thought you might go with me in his place."
After a long moment Joel said, "Why--surely. If there's a
conference I can't make dinner but I can get to the theater."
"Then I'll say we can come."
Joel walked his office. In view of the strained relations of the
Calmans, would Miles be pleased, or did she intend that Miles shouldn't know of
it? That would be out of the question--if Miles didn't mention it Joel would.
But it was an hour or more before he could get down to work again.
Wednesday there was a four-hour wrangle in a conference room
crowded with planets and nebulae of cigarette smoke. Three men and a woman
paced the carpet in turn, suggesting or condemning, speaking sharply or
persuasively, confidently or despairingly. At the end Joel lingered to talk to
Miles.
The man was tired--not with the exaltation of fatigue but
life-tired, with his lids sagging and his beard prominent over the blue shadows
near his mouth.
"I hear you're flying to the Notre Dame game."
Miles looked beyond him and shook his head.
"I've given up the idea."
"Why?"
"On account of you." Still he did not look at Joel.
"What the hell, Miles?"
"That's why I've given it up." He broke into a
perfunctory laugh at himself. "I can't tell what Stella might do just out
of spite--she's invited you to take her to the Perrys', hasn't she? I wouldn't
enjoy the game."
The fine instinct that moved swiftly and confidently on the set,
muddled so weakly and helplessly through his personal life.
"Look, Miles," Joel said frowning. "I've never made
any passes whatsoever at Stella. If you're really seriously cancelling your
trip on account of me, I won't go to the Perrys' with her. I won't see her. You
can trust me absolutely."
Miles looked at him, carefully now.
"Maybe." He shrugged his shoulders. "Anyhow there'd
just be somebody else. I wouldn't have any fun."
"You don't seem to have much confidence in Stella. She told
me she'd always been true to you."
"Maybe she has." In the last few minutes several more
muscles had sagged around Miles' mouth, "But how can I ask anything of her
after what's happened? How can I expect her--" He broke off and his face
grew harder as he said, "I'll tell you one thing, right or wrong and no
matter what I've done, if I ever had anything on her I'd divorce her. I can't
have my pride hurt--that would be the last straw."
His tone annoyed Joel, but he said:
"Hasn't she calmed down about the Eva Goebel thing?"
"No." Miles snuffled pessimistically. "I can't get
over it either."
"I thought it was finished."
"I'm trying not to see Eva again, but you know it isn't easy
just to drop something like that--it isn't some girl I kissed last night in a
taxi! The psychoanalyst says--"
"I know," Joel interrupted. "Stella told me."
This was depressing. "Well, as far as I'm concerned if you go to the game
I won't see Stella. And I'm sure Stella has nothing on her conscience about
anybody."
"Maybe not," Miles repeated listlessly. "Anyhow
I'll stay and take her to the party. Say," he said suddenly, "I wish
you'd come too. I've got to have somebody sympathetic to talk to. That's the
trouble--I've influenced Stella in everything. Especially I've influenced her
so that she likes all the men I like--it's very difficult."
"It must be," Joel agreed.
IV
Joel could not get to the dinner. Self-conscious in his silk hat
against the unemployment, he waited for the others in front of the Hollywood
Theatre and watched the evening parade: obscure replicas of bright, particular
picture stars, spavined men in polo coats, a stomping dervish with the beard
and staff of an apostle, a pair of chic Filipinos in collegiate clothes,
reminder that this corner of the Republic opened to the seven seas, a long
fantastic carnival of young shouts which proved to be a fraternity initiation.
The line split to pass two smart limousines that stopped at the curb.
There she was, in a dress like ice-water, made in a thousand
pale-blue pieces, with icicles trickling at the throat. He started forward.
"So you like my dress?"
"Where's Miles?"
"He flew to the game after all. He left yesterday morning--at
least I think--" She broke off. "I just got a telegram from South
Bend saying that he's starting back. I forgot--you know all these people?"
The party of eight moved into the theater.
Miles had gone after all and Joel wondered if he should have come.
But during the performance, with Stella a profile under the pure grain of light
hair, he thought no more about Miles. Once he turned and looked at her and she
looked back at him, smiling and meeting his eyes for as long as he wanted.
Between the acts they smoked in the lobby and she whispered:
"They're all going to the opening of Jack Johnson's night
club--I don't want to go, do you?"
"Do we have to?"
"I suppose not." She hesitated. "I'd like to talk
to you. I suppose we could go to our house--if I were only sure--"
Again she hesitated and Joel asked:
"Sure of what?"
"Sure that--oh, I'm haywire I know, but how can I be sure
Miles went to the game?"
"You mean you think he's with Eva Goebel?"
"No, not so much that--but supposing he was here watching
everything I do. You know Miles does odd things sometimes. Once he wanted a man
with a long beard to drink tea with him and he sent down to the casting agency
for one, and drank tea with him all afternoon."
"That's different. He sent you a wire from South Bend--that
proves he's at the game."
After the play they said good night to the others at the curb and
were answered by looks of amusement. They slid off along the golden garish
thoroughfare through the crowd that had gathered around Stella.
"You see he could arrange the telegrams," Stella said,
"very easily."
That was true. And with the idea that perhaps her uneasiness was
justified, Joel grew angry: if Miles had trained a camera on them he felt no
obligations toward Miles. Aloud he said:
"That's nonsense."
There were Christmas trees already in the shop windows and the
full moon over the boulevard was only a prop, as scenic as the giant boudoir
lamps of the corners. On into the dark foliage of Beverly Hills that flamed as
eucalyptus by day, Joel saw only the flash of a white face under his own, the
arc of her shoulder. She pulled away suddenly and looked up at him.
"Your eyes are like your mother's," she said. "I
used to have a scrap book full of pictures of her."
"Your eyes are like your own and not a bit like any other
eyes," he answered.
Something made Joel look out into the grounds as they went into
the house, as if Miles were lurking in the shrubbery. A telegram waited on the
hall table. She read aloud:
CHICAGO.
Home tomorrow night. Thinking of you. Love.
MILES.
"You see," she said, throwing the slip back on the
table, "he could easily have faked that." She asked the butler for
drinks and sandwiches and ran upstairs, while Joel walked into the empty
reception rooms. Strolling about he wandered to the piano where he had stood in
disgrace two Sundays before.
"Then we could put over," he said aloud, "a story
of divorce, the younger generators and the Foreign Legion."
His thoughts jumped to another telegram.
"You were one of the most agreeable people at our
party--"
An idea occurred to him. If Stella's telegram had been purely a
gesture of courtesy then it was likely that Miles had inspired it, for it was
Miles who had invited him. Probably Miles had said:
"Send him a wire--he's miserable--he thinks he's queered
himself."
It fitted in with "I've influenced Stella in everything.
Especially I've influenced her so that she likes all the men I like." A
woman would do a thing like that because she felt sympathetic--only a man would
do it because he felt responsible.
When Stella came back into the room he took both her hands.
"I have a strange feeling that I'm a sort of pawn in a spite
game you're playing against Miles," he said.
"Help yourself to a drink."
"And the odd thing is that I'm in love with you anyhow."
The telephone rang and she freed herself to answer it.
"Another wire from Miles," she announced. "He
dropped it, or it says he dropped it, from the airplane at Kansas City."
"I suppose he asked to be remembered to me."
"No, he just said he loved me. I believe he does. He's so
very weak."
"Come sit beside me," Joel urged her.
It was early. And it was still a few minutes short of midnight a
half-hour later, when Joel walked to the cold hearth, and said tersely:
"Meaning that you haven't any curiosity about me?"
"Not at all. You attract me a lot and you know it. The point
is that I suppose I really do love Miles."
"Obviously."
"And tonight I feel uneasy about everything."
He wasn't angry--he was even faintly relieved that a possible
entanglement was avoided. Still as he looked at her, the warmth and softness of
her body thawing her cold blue costume, he knew she was one of the things he
would always regret.
"I've got to go," he said. "I'll phone a taxi."
"Nonsense--there's a chauffeur on duty."
He winced at her readiness to have him go, and seeing this she
kissed him lightly and said, "You're sweet, Joel." Then suddenly
three things happened: he took down his drink at a gulp, the phone rang loud
through the house and a clock in the hall struck in trumpet notes.
Nine--ten--eleven--twelve--
V
It was Sunday again. Joel realized that he had come to the theater
this evening with the work of the week still hanging about him like cerements.
He had made love to Stella as he might attack some matter to be cleaned up
hurriedly before the day's end. But this was Sunday--the lovely, lazy
perspective of the next twenty-four hours unrolled before him--every minute was
something to be approached with lulling indirection, every moment held the germ
of innumerable possibilities. Nothing was impossible--everything was just
beginning. He poured himself another drink.
With a sharp moan, Stella slipped forward inertly by the
telephone. Joel picked her up and laid her on the sofa. He squirted soda-water
on a handkerchief and slapped it over her face. The telephone mouthpiece was
still grinding and he put it to his ear.
"--the plane fell just this side of Kansas City. The body of
Miles Calman has been identified and--"
He hung up the receiver.
"Lie still," he said, stalling, as Stella opened her
eyes.
"Oh, what's happened?" she whispered. "Call them
back. Oh, what's happened?"
"I'll call them right away. What's your doctor's name?"
"Did they say Miles was dead?"
"Lie quiet--is there a servant still up?"
"Hold me--I'm frightened."
He put his arm around her.
"I want the name of your doctor," he said sternly.
"It may be a mistake but I want someone here."
"It's Doctor--Oh, God, is Miles dead?"
Joel ran upstairs and searched through strange medicine cabinets
for spirits of ammonia. When he came down Stella cried:
"He isn't dead--I know he isn't. This is part of his scheme.
He's torturing me. I know he's alive. I can feel he's alive."
"I want to get hold of some close friend of yours, Stella.
You can't stay here alone tonight."
"Oh, no," she cried. "I can't see anybody. You
stay. I haven't got any friend." She got up, tears streaming down her
face. "Oh, Miles is my only friend. He's not dead--he can't be dead. I'm
going there right away and see. Get a train. You'll have to come with me."
"You can't. There's nothing to do tonight. I want you to tell
me the name of some woman I can call: Lois? Joan? Carmel? Isn't there
somebody?"
Stella stared at him blindly.
"Eva Goebel was my best friend," she said.
Joel thought of Miles, his sad and desperate face in the office
two days before. In the awful silence of his death all was clear about him. He
was the only American-born director with both an interesting temperament and an
artistic conscience. Meshed in an industry, he had paid with his ruined nerves
for having no resilience, no healthy cynicism, no refuge--only a pitiful and
precarious escape.
There was a sound at the outer door--it opened suddenly, and there
were footsteps in the hall.
"Miles!" Stella screamed. "Is it you, Miles? Oh,
it's Miles."
A telegraph boy appeared in the doorway.
"I couldn't find the bell. I heard you talking inside."
The telegram was a duplicate of the one that had been phoned.
While Stella read it over and over, as though it were a black lie, Joel
telephoned. It was still early and he had difficulty getting anyone; when
finally he succeeded in finding some friends he made Stella take a stiff drink.
"You'll stay here, Joel," she whispered, as though she
were half-asleep. "You won't go away. Miles liked you--he said you--"
She shivered violently, "Oh, my God, you don't know how alone I
feel." Her eyes closed, "Put your arms around me. Miles had a suit
like that." She started bolt upright. "Think of what he must have
felt. He was afraid of almost everything, anyhow."
She shook her head dazedly. Suddenly she seized Joel's face and
held it close to hers.
"You won't go. You like me--you love me, don't you? Don't
call up anybody. Tomorrow's time enough. You stay here with me tonight."
He stared at her, at first incredulously, and then with shocked
understanding. In her dark groping Stella was trying to keep Miles alive by
sustaining a situation in which he had figured--as if Miles' mind could not die
so long as the possibilities that had worried him still existed. It was a
distraught and tortured effort to stave off the realization that he was dead.
Resolutely Joel went to the phone and called a doctor.
"Don't, oh, don't call anybody!" Stella cried.
"Come back here and put your arms around me."
"Is Doctor Bales in?"
"Joel," Stella cried. "I thought I could count on
you. Miles liked you. He was jealous of you--Joel, come here."
Ah then--if he betrayed Miles she would be keeping him alive--for
if he were really dead how could he be betrayed?
"--has just had a very severe shock. Can you come at once,
and get hold of a nurse?"
"Joel!"
Now the door-bell and the telephone began to ring intermittently,
and automobiles were stopping in front of the door.
"But you're not going," Stella begged him. "You're
going to stay, aren't you?"
"No," he answered. "But I'll be back, if you need
me."
Standing on the steps of the house which now hummed and palpitated
with the life that flutters around death like protective leaves, he began to
sob a little in his throat.
"Everything he touched he did something magical to," he
thought. "He even brought that little gamin alive and made her a sort of
masterpiece."
And then:
"What a hell of a hole he leaves in this damn
wilderness--already!"
And then with a certain bitterness, "Oh, yes, I'll be
back--I'll be back!"
3.DESIGN IN PLASTER
Esquire (November,
1939)
"How long does the doctor think now?" Mary asked. With
his good arm Martin threw back the top of the sheet, disclosing that the
plaster armor had been cut away in front in the form of a square, so that his
abdomen and the lower part of his diaphragm bulged a little from the aperture.
His dislocated arm was still high over his head in an involuntary salute.
"This was a great advance," he told her. "But it
took the heat wave to make Ottinger put in this window. I can't say much for
the view but--have you seen the wire collection?"
"Yes, I've seen it," his wife answered, trying to look
amused.
It was laid out on the bureau like a set of surgeons' tools--wires
bent to every length and shape so that the nurse could reach any point inside
the plaster cast when perspiration made the itching unbearable.
Martin was ashamed at repeating himself.
"I apologize," he said. "After two months you get
medical psychology. All this stuff is fascinating to me. In fact--" he
added, and with only faint irony, "--it is in a way of becoming my
life."
Mary came over and sat beside the bed raising him, cast and all,
into her slender arms. He was chief electrical engineer at the studio and his
thirty-foot fall wasn't costing a penny in doctor's bills. But that--and the
fact that the catastrophe had swung them together after a four months'
separation, was its only bright spot.
"I feel so close," she whispered. "Even through
this plaster."
"Do you think that's a nice way to talk?"
"Yes."
"So do I."
Presently she stood up and rearranged her bright hair in the
mirror. He had seen her do it half a thousand times but suddenly there was a
quality of remoteness about it that made him sad.
"What are you doing tonight?" he asked.
Mary turned, almost with surprise.
"It seems strange to have you ask me."
"Why? You almost always tell me. You're my contact with the
world of glamour."
"But you like to keep bargains. That was our arrangement when
we began to live apart."
"You're being very technical."
"No--but that was the arrangement. As a
matter of fact I'm not doing anything. Bieman asked me to go to a preview, but
he bores me. And that French crowd called up."
"Which member of it?"
She came closer and looked at him.
"Why, I believe you're jealous," she said. "The
wife of course. Or he did, to be exact, but he was calling for
his wife--she'd be there. I've never seen you like this before."
Martin was wise enough to wink as if it meant nothing and let it die
away, but Mary said an unfortunate last word.
"I thought you liked me to go with them."
"That's it," Martin tried to go slow, "--with
'them,' but now it's 'he.'"
"They're all leaving Monday," she said almost
impatiently. "I'll probably never see him again."
Silence for a minute. Since his accident there were not an
unlimited number of things to talk about, except when there was love between
them. Or even pity--he was accepting even pity in the past fortnight.
Especially their uncertain plans about the future were in need of being
preceded by a mood of love.
"I'm going to get up for a minute," he said suddenly.
"No, don't help me--don't call the nurse. I've got it figured out."
The cast extended half way to his knee on one side but with a
snake-like motion he managed to get to the side of the bed--then rise with a
gigantic heave. He tied on a dressing gown, still without assistance, and went
to the window. Young people were splashing and calling in the outdoor pool of
the hotel.
"I'll go along," said Mary. "Can I bring you
anything tomorrow? Or tonight if you feel lonely?"
"Not tonight. You know I'm always cross at night--and I don't
like you making that long drive twice a day. Go along--be happy."
"Shall I ring for the nurse?"
"I'll ring presently."
He didn't though--he just stood. He knew that Mary was wearing
out, that this resurgence of her love was wearing out. His accident was a very
temporary dam of a stream that had begun to overflow months before.
When the pains began at six with their customary regularity the
nurse gave him something with codein in it, shook him a cocktail and ordered
dinner, one of those dinners it was a struggle to digest since he had been
sealed up in his individual bomb-shelter. Then she was off duty four hours and
he was alone. Alone with Mary and the Frenchman.
He didn't know the Frenchman except by name but Mary had said
once:
"Joris is rather like you--only naturally not formed--rather
immature."
Since she said that, the company of Mary and Joris had grown
increasingly unattractive in the long hours between seven and eleven. He had
talked with them, driven around with them, gone to pictures and parties with
them--sometimes with the half comforting ghost of Joris' wife along. He had
been near as they made love and even that was endurable as long as he could
seem to hear and see them. It was when they became hushed and secret that his
stomach winced inside the plaster cast. That was when he had pictures of the
Frenchman going toward Mary and Mary waiting. Because he was not sure just how
Joris felt about her or about the whole situation.
"I told him I loved you," Mary said--and he believed
her, "I told him that I could never love anyone but you."
Still he could not be sure how Mary felt as she waited in her
apartment for Joris. He could not tell if, when she said good night at her
door, she turned away relieved, or whether she walked around her living room a
little and later, reading her book, dropped it in her lap and looked up at the
ceiling. Or whether her phone rang once more for one more good night.
Martin hadn't worried about any of these things in the first two
months of their separation when he had been on his feet and well.
At half-past eight he took up the phone and called her; the line
was busy and still busy at a quarter of nine. At nine it was out of order; at
nine-fifteen it didn't answer and at a little before nine-thirty it was busy
again. Martin got up, slowly drew on his trousers and with the help of a
bellboy put on a shirt and coat.
"Don't you want me to come, Mr. Harris?" asked the
bellboy.
"No thanks. Tell the taxi I'll be right down."
When the boy had gone he tripped on the slightly raised floor of
the bathroom, swung about on one arm and cut his head against the wash bowl. It
was not so much, but he did a clumsy repair job with the adhesive and, feeling
ridiculous at his image in the mirror, sat down and called Mary's number a last
time--for no answer. Then he went out, not because he wanted to go to Mary's
but because he had to go somewhere toward the flame, and he didn't know any
other place to go.
At ten-thirty Mary, in her nightgown, was at the phone.
"Thanks for calling. But, Joris, if you want to know the
truth I have a splitting headache. I'm turning in."
"Mary, listen," Joris insisted. "It happens
Marianne has a headache too and has turned in. This is the last night I'll have
a chance to see you alone. Besides, you told me you'd never had
a headache."
Mary laughed.
"That's true--but I am tired."
"I would promise to stay one-half hour--word of honor. I am
only just around the corner."
"No," she said and a faint touch of annoyance gave
firmness to the word. "Tomorrow I'll have either lunch or dinner if you
like, but now I'm going to bed."
She stopped. She had heard a sound, a weight crunching against the
outer door of her apartment. Then three odd, short bell rings.
"There's someone--call me in the morning," she said.
Hurriedly hanging up the phone she got into a dressing gown.
By the door of her apartment she asked cautiously.
"Who's there?"
No answer--only a heavier sound--a human slipping to the floor.
"Who is it?"
She drew back and away from a frightening moan. There was a little
shutter high in the door, like the peephole of a speakeasy, and feeling sure
from the sound that whoever it was, wounded or drunk, was on the floor Mary
reached up and peeped out. She could see only a hand covered with freshly
ripening blood, and shut the trap hurriedly. After a shaken moment, she peered
once more.
This time she recognized something--afterwards she could not have
said what--a way the arm lay, a corner of the plaster cast--but it was enough
to make her open the door quickly and duck down to Martin's side.
"Get doctor," he whispered. "Fell on the steps and
broke."
His eyes closed as she ran for the phone.
Doctor and ambulance came at the same time. What Martin had done
was simple enough, a little triumph of misfortune. On the first flight of
stairs that he had gone up for eight weeks, he had stumbled, tried to save
himself with the arm that was no good for anything, then spun down catching and
ripping on the stair rail. After that a five minute drag up to her door.
Mary wanted to exclaim, "Why? Why?" but there was no one
to hear. He came awake as the stretcher was put under him to carry him to the
hospital, repair the new breakage with a new cast, start it over again. Seeing
Mary he called quickly. "Don't you come. I don't like anyone around
when--when--Promise on your word of honor not to come?"
The orthopedist said he would phone her in an hour. And five
minutes later it was with the confused thought that he was already calling that
Mary answered the phone.
"I can't talk, Joris," she said. "There was an
awful accident--"
"Can I help?"
"It's gone now. It was my husband--"
Suddenly Mary knew she wanted to do anything but wait alone for
word from the hospital.
"Come over then," she said. "You can take me up
there if I'm needed."
She sat in place by the phone until he came--jumped to her feet
with an exclamation at his ring.
"Why? Why?" she sobbed at last. "I offered to go
see him at his hotel."
"Not drunk?"
"No, no--he almost never takes a drink. Will you wait right
outside my door while I dress and get ready?"
The news came half an hour later that Martin's shoulder was set
again, that he was sleeping under the ethylene gas and would sleep till
morning. Joris Deglen was very gentle, swinging her feet up on the sofa,
putting a pillow at her back and answering her incessant "Why?" with
a different response every time--Martin had been delirious; he was lonely; then
at a certain moment telling the truth he had long guessed at: Martin was
jealous.
"That was it," Mary said bitterly. "We were to be
free--only I wasn't free. Only free to sneak about behind his back."
She was free now though, free as air. And later, when he said he
wouldn't go just yet, but would sit in the living room reading until she
quieted down, Mary went into her room with her head clear as morning. After she
undressed for the second time that night she stayed for a few minutes before
the mirror arranging her hair and keeping her mind free of all thoughts about
Martin except that he was sleeping and at the moment felt no pain.
Then she opened her bedroom door and called down the corridor into
the living room:
"Do you want to come and tell me good night?"
4.DICE, BRASSKNUCKLES
& GUITAR
International (May 1923)
Parts of New Jersey, as you know, are under water, and other parts
are under continual surveillance by the authorities. But here and there lie
patches of garden country dotted with old-fashioned frame mansions, which have
wide shady porches and a red swing on the lawn. And perhaps, on the widest and
shadiest of the porches there is even a hammock left over from the hammock
days, stirring gently in a mid-Victorian wind.
When tourists come to such last-century landmarks they stop their
cars and gaze for a while and then mutter: "Well, thank God this age is
joined on to something" or else they say: "Well, of course, that
house is mostly halls and has a thousand rats and one bathroom, but there's an
atmosphere about it--"
The tourist doesn't stay long. He drives on to his Elizabethan
villa of pressed cardboard or his early Norman meat-market or his medieval
Italian pigeon-coop--because this is the twentieth century and Victorian houses
are as unfashionable as the works of Mrs. Humphry Ward.
He can't see the hammock from the road--but sometimes there's a
girl in the hammock. There was this afternoon. She was asleep in it and
apparently unaware of the esthetic horrors which surrounded her, the stone
statue of Diana, for instance, which grinned idiotically under the sunlight on
the lawn.
There was something enormously yellow about the whole scene--there
was this sunlight, for instance, that was yellow, and the hammock was of the
particularly hideous yellow peculiar to hammocks, and the girl's yellow hair
was spread out upon the hammock in a sort of invidious comparison.
She slept with her lips closed and her hands clasped behind her
head, as it is proper for young girls to sleep. Her breast rose and fell
slightly with no more emphasis than the sway of the hammock's fringe.
Her name, Amanthis, was as old-fashioned as the house she lived
in. I regret to say that her mid-Victorian connections ceased abruptly at this
point.
Now if this were a moving picture (as, of course, I hope it will
some day be) I would take as many thousand feet of her as I was allowed--then I
would move the camera up close and show the yellow down on the back of her neck
where her hair stopped and the warm color of her cheeks and arms, because I
like to think of her sleeping there, as you yourself might have slept, back in
your young days. Then I would hire a man named Israel Glucose to write some
idiotic line of transition, and switch thereby to another scene that was taking
place at no particular spot far down the road.
In a moving automobile sat a southern gentleman accompanied by his
body-servant. He was on his way, after a fashion, to New York but he was
somewhat hampered by the fact that the upper and lower portions of his
automobile were no longer in exact juxtaposition. In fact from time to time the
two riders would dismount, shove the body on to the chassis, corner to corner,
and then continue onward, vibrating slightly in involuntary unison with the
motor.
Except that it had no door in back the car might have been built
early in the mechanical age. It was covered with the mud of eight states and
adorned in front by an enormous but defunct motometer and behind by a mangy
pennant bearing the legend "Tarleton, Ga." In the dim past someone
had begun to paint the hood yellow but unfortunately had been called away when
but half through the task.
As the gentleman and his body-servant were passing the house where
Amanthis lay beautifully asleep in the hammock, something happened--the body
fell off the car. My only apology for stating this so suddenly is that it
happened very suddenly indeed. When the noise had died down and the dust had
drifted away master and man arose and inspected the two halves.
"Look-a-there," said the gentleman in disgust, "the
doggone thing got all separated that time."
"She bust in two," agreed the body-servant.
"Hugo," said the gentleman, after some consideration,
"we got to get a hammer an' nails an' tack it on."
They glanced up at the Victorian house. On all sides faintly
irregular fields stretched away to a faintly irregular unpopulated horizon.
There was no choice, so the black Hugo opened the gate and followed his master
up a gravel walk, casting only the blasé glances of a confirmed traveler at the
red swing and the stone statue of Diana which turned on them a storm-crazed
stare.
At the exact moment when they reached the porch Amanthis awoke,
sat up suddenly and looked them over.
The gentleman was young, perhaps twenty-four, and his name was Jim
Powell. He was dressed in a tight and dusty readymade suit which was evidently
expected to take flight at a moment's notice, for it was secured to his body by
a line of six preposterous buttons.
There were supernumerary buttons upon the coat-sleeves also and
Amanthis could not resist a glance to determine whether or not more buttons ran
up the side of his trouser leg. But the trouser bottoms were distinguished only
by their shape, which was that of a bell. His vest was cut low, barely
restraining an amazing necktie from fluttering in the wind.
He bowed formally, dusting his knees with a thatched straw hat.
Simultaneously he smiled, half shutting his faded blue eyes and displaying
white and beautifully symmetrical teeth.
"Good evenin'," he said in abandoned Georgian. "My
automobile has met with an accident out yonder by your gate. I wondered if it
wouldn't be too much to ask you if I could have the use of a hammer and some
tacks--nails, for a little while."
Amanthis laughed. For a moment she laughed uncontrollably. Mr. Jim
Powell laughed, politely and appreciatively, with her. His body-servant, deep
in the throes of colored adolescence, alone preserved a dignified gravity.
"I better introduce who I am, maybe," said the visitor.
"My name's Powell. I'm a resident of Tarleton, Georgia. This here nigger's
my boy Hugo."
"Your son!" The girl stared from one to
the other in wild fascination.
"No, he's my body-servant, I guess you'd call it. We call a
nigger a boy down yonder."
At this reference to the finer customs of his native soil the boy
Hugo put his hands behind his back and looked darkly and superciliously down
the lawn.
"Yas'm," he muttered, "I'm a body-servant."
"Where you going in your automobile," demanded Amanthis.
"Goin' north for the summer."
"Where to?"
The tourist waved his hand with a careless gesture as if to
indicate the Adirondacks, the Thousand Islands, Newport--but he said:
"We're tryin' New York."
"Have you ever been there before?"
"Never have. But I been to Atlanta lots of times. An' we
passed through all kinds of cities this trip. Man!"
He whistled to express the enormous spectacularity of his recent
travels.
"Listen," said Amanthis intently, "you better have
something to eat. Tell your--your body-servant to go 'round in back and ask the
cook to send us out some sandwiches and lemonade. Or maybe you don't drink
lemonade--very few people do any more."
Mr. Powell by a circular motion of his finger sped Hugo on the
designated mission. Then he seated himself gingerly in a rocking-chair and
began revolving his thatched straw hat rapidly in his hands.
"You cer'nly are mighty kind," he told her. "An' if
I wanted anything stronger than lemonade I got a bottle of good old corn out in
the car. I brought it along because I thought maybe I wouldn't be able to drink
the whisky they got up here."
"Listen," she said, "my name's Powell too. Amanthis
Powell."
"Say, is that right?" He laughed ecstatically.
"Maybe we're kin to each other. I come from mighty good people," he
went on. "Pore though. I got some money because my aunt she was using it
to keep her in a sanitarium and she died." He paused, presumably out of
respect to his late aunt. Then he concluded with brisk nonchalance, "I
ain't touched the principal but I got a lot of the income all at once so I
thought I'd come north for the summer."
At this point Hugo reappeared on the veranda steps and became
audible.
"White lady back there she asked me don't I want eat some
too. What I tell her?"
"You tell her yes mamm if she be so kind," directed his
master. And as Hugo retired he confided to Amanthis: "That boy's got no
sense at all. He don't want to do nothing without I tell him he can. I brought
him up," he added, not without pride.
When the sandwiches arrived Mr. Powell stood up. He was
unaccustomed to white servants and obviously expected an introduction.
"Are you a married lady?" he inquired of Amanthis, when
the servant was gone.
"No," she answered, and added from the security of
eighteen, "I'm an old maid."
Again he laughed politely.
"You mean you're a society girl."
She shook her head. Mr. Powell noted with embarrassed enthusiasm
the particular yellowness of her yellow hair.
"Does this old place look like it?" she said cheerfully.
"No, you perceive in me a daughter of the countryside. Color--one hundred
percent spontaneous--in the daytime anyhow. Suitors--promising young barbers
from the neighboring village with somebody's late hair still clinging to their
coat-sleeves."
"Your daddy oughtn't to let you go with a country
barber," said the tourist disapprovingly. He considered--"You ought
to be a New York society girl."
"No." Amanthis shook her head sadly. "I'm too
good-looking. To be a New York society girl you have to have a long nose and
projecting teeth and dress like the actresses did three years ago."
Jim began to tap his foot rhythmically on the porch and in a
moment Amanthis discovered that she was unconsciously doing the same thing.
"Stop!" she commanded, "Don't make me do
that."
He looked down at his foot.
"Excuse me," he said humbly. "I don't know--it's
just something I do."
This intense discussion was now interrupted by Hugo who appeared
on the steps bearing a hammer and a handful of nails.
Mr. Powell arose unwillingly and looked at his watch.
"We got to go, daggone it," he said, frowning heavily.
"See here. Wouldn't you like to be a New York society
girl and go to those dances an' all, like you read about, where they throw gold
pieces away?"
She looked at him with a curious expression.
"Don't your folks know some society people?" he went on.
"All I've got's my daddy--and, you see, he's a judge."
"That's too bad," he agreed.
She got herself by some means from the hammock and they went down
toward the road, side by side.
"Well, I'll keep my eyes open for you and let you know,"
he persisted. "A pretty girl like you ought to go around in society. We may
be kin to each other, you see, and us Powells ought to stick together."
"What are you going to do in New York?"
They were now almost at the gate and the tourist pointed to the
two depressing sectors of his automobile.
"I'm goin' to drive a taxi. This one right here. Only it's
got so it busts in two all the time."
"You're going to drive that in New
York?"
Jim looked at her uncertainly. Such a pretty girl should certainly
control the habit of shaking all over upon no provocation at all.
"Yes mamm," he said with dignity.
Amanthis watched while they placed the upper half of the car upon
the lower half and nailed it severely into place. Then Mr. Powell took the
wheel and his body-servant climbed in beside him.
"I'm cer'nly very much obliged to you indeed for your
hospitality. Convey my respects to your father."
"I will," she assured him. "Come back and see me,
if you don't mind barbers in the room."
He dismissed this unpleasant thought with a gesture.
"Your company would always be charming." He put the car
into gear as though to drown out the temerity of his parting speech.
"You're the prettiest girl I've seen up north--by far."
Then with a groan and a rattle Mr. Powell of southern Georgia with
his own car and his own body-servant and his own ambitions and his own private
cloud of dust continued on north for the summer.
She thought she would never see him again. She lay in her hammock,
slim and beautiful, opened her left eye slightly to see June come in and then
closed it and retired contentedly back into her dreams.
But one day when the midsummer vines had climbed the precarious
sides of the red swing in the lawn, Mr. Jim Powell of Tarleton, Georgia, came
vibrating back into her life. They sat on the wide porch as before.
"I've got a great scheme," he told her.
"Did you drive your taxi like you said?"
"Yes mamm, but the business was right bad. I waited around in
front of all those hotels and theaters an' nobody ever got in."
"Nobody?"
"Well, one night there was some drunk fellas they got in,
only just as I was gettin' started my automobile came apart. And another night
it was rainin' and there wasn't no other taxis and a lady got in because she
said she had to go a long ways. But before we got there she made me stop and
she got out. She seemed kinda mad and she went walkin' off in the rain. Mighty
proud lot of people they got up in New York."
"And so you're going home?" asked Amanthis
sympathetically.
"No mamm. I got an idea." His blue eyes
grew narrow. "Has that barber been around here--with hair on his
sleeves?"
"No. He's--he's gone away."
"Well, then, first thing is I want to leave this car of mine
here with you, if that's all right. It ain't the right color for a taxi. To pay
for its keep I'd like to have you drive it just as much as you want. 'Long as
you got a hammer an' nails with you there ain't much bad that can
happen--"
"I'll take care of it," interrupted Amanthis, "but
where are you going?"
"Southampton. It's about the most aristocratic watering
trough--watering-place there is around here, so that's where I'm going."
She sat up in amazement.
"What are you going to do there?"
"Listen." He leaned toward her confidentially.
"Were you serious about wanting to be a New York society girl?"
"Deadly serious."
"That's all I wanted to know," he said inscrutably.
"You just wait here on this porch a couple of weeks and--and sleep. And if
any barbers come to see you with hair on their sleeves you tell 'em you're too
sleepy to see 'em."
"What then?"
"Then you'll hear from me. Just tell your old daddy he can do
all the judging he wants but you're goin' to do some dancin'. Mamm,"
he continued decisively, "you talk about society! Before one month I'm
goin' to have you in more society than you ever saw."
Further than this he would say nothing. His manner conveyed that
she was going to be suspended over a perfect pool of gaiety and violently
immersed, to an accompaniment of: "Is it gay enough for you, mamm? Shall I
let in a little more excitement, mamm?"
"Well," answered Amanthis, lazily considering,
"there are few things for which I'd forego the luxury of sleeping through
July and August--but if you'll write me a letter I'll--I'll run up to
Southampton."
Jim snapped his fingers ecstatically.
"More society," he assured her with all the confidence
at his command, "than anybody ever saw."
Three days later a young man wearing a straw hat that might have
been cut from the thatched roof of an English cottage rang the doorbell of the
enormous and astounding Madison Harlan house at Southampton. He asked the
butler if there were any people in the house between the ages of sixteen and
twenty. He was informed that Miss Genevieve Harlan and Mr. Ronald Harlan
answered that description and thereupon he handed in a most peculiar card and
requested in fetching Georgian that it be brought to their attention.
As a result he was closeted for almost an hour with Mr. Ronald
Harlan (who was a student at the Hillkiss School) and Miss Genevieve Harlan
(who was not uncelebrated at Southampton dances). When he left he bore a short
note in Miss Harlan's handwriting which he presented together with his peculiar
card at the next large estate. It happened to be that of the Clifton Garneaus.
Here, as if by magic, the same audience was granted him.
He went on--it was a hot day, and men who could not afford to do so
were carrying their coats on the public highway, but Jim, a native of
southernmost Georgia, was as fresh and cool at the last house as at the first.
He visited ten houses that day. Anyone following him in his course might have
taken him to be some curiously gifted book-agent with a much sought-after
volume as his stock in trade.
There was something in his unexpected demand for the adolescent
members of the family which made hardened butlers lose their critical acumen.
As he left each house a close observer might have seen that fascinated eyes
followed him to the door and excited voices whispered something which hinted at
a future meeting.
The second day he visited twelve houses. Southampton has grown
enormously--he might have kept on his round for a week and never seen the same
butler twice--but it was only the palatial, the amazing houses which intrigued
him.
On the third day he did a thing that many people have been told to
do and few have done--he hired a hall. Perhaps the sixteen-to-twenty-year-old
people in the enormous houses had told him to. The hall he hired had once been
"Mr. Snorkey's Private Gymnasium for Gentlemen." It was situated over
a garage on the south edge of Southampton and in the days of its prosperity had
been, I regret to say, a place where gentlemen could, under Mr. Snorkey's
direction, work off the effects of the night before. It was now abandoned--Mr.
Snorkey had given up and gone away and died.
We will now skip three weeks during which time we may assume that
the project which had to do with hiring a hall and visiting the two dozen
largest houses in Southampton got under way.
The day to which we will skip was the July day on which Mr. James
Powell sent a wire to Miss Amanthis Powell saying that if she still aspired to
the gaiety of the highest society she should set out for Southampton by the
earliest possible train. He himself would meet her at the station.
Jim was no longer a man of leisure, so when she failed to arrive
at the time her wire had promised he grew restless. He supposed she was coming
on a later train, turned to go back to his--his project--and met her entering
the station from the street side.
"Why, how did you--"
"Well," said Amanthis, "I arrived this morning
instead, and I didn't want to bother you so I found a respectable, not to say
dull, boarding-house on the Ocean Road."
She was quite different from the indolent Amanthis of the porch
hammock, he thought. She wore a suit of robins' egg blue and a rakish young hat
with a curling feather--she was attired not unlike those young ladies between
sixteen and twenty who of late were absorbing his attention. Yes, she would do
very well.
He bowed her profoundly into a taxicab and got in beside her.
"Isn't it about time you told me your scheme?" she
suggested.
"Well, it's about these society girls up here." He waved
his hand airily. "I know 'em all."
"Where are they?"
"Right now they're with Hugo. You remember--that's my
body-servant."
"With Hugo!" Her eyes widened. "Why? What's it all
about?"
"Well, I got--I got sort of a school, I guess you'd call
it."
"A school?"
"It's a sort of Academy. And I'm the head of it. I invented
it."
He flipped a card from his case as though he were shaking down a
thermometer.
"Look."
She took the card. In large lettering it bore the legend
JAMES POWELL; J.M.
"Dice, Brassknuckles and Guitar"
She stared in amazement.
"Dice, Brassknuckles and Guitar?" she repeated in awe.
"Yes mamm."
"What does it mean? What--do you sell 'em?"
"No mamm, I teach 'em. It's a profession."
"Dice, Brassknuckles and Guitar? What's the J. M.?"
"That stands for Jazz Master."
"But what is it? What's it about?"
"Well, you see, it's like this. One night when I was in New
York I got talkin' to a young fella who was drunk. He was one of my fares. And
he'd taken some society girl somewhere and lost her."
"Lost her?"
"Yes mamm. He forgot her, I guess. And he was right worried.
Well, I got to thinkin' that these girls nowadays--these society girls--they
lead a sort of dangerous life and my course of study offers a means of
protection against these dangers."
"You teach 'em to use brassknuckles?"
"Yes mamm, if necessary. Look here, you take a girl and she
goes into some café where she's got no business to go. Well then, her escort he
gets a little too much to drink an' he goes to sleep an' then some other fella
comes up and says 'Hello, sweet mamma' or whatever one of those mashers says up
here. What does she do? She can't scream, on account of no real lady'll scream
nowadays--no--She just reaches down in her pocket and slips her fingers into a
pair of Powell's defensive brassknuckles, débutante's size, executes what I
call the Society Hook, and Wham! that big fella's on his way
to the cellar."
"Well--what--what's the guitar for?" whispered the awed
Amanthis. "Do they have to knock somebody over with the guitar?"
"No, mamm!" exclaimed Jim in horror.
"No mamm. In my course no lady would be taught to raise a guitar against
anybody. I teach 'em to play. Shucks! you ought to hear 'em. Why, when I've
given 'em two lessons you'd think some of 'em was colored."
"And the dice?"
"Dice? I'm related to a dice. My grandfather was a dice. I
teach 'em how to make those dice perform. I protect pocketbook as well as
person."
"Did you--Have you got any pupils?"
"Mamm I got all the really nice, rich people in the place.
What I told you ain't all. I teach lots of things. I teach 'em the
jellyroll--and the Mississippi Sunrise. Why, there was one girl she came to me
and said she wanted to learn to snap her fingers. I mean really snap
'em--like they do. She said she never could snap her fingers since she was
little. I gave her two lessons and now Wham! Her daddy says
he's goin' to leave home."
"When do you have it?" demanded the weak and shaken
Amanthis.
"Three times a week. We're goin' there right now."
"And where do I fit in?"
"Well, you'll just be one of the pupils. I got it fixed up
that you come from very high-tone people down in New Jersey. I didn't tell 'em
your daddy was a judge--I told 'em he was the man that had the patent on lump
sugar."
She gasped.
"So all you got to do," he went on, "is to pretend
you never saw no barber."
They were now at the south end of the village and Amanthis saw a
row of cars parked in front of a two-story building. The cars were all low,
long, rakish and of a brilliant hue. They were the sort of car that is
manufactured to solve the millionaire's problem on his son's eighteenth
birthday.
Then Amanthis was ascending a narrow stairs to the second story.
Here, painted on a door from which came the sounds of music and laughter were
the words:
JAMES POWELL; J. M.
"Dice, Brassknuckles and Guitar"
Mon.--Wed.--Fri.
Hours 3-5 P.M.
"Now if you'll just step this way--" said the Principal,
pushing open the door.
Amanthis found herself in a long, bright room, populated with
girls and men of about her own age. The scene presented itself to her at first
as a sort of animated afternoon tea but after a moment she began to see, here
and there, a motive and a pattern to the proceedings.
The students were scattered into groups, sitting, kneeling, standing,
but all rapaciously intent on the subjects which engrossed them. From six young
ladies gathered in a ring around some indistinguishable objects came a medley
of cries and exclamations--plaintive, pleading, supplicating, exhorting,
imploring and lamenting--their voices serving as tenor to an undertone of
mysterious clatters.
Next to this group, four young men were surrounding an adolescent
black, who proved to be none other than Mr. Powell's late body-servant. The
young men were roaring at Hugo apparently unrelated phrases, expressing a wide
gamut of emotion. Now their voices rose to a sort of clamor, now they spoke
softly and gently, with mellow implication. Every little while Hugo would
answer them with words of approbation, correction or disapproval.
"What are they doing?" whispered Amanthis to Jim.
"That there's a course in southern accent. Lot of young men
up here want to learn southern accent--so we teach it--Georgia, Florida,
Alabama, Eastern Shore, Ole Virginian. Some of 'em even want straight nigger--for
song purposes."
They walked around among the groups. Some girls with metal
knuckles were furiously insulting two punching bags on each of which was
painted the leering, winking face of a "masher." A mixed group, led
by a banjo tom-tom, were rolling harmonic syllables from their guitars. There
were couples dancing flat-footed in the corner to a phonograph record made by
Rastus Muldoon's Savannah Band; there were couples stalking a slow Chicago with
a Memphis Sideswoop solemnly around the room.
"Are there any rules?" asked Amanthis.
Jim considered.
"Well," he answered finally, "they can't smoke
unless they're over sixteen, and the boys have got to shoot square dice and I
don't let 'em bring liquor into the Academy."
"I see."
"And now, Miss Powell, if you're ready I'll ask you to take
off your hat and go over and join Miss Genevieve Harlan at that punching bag in
the corner." He raised his voice. "Hugo," he called,
"there's a new student here. Equip her with a pair of Powell's Defensive
Brassknuckles--débutante size."
I regret to say that I never saw Jim Powell's famous Jazz School
in action nor followed his personally conducted tours into the mysteries of
Dice, Brassknuckles and Guitar. So I can give you only such details as were
later reported to me by one of his admiring pupils. During all the discussion
of it afterwards no one ever denied that it was an enormous success, and no
pupil ever regretted having received its degree--Bachelor of Jazz.
The parents innocently assumed that it was a sort of musical and
dancing academy, but its real curriculum was transmitted from Santa Barbara to
Biddeford Pool by that underground associated press which links up the
so-called younger generation. Invitations to visit Southampton were at a
premium--and Southampton generally is almost as dull for young people as
Newport.
The Academy branched out with a small but well-groomed Jazz
Orchestra.
"If I could keep it dark," Jim confided to Amanthis,
"I'd have up Rastus Muldoon's Band from Savannah. That's the band I've
always wanted to lead."
He was making money. His charges were not exorbitant--as a rule
his pupils were not particularly flush--but he moved from his boarding-house to
the Casino Hotel where he took a suite and had Hugo serve him his breakfast in
bed.
The establishing of Amanthis as a member of Southampton's younger
set was easier than he had expected. Within a week she was known to everyone in
the school by her first name. Miss Genevieve Harlan took such a fancy to her
that she was invited to a sub-deb dance at the Harlan house--and evidently
acquitted herself with tact, for thereafter she was invited to almost every
such entertainment in Southampton.
Jim saw less of her than he would have liked. Not that her manner
toward him changed--she walked with him often in the mornings, she was always
willing to listen to his plans--but after she was taken up by the fashionable
her evenings seemed to be monopolized. Several times Jim arrived at her
boarding-house to find her out of breath, as if she had just come in at a run,
presumably from some festivity in which he had no share.
So as the summer waned he found that one thing was lacking to
complete the triumph of his enterprise. Despite the hospitality shown to
Amanthis, the doors of Southampton were closed to him. Polite to, or rather,
fascinated by him as his pupils were from three to five, after that hour they
moved in another world.
His was the position of a golf professional who, though he may
fraternize, and even command, on the links, loses his privileges with the
sun-down. He may look in the club window but he cannot dance. And, likewise, it
was not given to Jim to see his teachings put into effect. He could hear the
gossip of the morning after--that was all.
But while the golf professional, being English, holds himself
proudly below his patrons, Jim Powell, who "came from a right good family
down there--pore though," lay awake many nights in his hotel bed and heard
the music drifting into his window from the Katzbys' house or the Beach Club,
and turned over restlessly and wondered what was the matter. In the early days
of his success he had bought himself a dress-suit, thinking that he would soon
have a chance to wear it--but it still lay untouched in the box in which it had
come from the tailor's.
Perhaps, he thought, there was some real gap which separated him
from the rest. It worried him. One boy in particular, Martin Van Vleck, son of
Van Vleck the ash-can King, made him conscious of the gap. Van Vleck was
twenty-one, a tutoring-school product who still hoped to enter Yale. Several
times Jim had heard him make remarks not intended for Jim's ear--once in regard
to the suit with multiple buttons, again in reference to Jim's long, pointed
shoes. Jim had passed these over.
He knew that Van Vleck was attending the school chiefly to
monopolize the time of little Martha Katzby, who was just sixteen and too young
to have attention of a boy of twenty-one--especially the attention of Van
Vleck, who was so spiritually exhausted by his educational failures that he
drew on the rather exhaustible innocence of sixteen.
It was late in September, two days before the Harlan dance which
was to be the last and biggest of the season for this younger crowd. Jim, as
usual, was not invited. He had hoped that he would be. The two young Harlans,
Ronald and Genevieve, had been his first patrons when he arrived at
Southampton--and it was Genevieve who had taken such a fancy to Amanthis. To
have been at their dance--the most magnificent dance of all--would have crowned
and justified the success of the waning summer.
His class, gathering for the afternoon, was loudly anticipating
the next day's revel with no more thought of him than if he had been the family
butler. Hugo, standing beside Jim, chuckled suddenly and remarked:
"Look yonder that man Van Vleck. He paralyzed. He been havin'
powerful lotta corn this evenin'."
Jim turned and stared at Van Vleck, who had linked arms with
little Martha Katzby and was saying something to her in a low voice. Jim saw
her try to draw away.
He put his whistle to his mouth and blew it.
"All right," he cried, "Le's go! Group one tossin'
the drumstick, high an' zig-zag, group two, test your mouth organs for the
Riverfront Shuffle. Promise 'em sugar! Flatfoots this way! Orchestra--let's
have the Florida Drag-Out played as a dirge."
There was an unaccustomed sharpness in his voice and the exercises
began with a mutter of facetious protest.
With his smoldering grievance directing itself toward Van Vleck,
Jim was walking here and there among the groups when Hugo tapped him suddenly
on the arm. He looked around. Two participants had withdrawn from the mouth
organ institute--one of them was Van Vleck and he was giving a drink out of his
flask to fifteen-year-old Ronald Harlan.
Jim strode across the room. Van Vleck turned defiantly as he came
up.
"All right," said Jim, trembling with anger, "you
know the rules. You get out!"
The music died slowly away and there was a sudden drifting over in
the direction of the trouble. Somebody snickered. An atmosphere of anticipation
formed instantly. Despite the fact that they all liked Jim their sympathies
were divided--Van Vleck was one of them.
"Get out!" repeated Jim, more quietly.
"Are you talking to me?" inquired Van Vleck coldly.
"Yes."
"Then you better say 'sir.'"
"I wouldn't say 'sir' to anybody that'd give a little boy
whisky! You get out!"
"Look here!" said Van Vleck furiously. "You've
butted in once too much. I've known Ronald since he was two years old.
Ask him if he wants you to tell him what he
can do!"
Ronald Harlan, his dignity offended, grew several years older and
looked haughtily at Jim.
"Mind your own business!" he said defiantly, albeit a
little guiltily.
"Hear that?" demanded Van Vleck. "My God, can't you
see you're just a servant? Ronald here'd no more think of asking you to his
party than he would his bootlegger."
"Youbettergetout!" cried Jim incoherently.
Van Vleck did not move. Reaching out suddenly, Jim caught his
wrist and jerking it behind his back forced his arm upward until Van Vleck bent
forward in agony. Jim leaned and picked the flask from the floor with his free
hand. Then he signed Hugo to open the hall-door, uttered an abrupt
"You step!" and marched his helpless captive out into the
hall where he literally threw him downstairs, head over heels
bumping from wall to banister, and hurled his flask after him.
Then he reentered his academy, closed the door behind him and
stood with his back against it.
"It--it happens to be a rule that nobody drinks while in this
Academy." He paused, looking from face to face, finding there sympathy,
awe, disapproval, conflicting emotions. They stirred uneasily. He caught
Amanthis's eye, fancied he saw a faint nod of encouragement and, with almost an
effort, went on:
"I just had to throw that fella out an'
you-all know it." Then he concluded with a transparent affectation of
dismissing an unimportant matter--"All right, let's go! Orchestra--!"
But no one felt exactly like going on. The spontaneity of the
proceedings had been violently disturbed. Someone made a run or two on the sliding
guitar and several of the girls began whamming at the leer on the punching
bags, but Ronald Harlan, followed by two other boys, got their hats and went
silently out the door.
Jim and Hugo moved among the groups as usual until a certain
measure of routine activity was restored but the enthusiasm was unrecapturable
and Jim, shaken and discouraged, considered discontinuing school for the day.
But he dared not. If they went home in this mood they might not come back. The
whole thing depended on a mood. He must recreate it, he thought
frantically--now, at once!
But try as he might, there was little response. He himself was not
happy--he could communicate no gaiety to them. They watched his efforts
listlessly and, he thought, a little contemptuously.
Then the tension snapped when the door burst suddenly open,
precipitating a brace of middle-aged and excited women into the room. No person
over twenty-one had ever entered the Academy before--but Van Vleck had gone
direct to headquarters. The women were Mrs. Clifton Garneau and Mrs. Poindexter
Katzby, two of the most fashionable and, at present, two of the most flurried
women in Southampton. They were in search of their daughters as, in these days,
so many women continually are.
The business was over in about three minutes.
"And as for you!" cried Mrs. Clifton Garneau in an awful
voice, "your idea is to run a bar and--and opium den for
children! You ghastly, horrible, unspeakable man! I can smell morphin fumes!
Don't tell me I can't smell morphin fumes. I can smell morphin fumes!"
"And," bellowed Mrs. Poindexter Katzby, "you have
colored men around! You have colored girls hidden! I'm going to the
police!"
Not content with herding their own daughters from the room, they
insisted on the exodus of their friends' daughters. Jim was not a little
touched when several of them--including even little Martha Katzby, before she
was snatched fiercely away by her mother--came up and shook hands with him. But
they were all going, haughtily, regretfully or with shame-faced mutters of
apology.
"Good-by," he told them wistfully. "In the morning
I'll send you the money that's due you."
And, after all, they were not sorry to go. Outside, the sound of
their starting motors, the triumphant put-put of their cut-outs cutting the
warm September air, was a jubilant sound--a sound of youth and hopes high as
the sun. Down to the ocean, to roll in the waves and forget--forget him and
their discomfort at his humiliation.
They were gone--he was alone with Hugo in the room. He sat down
suddenly with his face in his hands.
"Hugo," he said huskily. "They don't want us up
here."
"Don't you care," said a voice.
He looked up to see Amanthis standing beside him.
"You better go with them," he told her. "You better
not be seen here with me."
"Why?"
"Because you're in society now and I'm no better to those
people than a servant. You're in society--I fixed that up. You better go or
they won't invite you to any of their dances."
"They won't anyhow, Jim," she said gently. "They
didn't invite me to the one tomorrow night."
He looked up indignantly.
"They didn't?"
She shook her head.
"I'll make 'em!" he said wildly. "I'll
tell 'em they got to. I'll--I'll--"
She came close to him with shining eyes.
"Don't you mind, Jim," she soothed him. "Don't you
mind. They don't matter. We'll have a party of our own tomorrow--just you and
I."
"I come from right good folks," he said, defiantly.
"Pore though."
She laid her hand softly on his shoulder.
"I understand. You're better than all of them put together,
Jim."
He got up and went to the window and stared out mournfully into
the late afternoon.
"I reckon I should have let you sleep in that hammock."
She laughed.
"I'm awfully glad you didn't."
He turned and faced the room, and his face was dark.
"Sweep up and lock up, Hugo," he said, his voice
trembling. "The summer's over and we're going down home."
Autumn had come early. Jim Powell woke next morning to find his
room cool, and the phenomenon of frosted breath in September absorbed him for a
moment to the exclusion of the day before. Then the lines of his face drooped
with unhappiness as he remembered the humiliation which had washed the cheery
glitter from the summer. There was nothing left for him except to go back where
he was known, where under no provocation were such things said to white people
as had been said to him here.
After breakfast a measure of his customary light-heartedness
returned. He was a child of the South--brooding was alien to his nature. He
could conjure up an injury only a certain number of times before it faded into
the great vacancy of the past.
But when, from force of habit, he strolled over to his defunct
establishment, already as obsolete as Snorkey's late sanitarium, melancholy
again dwelt in his heart. Hugo was there, a specter of despair, deep in the lugubrious
blues amidst his master's broken hopes.
Usually a few words from Jim were enough to raise him to an
inarticulate ecstasy, but this morning there were no words to utter. For two
months Hugo had lived on a pinnacle of which he had never dreamed. He had
enjoyed his work simply and passionately, arriving before school hours and
lingering long after Mr. Powell's pupils had gone.
The day dragged toward a not-too-promising night. Amanthis did not
appear and Jim wondered forlornly if she had not changed her mind about dining
with him that night. Perhaps it would be better if she were not seen with them.
But then, he reflected dismally, no one would see them anyhow--everybody was
going to the big dance at the Harlans' house.
When twilight threw unbearable shadows into the school hall he
locked it up for the last time, took down the sign "James Powell; J. M.,
Dice, Brassknuckles and Guitar," and went back to his hotel. Looking over
his scrawled accounts he saw that there was another month's rent to pay on his
school and some bills for windows broken and new equipment that had hardly been
used. Jim had lived in state, and he realized that financially he would have
nothing to show for the summer after all.
When he had finished he took his new dress-suit out of its box and
inspected it, running his hand over the satin of the lapels and lining. This,
at least, he owned and perhaps in Tarleton somebody would ask him to a party
where he could wear it.
"Shucks!" he said scoffingly. "It was just a no
account old academy, anyhow. Some of those boys round the garage down home
could of beat it all hollow."
Whistling "Jeanne of Jelly-bean Town" to a
not-dispirited rhythm Jim encased himself in his first dress-suit and walked
downtown.
"Orchids," he said to the clerk. He surveyed his
purchase with some pride. He knew that no girl at the Harlan dance would wear
anything lovelier than these exotic blossoms that leaned languorously backward
against green ferns.
In a taxi-cab, carefully selected to look like a private car, he
drove to Amanthis's boarding-house. She came down wearing a rose-colored
evening dress into which the orchids melted like colors into a sunset.
"I reckon we'll go to the Casino Hotel," he suggested,
"unless you got some other place--"
At their table, looking out over the dark ocean, his mood became a
contended sadness. The windows were shut against the cool but the orchestra
played "Kalula" and "South Sea Moon" and for awhile, with
her young loveliness opposite him, he felt himself to be a romantic participant
in the life around him. They did not dance, and he was glad--it would have
reminded him of that other brighter and more radiant dance to which they could
not go.
After dinner they took a taxi and followed the sandy roads for an
hour, glimpsing the now starry ocean through the casual trees.
"I want to thank you," she said, "for all you've
done for me, Jim."
"That's all right--we Powells ought to stick together."
"What are you going to do?"
"I'm going to Tarleton tomorrow."
"I'm sorry," she said softly. "Are you going to
drive down?"
"I got to. I got to get the car south because I couldn't get
what she was worth by sellin' it. You don't suppose anybody's stole my car out
of your barn?" he asked in sudden alarm.
She repressed a smile.
"No."
"I'm sorry about this--about you," he went on huskily,
"and--and I would like to have gone to just one of their dances. You
shouldn't of stayed with me yesterday. Maybe it kept 'em from asking you."
"Jim," she suggested eagerly, "let's go and stand
outside and listen to their old music. We don't care."
"They'll be coming out," he objected.
"No, it's too cold. Besides there's nothing they could do to
you any more than they have done."
She gave the chauffeur a direction and a few minutes later they
stopped in front of the heavy Georgian beauty of the Madison Harlan house
whence the windows cast their gaiety in bright patches on the lawn. There was
laughter inside and the plaintive wind of fashionable horns, and now and again
the slow, mysterious shuffle of dancing feet.
"Let's go up close," whispered Amanthis in an ecstatic
trance, "I want to hear."
They walked toward the house, keeping in the shadow of the great
trees. Jim proceeded with awe--suddenly he stopped and seized Amanthis's arm.
"Man!" he cried in an excited whisper. "Do you know
what that is?"
"A night watchman?" Amanthis cast a startled look
around.
"It's Rastus Muldoon's Band from Savannah! I heard 'em once,
and I know. It's Rastus Muldoon's Band!"
They moved closer till they could see first pompadours, then
slicked male heads, and high coiffures and finally even bobbed hair pressed
under black ties. They could distinguish chatter below the ceaseless laughter.
Two figures appeared on the porch, gulped something quickly from flasks and
returned inside. But the music had bewitched Jim Powell. His eyes were fixed
and he moved his feet like a blind man.
Pressed in close behind some dark bushes they listened. The number
ended. A breeze from the ocean blew over them and Jim shivered slightly. Then,
in a wistful whisper:
"I've always wanted to lead that band. Just once." His
voice grew listless. "Come on. Let's go. I reckon I don't belong around
here."
He held out his arm to her but instead of taking it she stepped
suddenly out of the bushes and into a bright patch of light.
"Come on, Jim," she said startlingly. "Let's go
inside."
"What--?"
She seized his arm and though he drew back in a sort of stupefied
horror at her boldness she urged him persistently toward the great front door.
"Watch out!" he gasped. "Somebody's coming out of
that house and see us."
"No, Jim," she said firmly. "Nobody's coming out of
that house--but two people are going in."
"Why?" he demanded wildly, standing in full glare of the
porte-cochere lamps. "Why?"
"Why?" she mocked him. "Why, just because this dance
happens to be given for me."
He thought she was mad.
"Come home before they see us," he begged her.
The great doors swung open and a gentleman stepped out on the
porch. In horror Jim recognized Mr. Madison Harlan. He made a movement as
though to break away and run. But the man walked down the steps holding out
both hands to Amanthis.
"Hello at last," he cried. "Where on earth have you
two been? Cousin Amanthis--" He kissed her, and turned cordially to Jim.
"And for you, Mr. Powell," he went on, "to make up for being
late you've got to promise that for just one number you're going to lead that
band."
New Jersey was warm, all except the part that was under water, and
that mattered only to the fishes. All the tourists who rode through the long
green miles stopped their cars in front of a spreading old-fashioned country
house and looked at the red swing on the lawn and the wide, shady porch, and
sighed and drove on--swerving a little to avoid a jet-black body-servant in the
road. The body-servant was applying a hammer and nails to a decayed flivver
which flaunted from its rear the legend, "Tarleton, Ga."
A girl with yellow hair and a warm color to her face was lying in
the hammock looking as though she could fall asleep any moment. Near her sat a
gentleman in an extraordinarily tight suit. They had come down together the day
before from the fashionable resort at Southampton.
"When you first appeared," she was explaining, "I
never thought I'd see you again so I made that up about the barber and all. As
a matter of fact, I've been around quite a bit--with or without brassknuckles.
I'm coming out this autumn."
"I reckon I had a lot to learn," said Jim.
"And you see," went on Amanthis, looking at him rather
anxiously, "I'd been invited up to Southampton to visit my cousins--and
when you said you were going, I wanted to see what you'd do. I always slept at
the Harlans' but I kept a room at the boarding-house so you wouldn't know. The
reason I didn't get there on the right train was because I had to come early
and warn a lot of people to pretend not to know me."
Jim got up, nodding his head in comprehension.
"I reckon I and Hugo had better be movin' along. We got to
make Baltimore by night."
"That's a long way."
"I want to sleep south tonight," he said simply.
Together they walked down the path and past the idiotic statue of
Diana on the lawn.
"You see," added Amanthis gently, "you don't have
to be rich up here in order to--to go around, any more than you do in
Georgia--" She broke off abruptly, "Won't you come back next year and
start another Academy?"
"No mamm, not me. That Mr. Harlan told me I could go on with
the one I had but I told him no."
"Haven't you--didn't you make money?"
"No mamm," he answered. "I got enough of my own
income to just get me home. I didn't have my principal along. One time I was
way ahead but I was livin' high and there was my rent an' apparatus and those
musicians. Besides, there at the end I had to pay what they'd advanced me for
their lessons."
"You shouldn't have done that!" cried Amanthis
indignantly.
"They didn't want me to, but I told 'em they'd have to take
it."
He didn't consider it necessary to mention that Mr. Harlan had
tried to present him with a check.
They reached the automobile just as Hugo drove in his last nail.
Jim opened a pocket of the door and took from it an unlabeled bottle containing
a whitish-yellow liquid.
"I intended to get you a present," he told her
awkwardly, "but my money got away before I could, so I thought I'd send
you something from Georgia. This here's just a personal remembrance. It won't
do for you to drink but maybe after you come out into society you might want to
show some of those young fellas what good old corn tastes like."
She took the bottle.
"Thank you, Jim."
"That's all right." He turned to Hugo. "I reckon
we'll go along now. Give the lady the hammer."
"Oh, you can have the hammer," said Amanthis tearfully.
"Oh, won't you promise to come back?"
"Someday--maybe."
He looked for a moment at her yellow hair and her blue eyes misty
with sleep and tears. Then he got into his car and as his foot found the clutch
his whole manner underwent a change.
"I'll say good-by mamm," he announced with impressive
dignity, "we're goin' south for the winter."
The gesture of his straw hat indicated Palm Beach, St. Augustine,
Miami. His body-servant spun the crank, gained his seat and became part of the
intense vibration into which the automobile was thrown.
"South for the winter," repeated Jim, and then he added
softly, "You're the prettiest girl I ever knew. You go back up there and
lie down in that hammock, and sleep--sle-eep--"
It was almost a lullaby, as he said it. He bowed to her,
magnificently, profoundly, including the whole North in the splendor of his
obeisance--
Then they were gone down the road in quite a preposterous cloud of
dust. Just before they reached the first bend Amanthis saw them come to a full
stop, dismount and shove the top part of the car on to the bottom pan. They
took their seats again without looking around. Then the bend--and they were out
of sight, leaving only a faint brown mist to show that they had passed.
5.EMOTIONAL
BANKRUPTCY
Saturday Evening Post (15
August 1931)
"There's that nut with the spyglass again," remarked
Josephine. Lillian Hammel unhooked a lace sofa cushion from her waist and came
to the window. "He's standing back so we can't see him. He's looking at
the room above."
The peeper was working from a house on the other side of narrow
Sixty-eighth Street, all unconscious that his activities were a matter of
knowledge and, lately, of indifference to the pupils of Miss Truby's finishing
school. They had even identified him as the undistinguished but quite proper
young man who issued from the house with a brief case at eight every morning,
apparently oblivious of the school across the street.
"What a horrible person," said Lillian.
"They're all the same," Josephine said. "I'll bet
almost every man we know would do the same thing, if he had a telescope and
nothing to do in the afternoon. I'll bet Louie Randall would, anyhow."
"Josephine, is he actually following you to Princeton?"
Lillian asked.
"Yes, dearie."
"Doesn't he think he's got his nerve?"
"He'll get away with it," Josephine assured her.
"Won't Paul be wild?"
"I can't worry about that. I only know half a dozen boys at
Princeton, and with Louie I know I'll have at least one good dancer to depend
on. Paul's too short for me, and he's a bum dancer anyhow."
Not that Josephine was very tall; she was an exquisite size for
seventeen and of a beauty that was flowering marvelously day by day into
something richer and warmer. People gasped nowadays, whereas a year ago they
would merely have stared, and scarcely glanced at her a year before that. She
was manifestly to be the spectacular débutante of Chicago next year, in spite
of the fact that she was an egotist who played not for popularity but for
individual men. While Josephine always recovered, the men frequently
didn't--her mail from Chicago, from New Haven, from the Yale Battery on the
border, averaged a dozen letters a day.
This was in the fall of 1916, with the thunder of far-off guns
already growing louder on the air. When the two girls started for the Princeton
prom two days later, they carried with them the Poems of Alan Seeger,
supplemented by copies of Smart Set and Snappy Stories, bought surreptitiously
at the station news stand. When compared to a seventeen-year-old girl of today,
Lillian Hammel was an innocent; Josephine Perry, however, belonged to the ages.
They read nothing en route save a few love epigrams beginning:
"A woman of thirty is--" The train was crowded and a sustained,
excited chatter flowed along the aisles of the coaches. There were very young
girls in a gallantly concealed state of terror; there were privately bored
girls who would never see twenty-five again; there were unattractive girls,
blandly unconscious of what was in store; and there were little, confident
parties who felt as though they were going home.
"They say it's not like Yale," said Josephine.
"They don't do things so elaborately here. They don't rush you from place
to place, from one tea to another, like they do at New Haven."
"Will you ever forget that divine time last spring?"
exclaimed Lillian.
They both sighed.
"At least there'll be Louie Randall," said Josephine.
There would indeed be Louie Randall, whom Josephine had seen fit
to invite herself, without the formality of telling her Princeton escort that
he was coming. The escort, at that moment pacing up and down at the station
platform with many other young men, was probably under the impression that it
was his party. But he was wrong; it was Josephine's party; even Lillian was
coming with another Princeton man, named Martin Munn, whom Josephine had
thoughtfully provided. "Please ask her," she had written. "We'll
manage to see a lot of each other, if you do, because the man I'm coming with
isn't really very keen about me, so he won't mind."
But Paul Dempster cared a lot; so much so that when the train came
puffing up from the Junction he gulped a full pint of air, which is a mild form
of swooning. He had been devoted to Josephine for a year--long after her own
interest had waned--he had long lost any power of judging her objectively; she
was become simply a projection of his own dreams, a radiant, nebulous mass of
light.
But Josephine saw Paul clearly enough as they stepped off the
train. She gave herself up to him immediately, as if to get it over with, to
clear the decks for more vital action.
"So thrilled--so thrilled! So darling to ask me!"
Immemorial words, still doing service after fifteen years.
She took his arm snugly, settling it in hers with a series of
little readjustments, as if she wanted it right because it was going to be
there forever.
"I bet you're not glad to see me at all," she whispered.
"I'll bet you've forgotten me. I know you."
Rudimentary stuff, but it sent Paul Dempster into a confused and
happy trance. He had the adequate surface of nineteen, but, within, all was
still in a ferment of adolescence.
He could only answer gruffly: "Big chance." And then:
"Martin had a chemistry lab. He'll meet us at the club."
Slowly the crowd of youth swirled up the steps and beneath Blair
arch, floating in an autumn dream and scattering the yellow leaves with their
feet. Slowly they moved between stretches of greensward under the elms and
cloisters, with breath misty upon the crisp evening, following the hope that
lay just ahead, the goal of happiness almost reached.
They sat before a big fire in the Witherspoon Club, the largest of
those undergraduate mansions for which Princeton is famous. Martin Munn,
Lillian's escort, was a quiet, handsome boy whom Josephine had met several
times, but whose sentimental nature she had not explored. Now, with the
phonograph playing Down Among the Sheltering Palms, with the soft orange light
of the great room glowing upon the scattered groups, who seemed to have brought
in the atmosphere of infinite promise from outside, Josephine looked at him
appraisingly. A familiar current of curiosity coursed through her; already her
replies to Paul had grown abstracted. But still in the warm enchantment of the
walk from the station, Paul did not notice. He was far from guessing that he
had already been served his ration; of special attention he would get no more.
He was now cast for another rôle.
At the exact moment when it was suggested that they dress for
dinner the party became aware of an individual who had just entered the club
and was standing by the entrance looking not exactly at home, for he blinked
about unfamiliarly, but not in the least ill at ease. He was tall, with long,
dancing legs, and his face was that of an old, experienced weasel to whom no
henhouse was impregnable.
"Why, Louie Randall!" exclaimed Josephine in a tone of
astonishment.
She talked to him for a moment as if unwillingly, and then
introduced him all around, meanwhile whispering to Paul: "He's a boy from
New Haven. I never dreamed he'd follow me down here."
Randall within a few minutes was somehow one of the party. He had
a light and witty way about him; no dark suspicions had penetrated Paul's mind.
"Oh, by the way," said Louie Randall, "I wonder if
I can find a place to change my clothes. I've got a suitcase outside."
There was a pause. Josephine was apparently uninterested. The
pause grew difficult, and Paul heard himself saying: "You can change in my
room if you want to."
"I don't want to put you out."
"Not at all."
Josephine raised her eyebrows at Paul, disclaiming responsibility
for the man's presumption; a moment later, Randall said: "Do you live near
here?"
"Pretty near."
"Because I have a taxi and I could take you there if you're
going to change, and you could show me where it is. I don't want to put you
out."
The repetition of this ambiguous statement suggested that
otherwise Paul might find his belongings in the street. He rose unwillingly; he
did not hear Josephine whisper to Martin Munn: "Please don't you go
yet." But Lillian did, and without minding at all. Her love affairs never
conflicted with Josephine's, which is why they had been intimate friends so
long. When Louie Randall and his involuntary host had departed, she excused
herself and went to dress upstairs.
"I'd like to see all over the clubhouse," suggested
Josephine. She felt the old excitement mounting in her pulse, felt her cheeks
begin to glow like an electric heater.
"These are the private dining rooms," Martin explained
as they walked around. . . . "The billiard room. . . . The squash courts.
. . . This library is modeled on something in a Cercersion monastery in--in
India or somewhere. . . . This"--he opened a door and peered in--"this
is the president's room, but I don't know where the light is."
Josephine walked in with a little laugh. "It's very nice in
here," she said. "You can't see anything at all. Oh, what have I run
into? Come and save me!"
When they emerged a few minutes later, Martin smoothed back his
hair hurriedly.
"You darling!" he said.
Josephine made a funny little clicking sound.
"What is it?" he demanded. "Why have you got such a
funny look on your face?"
Josephine didn't answer.
"Have I done something? Are you angry? You look as if you'd
seen a ghost," he said.
"You haven't done anything," she answered, and added,
with an effort: "You were--sweet." She shuddered. "Show me my
room, will you?"
"How strange," she was thinking. "He's so
attractive, but I didn't enjoy kissing him at all. For the first time in my
life--even when it was a man I didn't especially care for--I had no feeling
about him at all. I've often been bored afterward, but at the time it's always
meant something."
The experience depressed her more than she could account for. This
was only her second prom, but neither before nor after did she ever enjoy one
so little. She had never been more enthusiastically rushed, but through it all
she seemed to float in a detached dream. The men were not individuals tonight,
but dummies; men from Princeton, men from New Haven, new men, old beaus--were
all as unreal as sticks. She wondered if her face wore that bovine expression
she had often noted on the faces of stupid and apathetic girls.
"It's a mood," she told herself. "I'm just
tired."
But next day, at a bright and active luncheon, she seemed to
herself to have less vivacity than the dozen girls who boasted wanly that they
hadn't gone to bed at all. After the football game she walked with Paul
Dempster to the station, trying contritely to give him the last end of the
week-end, as she had given him the beginning.
"Then why won't you go to the theater with us tonight?"
he was pleading. "That was the understanding in my letter. We were to come
to New York with you and all go to the theater."
"Because," she explained patiently, "Lillian and I
have to be back to school by eight. That's the only condition on which we were
allowed to come."
"Oh, hell," he said. "I'll bet you're doing
something tonight with that Randall."
She denied this scornfully, but Paul was suddenly realizing that
Randall had dined with them, Randall had slept upon his couch, and Randall,
though at the game he had sat on the Yale side of the field, was somehow with
them now.
His was the last face that Paul saw as the train pulled out for
the Junction.
He had thanked Paul very graciously and asked him to stay with him
if he was ever in New Haven.
Nevertheless, if the miserable Princetonian had witnessed a scene
in the Pennsylvania Station an hour later, his pain would have been moderated,
for now Louie Randall was arguing bitterly:
"But why not take a chance? The chaperon doesn't know what
time you have to be in."
"We do."
When finally he had accepted the inevitable and departed,
Josephine sighed and turned to Lillian.
"Where are we going to meet Wallie and Joe? At the
Ritz?"
"Yes, and we'd better hurry," said Lillian. "The
Follies begin at nine."
II
It had been like that for almost a year--a game played with
technical mastery, but with the fire and enthusiasm gone--and Josephine was
still a month short of eighteen. One evening during Thanksgiving vacation, as
they waited for dinner in the library of Christine Dicer's house on Gramercy
Park, Josephine said to Lillian:
"I keep thinking how excited I'd have been a year ago. A new
place, a new dress, meeting new men."
"You've been around too much, dearie; you're blasé."
Josephine bridled impatiently: "I hate that word, and it's
not true. I don't care about anything in the world except men, and you know it.
But they're not like they used to be. . . . What are you laughing at?"
"When you were six years old they were different?"
"They were. They used to have more spirit when we played
drop-the-handkerchief--even the little Ikeys that used to come in the back
gate. The boys at dancing school were so exciting; they were all so sweet. I
used to wonder what it would be like to kiss every one of them, and sometimes
it was wonderful. And then came Travis and Tony Harker and Ridge Saunders and
Ralph and John Bailey, and finally I began to realize that I was doing it all.
They were nothing, most of them--not heroes or men of the world or anything I
thought. They were just easy. That sounds conceited, but it's true."
She paused for a moment.
"Last night in bed I was thinking of the sort of man I really
could love, but he'd be different from anybody I've ever met. He'd have to have
certain things. He wouldn't necessarily be very handsome, but pleasant looking;
and with a good figure, and strong. Then he'd have to have some kind of
position in the world, or else not care whether he had one or not; if you see
what I mean. He'd have to be a leader, not just like everybody else. And
dignified, but very pash, and with lots of experience, so I'd believe
everything he said or thought was right. And every time I looked at him I'd
have to get that thrill I sometimes get out of a new man; only with him I'd
have to get it over and over every time I looked at him, all my life."
"And you'd want him to be very much in love with you. That's
what I'd want first of all."
"Of course," said Josephine abstractedly, "but
principally I'd want to be always sure of loving him. It's much more fun to
love someone than to be loved by someone."
There were footsteps in the hall outside and a man walked into the
room. He was an officer in the uniform of the French aviation--a glove-fitting
tunic of horizon blue, and boots and belt that shone like mirrors in the
lamplight. He was young, with gray eyes that seemed to be looking off into the
distance, and a red-brown military mustache. Across his left breast was a line
of colored ribbons, and there were gold-embroidered stripes on his arms and
wings on his collar.
"Good evening," he said courteously. "I was
directed in here. I hope I'm not breaking into something."
Josephine did not move; from head to foot she saw him, and as she
watched he seemed to come nearer, filling her whole vision. She heard Lillian's
voice, and then the officer's voice, saying:
"My name's Dicer; I'm Christine's cousin. Do you mind if I
smoke a cigarette?"
He didn't sit down. He moved about the room and turned over a
magazine, not oblivious to their presence, but as if respecting their
conversation. But when he saw that silence had fallen, he sat against a table
near them with his arms folded and smiled at them.
"You're in the French army," Lillian ventured.
"Yes, I've just got back, and very glad to be here."
He didn't look glad, Josephine noticed. He looked as if he wanted
to get out now, but had no place to go to.
For the first time in her life she felt no confidence. She had
absolutely nothing to say. She hoped the emptiness that she had felt ever since
her soul poured suddenly out toward his beautiful image didn't show in her
face. She made her lips into a smile, and kept thinking how once, long ago,
Travis de Coppet had worn his uncle's opera cloak to dancing school and
suddenly seemed like a man out of the great world. So, now, the war overseas
had gone on so long, touched us so little, save for confining us to our own
shores, that it had a legendary quality about it, and the figure before her
seemed to have stepped out of a gigantic red fairy tale.
She was glad when the other dinner guests came and the room filled
with people, strangers she could talk to or laugh with or yawn at, according to
their deserts. She despised the girls fluttering around Captain Dicer, but she
admired him for not showing by a flicker of his eye that he either enjoyed it
or hated it. Especially she disliked a tall, possessive blonde who once passed,
her hand on his arm; he should have flicked away with a handkerchief the
contamination of his immaculateness.
They went in to dinner; he was far away from her, and she was
glad. All she could see of him was his blue cuff farther up the table when he
reached for a glass, but she felt that they were alone together, none the less
because he did not know.
The man next to her gave her the superfluous information that he
was a hero:
"He's Christine's cousin, brought up in France, and joined at
the beginning of the war. He was shot down behind the German lines and escaped
by jumping off a train. There was a lot about it in the papers. I think he's
over here on some kind of propaganda work. . . . Great horseman too. Everybody
likes him."
After dinner she sat quietly while two men talked over her, sat
persistently willing him to come to her. Ah, but she would be so nice, avoiding
any curiosity or sentimentality about his experiences, avoiding any of the
things that must have bored and embarrassed him since he had been home. She heard
the voices around him:
"Captain Dicer. . . . Germans crucify all the Canadian
soldiers they capture. . . . How much longer do you think the war . . . to be
behind the enemy lines. . . . Were you frightened?" And then a heavy, male
voice telling him about it, between puffs of a cigar: "The way I see it,
Captain Dicer, neither side is getting anywhere. It strikes me they're afraid
of each other."
It seemed a long time later that he came over to her, but at just
the right moment, when there was a vacant seat beside her and he could slip
into it.
"I wanted to talk to the prettiest girl for a while. I've
wanted to all evening; it's been pretty heavy going."
Josephine wanted to lean against the shining leather of his belt,
and more, she wanted to take his head in her lap. All her life had pointed
toward this moment. She knew what he wanted, and gave it to him; not words, but
a smile of warmth and delight--a smile that said, "I'm yours for the
asking; I'm won." It was not a smile that undervalued herself, because
through its beauty it spoke for both of them, expressed all the potential joy
that existed between them.
"Who are you?" he asked.
"I'm a girl."
"I thought you were a flower. I wondered why they put you on
a chair."
"Vive la France," answered Josephine demurely. She dropped
her eyes to his chest. "Do you collect stamps, too, or only coins?"
He laughed. "It's good to meet an American girl again. I
hoped they'd at least put me across from you at table, so I could rest my eyes
on you."
"I could see your cuff."
"I could see your arm. At least--yes, I thought it was your
green bracelet."
Later he suggested: "Why couldn't you come out with me one of
these evenings?"
"It's not done. I'm still in school."
"Well, some afternoon then. I'd like to go to a tea-dance place
and hear some new tunes. The newest thing I know is Waiting for the Robert E.
Lee."
"My nurse used to sing me to sleep with it."
"When could you?"
"I'm afraid you'll have to make up a party. Your aunt, Mrs.
Dicer, is very strict."
"I keep forgetting," he agreed. "How old are
you?"
"Eighteen," she said, anticipating by a month.
That was the point at which they were interrupted and the evening
ended for her. The other young men in dinner coats looked like people in
mourning beside the banner of his uniform. Some of them were persistent about
Josephine, but she was in a reverie of horizon blue and she wanted to be alone.
"This is it at last," something whispered inside her.
Later that night and next day, she still moved in a trance.
Another day more and she would see him--forty-eight hours, forty, thirty. The
very word "blasé" made her laugh; she had never known such
excitement, such expectation. The blessed day itself was a haze of magic music
and softly lit winter rooms, of automobiles where her knee trembled against the
top lacing of his boot. She was proud of the eyes that followed them when they
danced; she was proud of him even when he was dancing with another girl.
"He may think I'm too young," she thought anxiously.
"That's why he won't say anything. If he did, I'd leave school; I'd run
away with him tonight."
School opened next day and Josephine wrote home:
DEAR MOTHER: I wonder if I can't spend part of the vacation in New
York. Christine Dicer wants me to stay a week with her, which would still leave
me a full ten days in Chicago. One reason is that the Metropolitan is putting
on Wagner's Der Ring des Nibelungen and if I come home right away I can only
see the Rheingold. Also there are two evening dresses that aren't finished--
The answer came by return post:
. . . because, in the first place, your eighteenth birthday falls
then, and your father would feel very badly, because it would be the first
birthday you hadn't passed with us; and, in the second place, I've never met
the Dicers; and, thirdly, I've planned a little dance for you and I need your
help; and, lastly, I can't believe that the reasons you give are your real
ones. During Christmas week the Chicago Grand Opera Company is giving--
Meanwhile Capt. Edward Dicer had sent flowers and several formal
little notes that sounded to her like translations from the French. She was
self-conscious, answering them; so she did it in slang. His French education
and his years in the war while America was whirling toward the Jazz Age had
made him, though he was only twenty-three, seem of a more formal, more
courteous generation than her own. She wondered what he would think of such
limp exotics as Travis de Coppet, or Book Chaffee, or Louie Randall. Two days
before vacation he wrote asking when her train left for the West. That was
something, and for seventy-two hours she lived on it, unable to turn her
attention to the masses of Christmas invitations and unheeded letters that she
had meant to answer before leaving. But on the day itself, Lillian brought her
a marked copy of Town Tattle that, from its ragged appearance, had already been
passed around the school.
It is rumored that a certain Tuxedo papa who was somewhat
irrasticable about the marital choice of a previous offspring views with
equanimity the fact that his remaining daughter is so often in company with a
young man fresh from his exploits in the French army.
Captain Dicer did not come to the train. He sent no flowers.
Lillian, who loved Josephine like part of herself, wept in their compartment.
Josephine comforted her, saying: "But listen, darling; it's all the same
to me. I didn't have a chance, being in school like we were. It's all
right." But she was awake hours and hours after Lillian was asleep.
III
Eighteen--it was to have meant so many things: When I'm eighteen I
can--Until a girl's eighteen--You'll see things differently when you're
eighteen.
That, at least, was true. Josephine saw her vacation invitations
as so many overdue bills. Abstractedly she counted them as she always had before--twenty-eight
dances, nineteen dinner and theater parties, fifteen tea dances and receptions,
a dozen luncheons, a few miscellaneous bids, ranging from early breakfast for
the Yale Glee Club to a bob party at Lake Forest--seventy-eight in all, and
with the small dance she was giving herself, seventy-nine. Seventy-nine
promises of gayety, seventy-nine offers to share fun with her. Patiently she
sat down, choosing and weighing, referring doubtful cases to her mother.
"You seem a little white and tired," her mother said.
"I'm wasting away. I've been jilted."
"That won't worry you very long. I know my Josephine. Tonight
at the Junior League german you'll meet the most marvelous men."
"No, I won't, mother. The only hope for me is to get married.
I'll learn to love him and have his children and scratch his back--"
"Josephine!"
"I know two girls who married for love who told me they were
supposed to scratch their husbands' backs and send out the laundry. But I'll go
through with it, and the sooner the better."
"Every girl feels like that sometimes," said her mother
cheerfully. "Before I was married I had three or four beaus, and I
honestly liked each one of them as well as the others. Each one had certain
qualities I liked, and I worried about it so long that it didn't seem worth
while; I might as well have counted eenie, meenie, mynie, mo. Then one day when
I was feeling lonely your father came to take me driving, and from that day I
never had a single doubt. Love isn't like it is in books."
"But it is," said Josephine gloomily. "At least for
me it always has been."
For the first time it seemed to her more peaceful to be with a
crowd than to be alone with a man. The beginning of a line wearied her; how
many lines had she listened to in three years? New men were pointed out as
exciting, were introduced, and she took pleasure in freezing them to
unhappiness with languid answers and wandering glances. Ancient admirers looked
favorably upon the metamorphosis, grateful for a little overdue time at last.
Josephine was glad when the holiday drew to a close. Returning from a luncheon
one gray afternoon, the day after New Year's, she thought that for once it was
nice to think she had nothing to do until dinner. Kicking off her overshoes in
the hall, she found herself staring at something on the table that at first
seemed a projection of her own imagination. It was a card fresh from a
case--MR. EDWARD DICER.
Instantly the world jerked into life, spun around dizzily and came
to rest on a new world. The hall where he must have stood throbbed with life;
she pictured his straight figure against the open door, and thought how he must
have stood with his hat and cane in hand. Outside the house, Chicago, permeated
with his presence, pulsed with the old delight. She heard the phone ring in the
downstairs lounge and, still in her fur coat, ran for it.
"Hello!"
"Miss Josephine, please."
"Oh, hello!"
"Oh. This is Edward Dicer."
"I saw your card."
"I must have just missed you."
What did the words matter when every word was winged and breathless?
"I'm only here for the day. Unfortunately, I'm tied up for
dinner tonight with the people I'm visiting."
"Can you come over now?"
"If you like."
"Come right away."
She rushed upstairs to change her dress, singing for the first
time in weeks. She sang:
"Where's my shoes?
Where's my new gray shoes, shoes, shoes?
I think I put them here,
But I guess--oh, where the deuce--"
Dressed, she was at the head of the stairs when the bell rang.
"Never mind," she called to the maid; "I'll
answer."
She opened upon Mr. and Mrs. Warren Dillon. They were old friends
and she hadn't seen them before, this Christmas.
"Josephine! We came to meet Constance here, but we hoped we'd
have a glimpse of you; but you're rushing around so."
Aghast, she led the way into the library. "What time is
sister meeting you?" she asked when she could.
"Oh, in half an hour, if she isn't delayed."
She tried to be especially polite, to atone in advance for what
impoliteness might be necessary later. In five minutes the bell rang again;
there was the romantic figure on the porch, cut sharp and clear against the
bleak sky; and up the steps behind him came Travis de Coppet and Ed Bement.
"Stay!" she whispered quickly. "These people will
all go."
"I've two hours," he said. "Of course, I'll wait if
you want me to."
She wanted to throw her arms around him then, but she controlled
herself, even her hands. She introduced everyone, she sent for tea. The men
asked Edward Dicer questions about the war and he parried them politely but
restlessly.
After half an hour he asked Josephine: "Have you the time? I
must keep track of my train."
They might have noticed the watch on his own wrist and taken the
hint, but he fascinated them all, as though they had isolated a rare specimen
and were determined to find out all about it. Even had they realized
Josephine's state of mind, it would have seemed to them that she was selfish to
want something of such general interest for her own.
The arrival of Constance, her married sister, did not help
matters; again Dicer was caught up into the phenomenon of human curiosity. As
the clock in the hall struck six, he shot a desperate glance at Josephine. With
a belated appreciation of the situation, the group broke itself up. Constance
took the Dillons upstairs to the other sitting room, the two young men went
home.
Silence, save for the voices fading off on the stairs, the
automobile crunching away on the snow outside. Before a word was said,
Josephine rang for the maid, and instructing her that she was not at home,
closed the door into the hall. Then she went and sat down on the couch next to
him and clasped her hands and waited.
"Thank God," he said. "I thought if they stayed
another minute--"
"Wasn't it terrible?"
"I came out here because of you. The night you left New York
I was ten minutes late getting to the train because I was detained at the
French propaganda office. I'm not much good at letters. Since then I've thought
of nothing but getting out here to see you."
"I felt sad." But not now; now she was thinking that in
a moment she would be in his arms, feeling the buttons of his tunic press
bruisingly against her, feeling his diagonal belt as something that bound them
both and made her part of him. There were no doubts, no reservations, he was
everything she wanted.
"I'm over here for six months more--perhaps a year. Then, if
this damned war goes on, I'll have to go back. I suppose I haven't really got
the right--"
"Wait--wait!" she cried. She wanted a moment longer to
taste, to feel fully her happiness. "Wait," she repeated, putting her
hand on his. She felt every object in the room vividly; she saw the seconds
passing, each one carrying a load of loveliness toward the future. "All
right; now tell me."
"Just that I love you," he whispered. She was in his
arms, her hair against his cheek. "We haven't known each other long, and
you're only eighteen, but I've learned to be afraid of waiting."
Now she leaned her head back until she was looking up at him,
supported by his arm. Her neck curved gracefully, full and soft, and she leaned
in toward his shoulder, as she knew how, so that her lips were every minute
closer to him. "Now," she thought. He gave a funny little sigh and
pulled her face up to his.
After a minute she leaned away from him and twisted herself
upright.
"Darling--darling--darling," he said.
She looked at him, stared at him. Gently he pulled her over again
and kissed her. This time, when she sat up, she rose and went across the room,
where she opened a dish of almonds and dropped some in her mouth. Then she came
back and sat beside him, looking straight ahead, then darting a sudden glance
at him.
"What are you thinking, darling, darling Josephine?" She
didn't answer; he put both hands over hers. "What are you feeling,
then?"
As he breathed, she could hear the faint sound of his leather belt
moving on his shoulder; she could feel his strong, kind handsome eyes looking
at her; she could feel his proud self feeding on glory as others feed on
security; she heard the jingle of spurs ring in his strong, rich, compelling
voice.
"I feel nothing at all," she said.
"What do you mean?" He was startled.
"Oh, help me!" she cried. "Help me!"
"I don't understand what you mean."
"Kiss me again."
He kissed her. This time he held on to her and looked down into
her face.
"What do you mean?" he demanded. "You mean you
don't love me?"
"I don't feel anything."
"But you did love me."
"I don't know."
He let her go. She went across the room and sat down.
"I don't understand," he said after a minute.
"I think you're perfect," she said, her lips quivering.
"But I'm not--thrilling to you?"
"Oh, yes, very thrilling. I was thrilled all afternoon."
"Then what is it, darling?"
"I don't know. When you kissed me I wanted to laugh." It
made her sick to say this, but a desperate, interior honesty drove her on. She
saw his eyes change, saw him withdrawing a little from her. "Help
me," she repeated.
"Help you how? You'll have to be more definite. I love you; I
thought perhaps you loved me. That's all. If I don't please you--"
"But you do. You're everything--you're everything I've always
wanted." Her voice continued inside herself: "But I've had
everything."
"But you simply don't love me."
"I've got nothing to give you. I don't feel anything at
all."
He got up abruptly. He felt her vast, tragic apathy pervading the room,
and it set up an indifference in him now, too--a lot of things suddenly melted
out of him.
"Good-by."
"You won't help me," she murmured abstractedly.
"How in the devil can I help you?" he answered
impatiently. "You feel indifferent to me. You can't change that, but
neither can I. Good-by."
"Good-by."
She was very tired and lay face downward on the couch with that
awful, awful realization that all the old things are true. One cannot both
spend and have. The love of her life had come by, and looking in her empty
basket, she had found not a flower left for him--not one. After a while she
wept.
"Oh, what have I done to myself?" she wailed. "What
have I done? What have I done?"
6.FAMILY IN THE WIND
The Saturday Evening Post (4 June, 1932)
I
The two men drove up the hill toward the blood-red sun. The cotton
fields bordering the road were thin and withered, and no breeze stirred in the
pines.
"When I am totally sober," the doctor was
saying--"I mean when I am totally sober--I don't see the same world that
you do. I'm like a friend of mine who had one good eye and got glasses made to
correct his bad eye; the result was that he kept seeing elliptical suns and
falling off tilted curbs, until he had to throw the glasses away. Granted that
I am thoroughly anaesthetized the greater part of the day--well, I only
undertake work that I know I can do when I am in that condition."
"Yeah," agreed his brother Gene uncomfortably. The
doctor was a little tight at the moment and Gene could find no opening for what
he had to say. Like so many Southerners of the humbler classes, he had a
deep-seated courtesy, characteristic of all violent and passionate lands--he
could not change the subject until there was a moment's silence, and Forrest
would not shut up.
"I'm very happy," he continued, "or very miserable.
I chuckle or I weep alcoholically and, as I continue to slow up, life
accommodatingly goes faster, so that the less there is of myself inside, the
more diverting becomes the moving picture without. I have cut myself off from
the respect of my fellow man, but I am aware of a compensatory cirrhosis of the
emotions. And because my sensitivity, my pity, no longer has direction, but
fixes itself on whatever is at hand, I have become an exceptionally good
fellow--much more so than when I was a good doctor."
As the road straightened after the next bend and Gene saw his
house in the distance, he remembered his wife's face as she had made him
promise, and he could wait no longer: "Forrest, I got a thing--"
But at that moment the doctor brought his car to a sudden stop in
front of a small house just beyond a grove of pines. On the front steps a girl
of eight was playing with a gray cat.
"This is the sweetest little kid I ever saw," the doctor
said to Gene, and then to the child, in a grave voice: "Helen, do you need
any pills for kitty?"
The little girl laughed.
"Well, I don't know," she said doubtfully. She was
playing another game with the cat now and this came as rather an interruption.
"Because kitty telephoned me this morning," the doctor
continued, "and said her mother was neglecting her and couldn't I get her
a trained nurse from Montgomery."
"She did not." The little girl grabbed the cat close
indignantly; the doctor took a nickle from his pocket and tossed it to the
steps.
"I recommend a good dose of milk," he said as he put the
car into gear. "Good night, Helen."
"Good night, doctor."
As they drove off, Gene tried again: "Listen; stop," he
said. "Stop here a little way down. . . . Here."
The doctor stopped the car and the brothers faced each other. They
were alike as to robustness of figure and a certain asceticism of feature and
they were both in their middle forties; they were unlike in that the doctor's
glasses failed to conceal the veined, weeping eyes of a soak, and that he wore corrugated
city wrinkles; Gene's wrinkles bounded fields, followed the lines of rooftrees,
of poles propping up sheds. His eyes were a fine, furry blue. But the sharpest
contrast lay in the fact that Gene Janney was a country man while Dr. Forrest
Janney was obviously a man of education.
"Well?" the doctor asked.
"You know Pinky's at home," Gene said, looking down the
road.
"So I hear," the doctor answered noncommittally.
"He got in a row in Birmingham and somebody shot him in the
head." Gene hesitated. "We got Doc Behrer because we thought maybe
you wouldn't--maybe you wouldn't--"
"I wouldn't," agreed Doctor Janney blandly.
"But look, Forrest; here's the thing," Gene insisted.
"You know how it is--you often say Doc Behrer doesn't know nothing.
Shucks, I never thought he was much either. He says the bullet's pressing on
the--pressing on the brain, and he can't take it out without causin' a
hemmering, and he says he doesn't know whether we could get him to Birmingham
or Montgomery, or not, he's so low. Doc wasn't no help. What we want--"
"No," said his brother, shaking his head.
"No."
"I just want you to look at him and tell us what to do,"
Gene begged. "He's unconscious, Forrest. He wouldn't know you; you'd
hardly know him. Thing is his mother's about crazy."
"She's in the grip of a purely animal instinct." The
doctor took from his hip a flask containing half water and half Alabama corn,
and drank. "You and I know that boy ought to been drowned the day he was
born."
Gene flinched. "He's bad," he admitted, "but I
don't know--You see him lying there--"
As the liquor spread over the doctor's insides he felt an instinct
to do something, not to violate his prejudices but simply to make some gesture,
to assert his own moribund but still struggling will to power.
"All right, I'll see him," he said. "I'll do
nothing myself to help him, because he ought to be dead. And even his death
wouldn't make up for what he did to Mary Decker."
Gene Janney pursed his lips. "Forrest, you sure about
that?"
"Sure about it!" exclaimed the doctor. "Of course
I'm sure. She died of starvation; she hadn't had more than a couple cups of
coffee in a week. And if you looked at her shoes, you could see she'd walked
for miles."
"Doc Behrer says--"
"What does he know? I performed the autopsy the day they
found her on the Birmingham Highway. There was nothing the matter with her but
starvation. That--that"--his voice shook with feeling--"that Pinky
got tired of her and turned her out, and she was trying to get home. It suits
me fine that he was invalided home himself a couple of weeks later."
As he talked, the doctor had plunged the car savagely into gear
and let the clutch out with a jump; in a moment they drew up before Gene
Janney's home.
It was a square frame house with a brick foundation and a well-kept
lawn blocked off from the farm, a house rather superior to the buildings that
composed the town of Bending and the surrounding agricultural area, yet not
essentially different in type or in its interior economy. The last of the
plantation houses in this section of Alabama had long disappeared, the proud
pillars yielding to poverty, rot and rain.
Gene's wife, Rose, got up from her rocking-chair on the porch.
"Hello, doc." She greeted him a little nervously and
without meeting his eyes. "You been a stranger here lately."
The doctor met her eyes for several seconds. "How do you do,
Rose," he said. "Hi, Edith. . . . Hi, Eugene"--this to the
little boy and girl who stood beside their mother; and then: "Hi,
Butch!" to the stocky youth of nineteen who came around the corner of the
house hugging a round stone.
"Goin to have a sort of low wall along the front here--kind
of neater," Gene explained.
All of them had a lingering respect for the doctor. They felt
reproachful toward him because they could no longer refer to him as their
celebrated relative--"one of the bess surgeons up in Montgomery, yes,
suh"--but there was his learning and the position he had once occupied in
the larger world, before he had committed professional suicide by taking to cynicism
and drink. He had come home to Bending and bought a half interest in the local
drug store two years ago, keeping up his license, but practising only when
sorely needed.
"Rose," said Gene, "doc says he'll take a look at
Pinky."
Pinky Janney, his lips curved mean and white under a new beard,
lay in bed in a darkened room. When the doctor removed the bandage from his
head, his breath blew into a low groan, but his paunchy body did not move.
After a few minutes, the doctor replaced the bandage and, with Gene and Rose,
returned to the porch.
"Behrer wouldn't operate?" he asked.
"No."
"Why didn't they operate in Birmingham?"
"I don't know."
"H'm." The doctor put on his hat. "That bullet
ought to come out, and soon. It's pressing against the carotid sheath. That's
the--anyhow, you can't get him to Montgomery with that pulse."
"What'll we do?" Gene's question carried a little tail
of silence as he sucked his breath back.
"Get Behrer to think it over. Or else get somebody in
Montgomery. There's about a 25 per cent chance that the operation would save
him; without the operation he hasn't any chance at all."
"Who'll we get in Montgomery?" asked Gene.
"Any good surgeon would do it. Even Behrer could do it if he
had any nerve."
Suddenly Rose Janney came close to him, her eyes straining and
burning with an animal maternalism. She seized his coat where it hung open.
"Doc, you do it! You can do it. You know you were as good a
surgeon as any of em once. Please, doc, you go on do it."
He stepped back a little so that her hands fell from his coat, and
held out his own hands in front of him.
"See how they tremble?" he said with elaborate irony.
"Look close and you'll see. I wouldn't dare operate."
"You could do it all right," said Gene hastily,
"with a drink to stiffen you up."
The doctor shook his head and said, looking at Rose: "No. You
see, my decisions are not reliable, and if anything went wrong, it would seem
to be my fault." He was acting a little now--he chose his words carefully.
"I hear that when I found that Mary Decker died of starvation, my opinion
was questioned on the ground that I was a drunkard."
"I didn't say that," lied Rose breathlessly.
"Certainly not. I just mention it to show how careful I've
got to be." He moved down the steps. "Well, my advice is to see
Behrer again, or, failing that, get somebody from the city. Good night."
But before he had reached the gate, Rose came tearing after him,
her eyes white with fury.
"I did say you were a drunkard!" she cried. "When
you said Mary Decker died of starvation, you made it out as if it was Pinky's
fault--you, swilling yourself full of corn all day! How can anybody tell
whether you know what you're doing or not? Why did you think so much about Mary
Decker, anyhow--a girl half your age? Everybody saw how she used to come in your
drug store and talk to you--"
Gene, who had followed, seized her arms. "Shut up now, Rose.
. . . Drive along, Forrest."
Forrest drove along, stopping at the next bend to drink from his
flask. Across the fallow cotton fields he could see the house where Mary Decker
had lived, and had it been six months before, he might have detoured to ask her
why she hadn't come into the store that day for her free soda, or to delight
her with a sample cosmetic left by a salesman that morning. He had not told
Mary Decker how he felt about her; never intended to--she was seventeen, he was
forty-five, and he no longer dealt in futures--but only after she ran away to
Birmingham with Pinky Janney, did he realize how much his love for her had
counted in his lonely life.
His thoughts went back to his brother's house.
"Now, if I were a gentleman," he thought, "I
wouldn't have done like that. And another person might have been sacrificed to
that dirty dog, because if he died afterward Rose would say I killed him."
Yet he felt pretty bad as he put his car away; not that he could
have acted differently, but just that it was all so ugly.
He had been home scarcely ten minutes when a car creaked to rest
outside and Butch Janney came in. His mouth was set tight and his eyes were
narrowed as though to permit of no escape to the temper that possessed him
until it should be unleashed upon its proper objective.
"Hi, Butch."
"I want to tell you, Uncle Forrest, you can't talk to my
mother thataway. I'll kill you, you talk to my mother like that!"
"Now shut up, Butch, and sit down," said the doctor
sharply.
"She's already bout sick on account of Pinky, and you come
over and talk to her like that."
"Your mother did all the insulting that was done, Butch. I
just took it."
"She doesn't know what she's saying and you ought to
understand that."
The doctor thought a minute. "Butch, what do you think of
Pinky?"
Butch hesitated uncomfortably. "Well, I can't say I ever
thought so much of him"--his tone changed defiantly--"but after all,
he's my own brother--"
"Wait a minute, Butch. What do you think of the way he
treated Mary Decker?"
But Butch had shaken himself free, and now he let go the artillery
of his rage:
"That ant the point; the point is anybody that doesn't do
right to my mother has me to answer to. It's only fair when you got all the
education--"
"I got my education myself, Butch."
"I don't care. We're going to try again to get Doc Behrer to
operate or get us some fellow from the city. But if we can't, I'm coming and
get you, and you're going to take that bullet out if I have to hold a gun to
you while you do it." He nodded, panting a little; then he turned and went
out and drove away.
"Something tells me," said the doctor to himself,
"that there's no more peace for me in Chilton County." He called to
his colored boy to put supper on the table. Then he rolled himself a cigarette
and went out on the back stoop.
The weather had changed. The sky was now overcast and the grass
stirred restlessly and there was a sudden flurry of drops without a sequel. A
minute ago it had been warm, but now the moisture on his forehead was suddenly
cool, and he wiped it away with his handkerchief. There was a buzzing in his
ears and he swallowed and shook his head. For a moment he thought he must be
sick; then suddenly the buzzing detached itself from him, grew into a swelling
sound, louder and ever nearer, that might have been the roar of an approaching
train.
II
Butch Janney was halfway home when he saw it--a huge, black,
approaching cloud whose lower edge bumped the ground. Even as he stared at it
vaguely, it seemed to spread until it included the whole southern sky, and he
saw pale electric fire in it [had heard an increasing roar.] He was in a strong
wind now; blown débris, bits of broken branches, splinters, larger objects
unidentifiable in the growing darkness, flew by him. Instinctively he got out
of his car and, by now hardly able to stand against the wind, ran for a bank,
or rather found himself thrown and pinned against a bank. Then for a minute,
two minutes, he was in the black centre of pandemonium.
First there was the sound, and he was part of the sound, so
engulfed in it and possessed by it that he had no existence apart from it. It
was not a collection of sounds, it was just Sound itself; a great screeching bow
drawn across the chords of the universe. The sound and force were inseparable.
The sound as well as the force held him to what he felt was the bank like a man
crucified. Somewhere in this first moment his face, pinned sideways, saw his
automobile make a little jump, spin halfway around and then go bobbing off over
a field in a series of great helpless leaps. Then began the bombardment, the
sound dividing its sustained cannon note into the cracks of a gigantic machine
gun. He was only half-conscious as he felt himself become part of one of those
cracks, felt himself lifted away from the bank to tear through space, through a
blinding, lacerating mass of twigs and branches, and then, for an incalculable
time, he knew nothing at all.
His body hurt him. He was lying between two branches in the top of
a tree; the air was full of dust and rain, and he could hear nothing; it was a
long time before he realized that the tree he was in had been blown down and
that his involuntary perch among the pine needles was only five feet from the
ground.
"Say, man!" he cried aloud, outraged. "Say, man!
Say, what a wind! Say, man!"
Made acute by pain and fear, he guessed that he had been standing
on the tree's root and had been catapulted by the terrific wrench as the big
pine was torn from the earth. Feeling over himself, he found that his left ear
was caked full of dirt, as if someone had wanted to take an impression of the
inside. His clothes were in rags, his coat had torn on the back seam, and he
could feel where, as some stray gust tried to undress him, it had cut into him
under the arms.
Reaching the ground, he set off in the direction of his father's
house, but it was a new and unfamiliar landscape he traversed. The Thing--he
did not know it was a tornado--had cut a path a quarter of a mile wide, and he
was confused, as the dust slowly settled, by vistas he had never seen before.
It was unreal that Bending church tower should be visible from here; there had
been groves of trees between.
But where was here? For he should be close to the Baldwin house;
only as he tripped over great piles of boards, like a carelessly kept
lumberyard, did Butch realize that there was no more Baldwin house, and then,
looking around wildly, that there was no Necrawney house on the hill, no Peltzer
house below it. There was not a light, not a sound, save the rain falling on
the fallen trees.
He broke into a run. When he saw the bulk of his father's house in
the distance, he gave a "Hey!" of relief, but coming closer, he
realized that something was missing. There were no outhouses and the built-on
wing that held Pinky's room had been sheared completely away.
"Mother!" he called. "Dad!" There was no
answer; a dog bounded out of the yard and licked his hand. . . .
. . . It was full dark twenty minutes later when Doc Janney
stopped his car in front of his own drug store in Bending. The electric lights
had gone out, but there were men with lanterns in the street, and in a minute a
small crowd had collected around him. He unlocked the door hurriedly.
"Somebody break open the old Wiggins Hospital." He
pointed across the street. "I've got six badly injured in my car. I want
some fellows to carry em in. Is Doc Behrer here?"
"Here he is," offered eager voices out of the darkness
as the doctor, case in hand, came through the crowd. The two men stood face to
face by lantern light, forgetting that they disliked each other.
"God knows how many more there's going to be," said Doc
Janney. "I'm getting dressing and disinfectant. There'll be a lot of
fractures--" He raised his voice, "Somebody bring me a barrel!"
"I'll get started over there," said Doc Behrer.
"There's about half a dozen more crawled in."
"What's been done?" demanded Doc Janney of the men who
followed him into the drug store. "Have they called Birmingham and
Montgomery?"
"The telephone wires are down, but the telegraph got
through."
"Well, somebody get Doctor Cohen from Wettala, and tell any
people who have automobiles to go up the Willard Pike and cut across toward
Corsica and all through those roads there. There's not a house left at the
crossroads by the nigger store. I passed a lot of folks walking in, all of them
hurt, but I didn't have room for anybody else." As he talked he was
throwing bandages, disinfectant and drugs into a blanket. "I thought I had
a lot more stuff than this in stock! And wait!" he called. "Somebody
drive out and look down in that hollow where the Wooleys live. Drive right
across the fields--the road's blocked. . . . Now, you with the cap--Ed Jenks,
ain't it?"
"Yes, doc."
"You see what I got here? You collect everything in the store
that looks like this and bring it across the way, understand?"
"Yes, doc."
As the doctor went out into the street, the victims were streaming
into town--a woman on foot with a badly injured child, a buckboard full of
groaning Negroes, frantic men gasping terrible stories. Everywhere confusion
and hysteria mounted in the dimly illumined darkness. A mud-covered reporter
from Birmingham drove up in a sidecar, the wheels crossing the fallen wires and
brushwood that clogged the street, and there was the siren of a police car from
Cooper, thirty miles away.
Already a crowd pressed around the doors of the hospital, closed
these three months for lack of patients. The doctor squeezed past the mêlée of
white faces and established himself in the nearest ward, grateful for the
waiting row of old iron beds. Doctor Behrer was already at work across the
hall.
"Get me half a dozen lanterns," he ordered.
"Doctors Behrer wants idodine and adhesive."
"All right, there it is. . . . Here, you, Shinkey, stand by
the door and keep everybody out except cases that can't walk. Somebody run over
and see if there ain't some candles in the grocery store."
The street outside was full of sound now--the cries of women, the
contrary directions of volunteer gangs trying to clear the highway, the tense
staccato of people rising to an emergency. A little before midnight arrived the
first unit of the Red Cross. But the three doctors, presently joined by two
others from near-by villages, had lost track of time long before that. The dead
began to be brought in by ten o'clock; there were twenty, twenty-five, thirty,
forty--the list grew. Having no more needs, these waited, as became simple
husbandmen, in a garage behind, while the stream of injured--hundreds of
them--flowed through the old hospital built to house only a score. The storm
had dealt out fractures of the leg, collar bone, ribs and hip, lacerations of
the back, elbows, ears, eyelids, nose; there were wounds from flying planks,
and odd splinters in odd places, and a scalped man, who would recover to grow a
new head of hair. Living or dead, Doc Janney knew every face, almost every
name.
"Don't you fret now. Billy's all right. Hold still and let me
tie this. People are drifting in every minute, but it's so consarned dark they
can't find 'em--All right, Mrs. Oakey. That's nothing. Ev here'll touch it with
iodine. . . . Now let's see this man."
Two o'clock. The old doctor from Wettala gave out, but now there
were fresh men from Montgomery to take his place. Upon the air of the room,
heavy with disinfectant, floated the ceaseless babble of human speech reaching
the doctor dimly through layer after layer of increasing fatigue:
". . . Over and over--just rolled me over and over. Got hold
of a bush and the bush came along too."
"Jeff! Where's Jeff?"
". . . I bet that pig sailed a hundred yards--"
"--just stopped the train in time. All the passengers got out
and helped pull the poles--"
"Where's Jeff?"
"He says, 'Let's get down cellar,' and I says, 'We ain't got
no cellar'--"
"--If there's no more stretchers, find some light
doors."
". . . Five seconds? Say, it was more like five
minutes!"
At some time he heard that Gene and Rose had been seen with their
two youngest children. He had passed their house on the way in and, seeing it
standing, hurried on. The Janney family had been lucky; the doctor's own house
was outside the sweep of the storm.
Only as he saw the electric lights go on suddenly in the streets
and glimpsed the crowd waiting for hot coffee in front of the Red Cross did the
doctor realize how tired he was.
"You better go rest," a young man was saying. "I'll
take this side of the room. I've got two nurses with me."
"All right--all right. I'll finish this row."
The injured were being evacuated to the cities by train as fast as
their wounds were dressed, and their places taken by others. He had only two
beds to go--in the first one he found Pinky Janney.
He put his stethoscope to the heart. It was beating feebly. That
he, so weak, so nearly gone, had survived this storm at all was remarkable. How
he had got there, who had found him and carried him, was a mystery in itself.
The doctor went over the body; there were small contusions and lacerations, two
broken fingers, the dirt-filled ears that marked every case--nothing else. For
a moment the doctor hesitated, but even when he closed his eyes, the image of
Mary Decker seemed to have receded, eluding him. Something purely professional
that had nothing to do with human sensibilities had been set in motion inside
him, and he was powerless to head it off. He held out his hands before him;
they were trembling slightly.
"Hell's bells!" he muttered.
He went out of the room and around the corner of the hall, where
he drew from his pocket the flask containing the last of the corn and water he
had had in the afternoon. He emptied it. Returning to the ward, he disinfected
two instruments and applied a local anaesthetic to a square section at the base
of Pinky's skull where the wound had healed over the bullet. He called a nurse
to his side and then, scalpel in hand, knelt on one knee beside his nephew's
bed.
III
Two days later the doctor drove slowly around the mournful
countryside. He had withdrawn from the emergency work after the first desperate
night, feeling that his status as a pharmacist might embarrass his
collaborators. But there was much to be done in bringing the damage to outlying
sections under the aegis of the Red Cross, and he devoted himself to that.
The path of the demon was easy to follow. It had pursued an
irregular course on its seven-league boots, cutting cross country, through
woods, or even urbanely keeping to roads until they curved, when it went off on
its own again. Sometimes the trail could be traced by cotton fields, apparently
in full bloom, but this cotton came from the insides of hundreds of quilts and
mattresses redistributed in the fields by the storm.
At a lumber pile that had lately been a Negro cabin, he stopped a
moment to listen to a dialogue between two reporters and two shy pickaninnies.
The old grandmother, her head bandaged, sat among the ruins, gnawing some vague
meat and moving her rocker ceaselessly.
"But where is the river you were blown across?" one of
the reporters demanded.
"There."
"Where?"
The pickaninnies looked to their grandmother for aid.
"Right there behind you-all," spoke up the old woman.
The newspapermen looked disgustedly at a muddy stream four yards
wide.
"That's no river."
"That's a Menada River, we always calls it ever since I was a
gull. Yes, suh, that's a Menada River. An them two boys was blowed right across
it an set down on the othah side just as pretty, 'thout any hurt at all.
Chimney fell on me," she concluded, feeling her head.
"Do you mean to say that's all it was?" demanded the
younger reporter indignantly. "That's the river they were blow across! And
one hundred and twenty million people have been led to believe--"
"That's all right, boys," interrupted Doc Janney.
"That's a right good river for these parts. And it'll get bigger as those
little fellahs get older."
He tossed a quarter to the old woman and drove on.
Passing a country church, he stopped and counted the new brown
mounds that marred the graveyard. He was nearing the centre of the holocaust
now. There was the Howden house where three had been killed; there remained a
gaunt chimney, a rubbish heap and a scarecrow surviving ironically in the
kitchen garden. In the ruins of the house across the way a rooster strutted on
top of a piano, reigning vociferously over an estate of trunks, boots, cans,
books, calendars, rugs, chairs and window frames, a twisted radio and a legless
sewing machine. Everywhere there was bedding--blankets, mattresses, bent
springs, shredded padding--he had not realized how much of people's lives was
spent in bed. Here and there, cows and horses, often stained with disinfectant,
were grazing again in the fields. At intervals there were Red Cross tents, and
sitting by one of these, with the gray cat in her arms, the doctor came upon
little Helen Kilrain. The usual lumber pile, like a child's building game
knocked down in a fit of temper, told the story.
"Hello, dear," he greeted her, his heart sinking.
"How did kitty like the tornado?"
"She didn't."
"What did she do?"
"She meowed."
"Oh."
"She wanted to get away, but I hanged on to her and she
scratched me--see?"
He glanced at the Red Cross tent. "Who's taking care of
you?"
"The lady from the Red Cross and Mrs. Wells," she
answered. "My father got hurt. He stood over me so it wouldn't fall on me,
and I stood over kitty. He's in the hospital in Birmingham. When he comes back,
I guess he'll build our house again."
The doctor winced. He knew that her father would build no more
houses; he had died that morning. She was alone, and she did not know she was
alone. Around her stretched the dark universe, impersonal, inconscient. Her
lovely little face looked up at him confidently as he asked: "You got any
kin anywhere, Helen?"
"I don't know."
"You've got kitty, anyhow, haven't you?"
"It's just a cat," she admitted calmly, but anguished by
her own betrayal of her love, she hugged it closer.
"Taking care of a cat must be pretty hard."
"Oh, no," she said hurriedly. "It isn't any trouble
at all. It doesn't eat hardly anything."
He put his hand in his pocket, and then changed his mind suddenly.
"Dear, I'm coming back and see you later--later today. You
take good care of kitty now, won't you?"
"Oh, yes," she answered lightly.
The doctor drove on. He stopped next at a house that had escaped
damaged. Walt Cupps, the owner, was cleaning a shotgun on his front porch.
"What's that, Walt? Going to shoot up the next tornado?"
"Ain't going to be a next tornado."
"You can't tell. Just take a look at that sky now. It's
getting mighty dark."
Walt laughed and slapped his gun. "Not for a hundred years,
anyhow. This here is for looters. There's a lot of 'em around, and not all
black either. Wish when you go to town that you'd tell 'em to scatter some
militia out here."
"I'll tell em now. You come out all right?"
"I did, thank God. With six of us in the house. It took off
one hen, and probably it's still carrying it around somewhere."
The doctor drove on toward town, overcome by a feeling of
uneasiness he could not define.
"It's the weather," he thought. "It's the same kind
of feel in the air there was last Saturday."
For a month the doctor had felt an urge to go away permanently.
Once this countryside had seemed to promise peace. When the impetus that had
lifted him temporarily out of tired old stock was exhausted, he had come back
here to rest, to watch the earth put forth, and live on simple, pleasant terms
with his neighbors. Peace! He knew that the present family quarrel would never
heal, nothing would ever be the same; it would all be bitter forever. And he
had seen the placid countryside turned into a land of mourning. There was no
peace here. Move on!
On the road he overtook Butch Janney walking to town.
"I was coming to see you," said Butch, frowning.
"You operated on Pinky after all, didn't you?"
"Jump in. . . . Yes, I did. How did you know?"
"Doc Behrer told us." He shot a quick look at the
doctor, who did not miss the quality of suspicion in it. "They don't think
he'll last out the day."
"I'm sorry for your mother."
Butch laughed unpleasantly. "Yes, you are."
"I said I'm sorry for your mother," said the doctor
sharply.
"I heard you."
They drove for a moment in silence.
"Did you find your automobile?"
"Did I?" Butch laughed ruefully. "I found
something--I don't know whether you'd call it a car any more. And, you know, I
could of had tornado insurance for twenty-five cents." His voice trembled
indignantly: "Twenty-five cents--but who would ever of thought of getting
tornado insurance?"
It was growing darker; there was a thin crackle of thunder far to
the southward.
"Well, all I hope," said Butch with narrowed glance,
"is that you hadn't been drinking anything when you operated on
Pinky."
"You know, Butch," the doctor said slowly, "that
was a pretty dirty trick of mine to bring that tornado here."
He had not expected the sarcasm to hit home, but he expected a retort--when
suddenly he caught sight of Butch's face. It was fish-white, the mouth was
open, the eyes fixed and staring, and from the throat came a mewling sound.
Limply he raised one hand before him, and then the doctor saw.
Less than a mile away, an enormous, top-shaped black cloud filled
the sky and bore toward them, dipping and swirling, and in front of it sailed
already a heavy, singing wind.
"It's come back!" the doctor yelled.
Fifty yards ahead of them was the old iron bridge spanning Bilby
Creek. He stepped hard on the accelerator and drove for it. The fields were
full of running figures headed in the same direction. Reaching the bridge, he
jumped out and yanked Butch's arm.
"Get out, you fool! Get out!"
A nerveless mass stumbled from the car; in a moment they were in a
group of half a dozen, huddled in the triangular space that the bridge made
with the shore.
"Is it coming here?"
"No, it's turning!"
"We had to leave grampa!"
"Oh, save me, save me! Jesus save me! Help me!"
"Jesus save my soul!"
There was a quick rush of wind outside, sending little tentacles
under the bridge with a curious tension in them that made the doctor's skin
crawl. Then immediately there was a vacuum, with no more wind, but a sudden
thresh of rain. The doctor crawled to the edge of the bridge and put his head
up cautiously.
"It's passed," he said. "We only felt the edge; the
centre went way to the right of us."
He could see it plainly; for a second he could even distinguish
objects in it--shrubbery and small trees, planks and loose earth. Crawling
farther out, he produced his watch and tried to time it, but the thick curtain
of rain blotted it from sight.
Soaked to the skin, he crawled back underneath. Butch lay
shivering in the farthest corner, and the doctor shook him.
"It went in the direction of your house!" the doctor
cried. "Pull yourself together! Who's there?"
"No one," Butch groaned. "They're all down with
Pinky."
The rain had changed to hail now; first small pellets, then larger
ones, and larger, until the sound of their fall upon the iron bridge was an
ear-splitting tattoo.
The spared wretches under the bridge were slowly recovering, and
in the relief there were titters of hysterical laughter. After a certain point
of strain, the nervous system makes its transitions without dignity or reason.
Even the doctor felt the contagion.
"This is worse than a calamity," he said dryly.
"It's getting to be a nuisance."
IV
There were to be no more tornadoes in Alabama that spring. The
second one--it was popularly thought to be the first one come back; for to the
people of Chilton County it had become a personified force, definite as a pagan
god--took a dozen houses, Gene Janney's among them, and injured about thirty
people. But this time--perhaps because everyone had developed some scheme of
self-protection--there were no fatalities. It made its last dramatic bow by
sailing down the main street of Bending, prostrating the telephone poles and
crushing in the fronts of three shops, including Doc Janney's drug store.
At the end of a week, houses were going up again, made of the old
boards; and before the end of the long, lush Alabama summer the grass would be
green again on all the graves. But it will be years before the people of the
country cease to reckon events as happening "before the tornado" or
"after the tornado,"--and for many families things will never be the
same.
Doctor Janney decided that this was as good a time to leave as
any. He sold the remains of his drug store, gutted alike by charity and
catastrophe, and turned over his house to his brother until Gene could rebuild
his own. He was going up to the city by train, for his car had been rammed
against a tree and couldn't be counted on for much more than the trip to the
station.
Several times on the way in he stopped by the roadside to say
good-by--once it was to Walter Cupps.
"So it hit you, after all," he said, looking at the
melancholy back house which alone marked the site.
"It's pretty bad," Walter answered. "But just
think; they was six of us in or about the house and not one was injured. I'm
content to give thanks to God for that."
"You were lucky there, Walt," the doctor agreed.
"Do you happen to have heard whether the Red Cross took little Helen
Kilrain to Montgomery or to Birmingham?"
"To Montgomery. Say, I was there when she came into town with
that cat, tryin' to get somebody to bandage up its paw. She must of walked
miles through that rain and hail, but all that mattered to her was her kitty.
Bad as I felt, I couldn't help laughin' at how spunky she was."
The doctor was silent for a moment. "Do you happen to
recollect if she has any people left?"
"I don't, suh," Walter replied, "but I think as
not."
At his brother's place, the doctor made his last stop. They were
all there, even the youngest, working among the ruins; already Butch had a shed
erected to house the salvage of their goods. Save for this the most orderly
thing surviving was the pattern of round white stone which was to have inclosed
the garden.
The doctor took a hundred dollars in bills from his pocket and handed
it to Gene.
"You can pay it back sometime, but don't strain
yourself," he said. "It's money I got from the store." He cut
off Gene's thanks: "Pack up my books carefully when I send for 'em."
"You reckon to practice medicine up there, Forrest?"
"I'll maybe try it."
The brothers held on to each other's hands for a moment; the two
youngest children came up to say good-by. Rose stood in the background in an
old blue dress--she had no money to wear black for her eldest son.
"Good-by, Rose," said the doctor.
"Good-by," she responded, and then added in a dead
voice, "Good luck to you, Forrest."
For a moment he was tempted to say something conciliatory, but he
saw it was no use. He was up against the maternal instinct, the same force that
had sent little Helen through the storm with her injured cat.
At the station he bought a one-way ticket to Montgomery. The
village was drab under the sky of a retarded spring, and as the train pulled
out, it was odd to think that six months ago it had seemed to him as good a place
as any other.
He was alone in the white section of the day coach; presently he
felt for a bottle on his hip and drew it forth. "After all, a man of
forty-five is entitled to more artificial courage when he starts over
again." He began thinking of Helen. "She hasn't got any kin. I guess
she's my little girl now."
He patted the bottle, then looked down at it as if in surprise.
"Well, we'll have to put you aside for a while, old friend.
Any cat that's worth all that trouble and care is going to need a lot of
grade-B milk."
He settled down in his seat, looking out the window. In his memory
of that terrible week the winds still sailed about him, came in as draughts
through the corridor of the car--winds of the world--cyclones, hurricane,
tornadoes--grey and black, expected or unforeseen, some from the sky, some from
the caves of hell.
But he would not let them touch Helen again--if he could help it.
He dozed momentarily, but a haunting dream woke him: "Daddy
stood over me and I stood over Kitty."
"All right, Helen," he said aloud, for he often talked
to himself, "I guess the old brig can keep afloat a little longer--in any
wind."
7.THE FIEND
Esquire (January 1935)
On June 3, 1895, on a country road near Stillwater, Minnesota,
Mrs. Crenshaw Engels and her seven year old son, Mark, were waylaid and
murdered by a fiend, under circumstances so atrocious that, fortunately, it is
not necessary to set them down here.
Crenshaw Engels, the husband and father, was a photographer in
Stillwater. He was a great reader and considered "a little unsafe,"
for he had spoken his mind frankly about the railroad-agrarian struggles of the
time--but no one denied that he was a devoted family man, and the catastrophe
visited upon him hung over the little town for many weeks. There was a move to
lynch the perpetrator of the horror, for Minnesota did not permit the capital
punishment it deserved, but the instigators were foiled by the big stone
penitentiary close at hand.
The cloud hung over Engel's home so that folks went there only in
moods of penitence, of fear or guilt, hoping that they would be visited in turn
should their lives ever chance to trek under a black sky. The photography
studio suffered also: the routine of being posed, the necessary silences and
pauses in the process, permitted the clients too much time to regard the
prematurely aged face of Crenshaw Engels, and high school students, newly
married couples, mothers of new babies, were always glad to escape from the
place into the open air. So Crenshaw's business fell off and he went through a
time of hardship--finally liquidating the lease, the apparatus and the good
will, and wearing out the money obtained. He sold his house for a little more
than its two mortgages, went to board and took a position clerking in
Radamacher's Department Store.
In the sight of his neighbors he had become a man ruined by
adversity, a man manqué, a man emptied. But in the last
opinion they were wrong--he was empty of all save one thing. His memory was
long as a Jew's, and though his heart was in the grave he was sane as when his
wife and son had started on their last walk that summer morning. At the first
trial he lost control and got at the Fiend, seizing him by the necktie--and
then had been dragged off with the Fiend's tie in such a knot that the man was
nearly garotted.
At the second trial Crenshaw cried aloud once. Afterwards he went
to all the members of the state legislature in the county and handed them a
bill he had written himself for the introduction of capital punishment in the
state--the bill to be retroactive on criminals condemned to life imprisonment.
The bill fell through; it was on the day Crenshaw heard this that he got inside
the penitentiary by a ruse and was only apprehended in time to be prevented
from shooting the Fiend in his cell.
Crenshaw was given a suspended sentence and for some months it was
assumed that the agony was fading gradually from his mind. In fact when he
presented himself to the warden in another rôle a year after the crime, the
official was sympathetic to his statement that he had had a change of heart and
felt he could only emerge from the valley of shadow by forgiveness, that he
wanted to help the Fiend, show him the True Path by means of good books and
appeals to his buried better nature. So, after being carefully searched,
Crenshaw was permitted to sit for half an hour in the corridor outside the
Fiend's cell.
But had the warden suspected the truth he would not have permitted
the visit--for, far from forgiving, Crenshaw's plan was to wreak upon the Fiend
a mental revenge to replace the physical one of which he was subducted.
When he faced the Fiend, Crenshaw felt his scalp tingle. From
behind the bars a roly-poly man, who somehow made his convict's uniform
resemble a business suit, a man with thick brown-rimmed glasses and the trim
air of an insurance salesman, looked at him uncertainly. Feeling faint Crenshaw
sat down in the chair that had been brought for him.
"The air around you stinks!" he cried suddenly.
"This whole corridor, this whole prison."
"I suppose it does," admitted the Fiend, "I noticed
it too."
"You'll have time to notice it," Crenshaw muttered.
"All your life you'll pace up and down stinking in that little cell, with
everything getting blacker and blacker. And after that there'll be hell waiting
for you. For all eternity you'll be shut in a little space, but in hell it'll
be so small that you can't stand up or stretch out."
"Will it now?" asked the Fiend concerned.
"It will!" said Crenshaw. "You'll be alone with
your own vile thoughts in that little space, forever and ever and ever. You'll
itch with corruption so that you can never sleep, and you'll always be thirsty,
with water just out of reach."
"Will I now?" repeated the Fiend, even more concerned.
"I remember once--"
"All the time you'll be full of horror," Crenshaw
interrupted. "You'll be like a person just about to go crazy but can't go
crazy. All the time you'll be thinking that it's forever and ever."
"That's bad," said the Fiend, shaking his head gloomily.
"That's real bad."
"Now listen here to me," went on Crenshaw. "I've
brought you some books you're going to read. It's arranged that you get no
books or papers except what I bring you."
As a beginning Crenshaw had brought half a dozen books which his
vagarious curiosity had collected over as many years. They comprised a German
doctor's thousand case histories of sexual abnormality--cases with no cures, no
hopes, no prognoses, cases listed cold; a series of sermons by a New England
Divine of the Great Revival which pictured the tortures of the damned in hell;
a collection of horror stories; and a volume of erotic pieces from each of
which the last two pages, containing the consummations, had been torn out; a
volume of detective stories mutilated in the same manner. A tome of the Newgate
calendar completed the batch. These Crenshaw handed through the bars--the Fiend
took them and put them on his iron cot.
This was the first of Crenshaw's long series of fortnightly
visits. Always he brought with him something somber and menacing to say, something
dark and terrible to read--save that once when the Fiend had had nothing to
read for a long time he brought him four inspiringly titled books--that proved
to have nothing but blank paper inside. Another time, pretending to concede a
point, he promised to bring newspapers--he brought ten copies of the yellowed
journal that had reported the crime and the arrest. Sometimes he obtained
medical books that showed in color the red and blue and green ravages of
leprosy and skin disease, the mounds of shattered cells, the verminous tissue
and brown corrupted blood.
And there was no sewer of the publishing world from which he did
not obtain records of all that was gross and vile in man.
Crenshaw could not keep this up indefinitely both because of the
expense and because of the exhaustibility of such books. When five years had
passed he leaned toward another form of torture. He built up false hopes in the
Fiend with protests of his own change of heart and manoeuvres for a pardon, and
then dashed the hopes to pieces. Or else he pretended to have a pistol with
him, or an inflammatory substance that would make the cell a raging Inferno and
consume the Fiend in two minutes--once he threw a dummy bottle into the cell
and listened in delight to the screams as the Fiend ran back and forth waiting
for the explosion. At other times he would pretend grimly that the legislature
had passed a new law which provided that the Fiend would be executed in a few
hours.
A decade passed. Crenshaw was gray at forty--he was white at fifty
when the alternating routine of his fortnightly visits to the graves of his
loved ones and to the penitentiary had become the only part of his life--the
long days at Radamacher's were only a weary dream. Sometimes he went and sat
outside the Fiend's cell, with no word said during the half hour he was allowed
to be there. The Fiend too had grown white in twenty years. He was very
respectable-looking with his horn-rimmed glasses and his white hair. He seemed
to have a great respect for Crenshaw and even when the latter, in a renewal of
diminishing vitality, promised him one day that on his very next visit he was
going to bring a revolver and end the matter, he nodded gravely as if in
agreement, said, "I suppose so. Yes, I suppose you're perfectly right,"
and did not mention the matter to the guards. On the occasion of the next visit
he was waiting with his hands on the bars of the cell looking at Crenshaw both
hopefully and desperately. At certain tensions and strains death takes on,
indeed, the quality of a great adventure as any soldier can testify.
Years passed. Crenshaw was promoted to floor manager at
Radamacher's--there were new generations now that did not know of his tragedy
and regarded him as an austere nonentity. He came into a little legacy and bought
new stones for the graves of his wife and son. He knew he would soon be retired
and while a third decade lapsed through the white winters, the short sweet
smoky summers, it became more and more plain to him that the time had come to
put an end to the Fiend; to avoid any mischance by which the other would
survive him.
The moment he fixed upon came at the exact end of thirty years.
Crenshaw had long owned the pistol with which it would be accomplished; he had
fingered the shells lovingly and calculated the lodgement of each in the
Fiend's body, so that death would be sure but lingering--he studied the tales
of abdominal wounds in the war news and delighted in the agony that made
victims pray to be killed.
After that, what happened to him did not matter.
When the day came he had no trouble in smuggling the pistol into
the penitentiary. But to his surprise he found the Fiend scrunched up upon his
iron cot, instead of waiting for him avidly by the bars.
"I'm sick," the Fiend said. "My stomach's been
burning me up all morning. They gave me a physic but now it's worse and nobody
comes."
Crenshaw fancied momentarily that this was a premonition in the
man's bowels of a bullet that would shortly ride ragged through that spot.
"Come up to the bars," he said mildly.
"I can't move."
"Yes, you can."
"I'm doubled up. All doubled up."
"Come doubled up then."
With an effort the Fiend moved himself, only to fall on his side
on the cement floor. He groaned and then lay quiet for a minute, after which,
still bent in two, he began to drag himself a foot at a time toward the bars.
Suddenly Crenshaw set off at a run toward the end of the corridor.
"I want the prison doctor," he demanded of the guard,
"That man's sick--sick, I tell you."
"The doctor has--"
"Get him--get him now!"
The guard hesitated, but Crenshaw had become a tolerated, even
privileged person around the prison, and in a moment the guard took down his
phone and called the infirmary.
All that afternoon Crenshaw waited in the bare area inside the
gates, walking up and down with his hands behind his back. From time to time he
went to the front entrance and demanded of the guard:
"Any news?"
"Nothing yet. They'll call me when there's anything."
Late in the afternoon the Warden appeared at the door, looked
about and spotted Crenshaw. The latter, all alert, hastened over.
"He's dead," the Warden said. "His appendix burst.
They did everything they could."
"Dead," Crenshaw repeated.
"I'm sorry to bring you this news. I know how--"
"It's all right," said Crenshaw, and licking his lips.
"So he's dead."
The Warden lit a cigarette.
"While you're here, Mr. Engels, I wonder if you can let me
have that pass that was issued to you--I can turn it in to the office. That
is--I suppose you won't need it any more."
Crenshaw took the blue card from his wallet and handed it over.
The Warden shook hands with him.
"One thing more," Crenshaw demanded as the Warden turned
away. "Which is the--the window of the infirmary?"
"It's on the interior court, you can't see it from
here."
"Oh."
When the Warden had gone Crenshaw still stood there a long time,
the tears running out down his face. He could not collect his thoughts and he
began by trying to remember what day it was; Saturday, the day, every other
week, on which he came to see the Fiend.
He would not see the Fiend two weeks from now.
In a misery of solitude and despair he muttered aloud: "So he
is dead. He has left me." And then with a long sigh of mingled grief and
fear, "So I have lost him--my only friend--now I am alone."
He was still saying that to himself as he passed through the outer
gate, and as his coat caught in the great swing of the outer door the guard
opened up to release it, he heard a reiteration of the words:
"I'm alone. At last--at last I am alone."
Once more he called on the Fiend, after many weeks.
"But he's dead," the Warden told him kindly.
"Oh, yes," Crenshaw said. "I guess I must have
forgotten."
And he set off back home, his boots sinking deep into the white
diamond surface of the flats.
8.FINANCING FINNEGAN
Esquire (January 1938)
Finnegan and I have the same literary agent to sell our writings
for us--but though I'd often been in Mr. Cannon's office just before and just
after Finnegan's visits, I had never met him. Likewise we had the same
publisher and often when I arrived there Finnegan had just departed. I gathered
from a thoughtful sighing way in which they spoke of him--
"Ah--Finnegan--"
"Oh yes, Finnegan was here."
--that the distinguished author's visit had been not uneventful.
Certain remarks implied that he had taken something with him when he
went--manuscripts, I supposed, one of those great successful novels of his. He
had taken "it" off for a final revision, a last draft, of which he
was rumored to make ten in order to achieve that facile flow, that ready wit,
which distinguished his work. I discovered only gradually that most of
Finnegan's visits had to do with money.
"I'm sorry you're leaving," Mr. Cannon would tell me,
"Finnegan will be here tomorrow." Then after a thoughtful pause,
"I'll probably have to spend some time with him."
I don't know what note in his voice reminded me of a talk with a
nervous bank president when Dillinger was reported in the vicinity. His eyes
looked out into the distance and he spoke as to himself:
"Of course he may be bringing a manuscript. He has a novel
he's working on, you know. And a play too."
He spoke as though he were talking about some interesting but
remote events of the cinquecento; but his eyes became more hopeful as he added:
"Or maybe a short story."
"He's very versatile, isn't he?" I said.
"Oh yes," Mr. Cannon perked up. "He can do
anything--anything when he puts his mind to it. There's never been such a
talent."
"I haven't seen much of his work lately."
"Oh, but he's working hard. Some of the magazines have
stories of his that they're holding."
"Holding for what?"
"Oh, for a more appropriate time--an upswing. They like to
think they have something of Finnegan's."
His was indeed a name with ingots in it. His career had started
brilliantly and if it had not kept up to its first exalted level, at least it
started brilliantly all over again every few years. He was the perennial man of
promise in American letters--what he could actually do with words was
astounding, they glowed and coruscated--he wrote sentences, paragraphs, chapters
that were masterpieces of fine weaving and spinning. It was only when I met
some poor devil of a screen writer who had been trying to make a logical story
out of one of his books that I realized he had his enemies.
"It's all beautiful when you read it," this man said
disgustedly, "but when you write it down plain it's like a week in the
nut-house."
From Mr. Cannon's office I went over to my publishers on Fifth
Avenue and there too I learned in no time that Finnegan was expected tomorrow.
Indeed he had thrown such a long shadow before him that the
luncheon where I expected to discuss my own work was largely devoted to
Finnegan. Again I had the feeling that my host, Mr. George Jaggers, was talking
not to me but to himself.
"Finnegan's a great writer," he said.
"Undoubtedly."
"And he's really quite all right, you know."
As I hadn't questioned the fact I inquired whether there was any
doubt about it.
"Oh no," he said hurriedly. "It's just that he's
had such a run of hard luck lately--"
I shook my head sympathetically. "I know. That diving into a
half-empty pool was a tough break."
"Oh, it wasn't half-empty. It was full of water. Full to the
brim. You ought to hear Finnegan on the subject--he makes a side-splitting
story of it. It seems he was in a run-down condition and just diving from the
side of the pool, you know--" Mr. Jaggers pointed his knife and fork at
the table, "and he saw some young girls diving from the fifteen-foot
board. He says he thought of his lost youth and went up to do the same and made
a beautiful swan dive--but his shoulder broke while he was still in the
air." He looked at me rather anxiously. "Haven't you heard of cases
like that--a ball player throwing his arm out of joint?"
I couldn't think of any orthopedic parallels at the moment.
"And then," he continued dreamily, "Finnegan had to
write on the ceiling."
"On the ceiling?"
"Practically. He didn't give up writing--he has plenty of
guts, that fellow, though you may not believe it. He had some sort of
arrangement built that was suspended from the ceiling and he lay on his back
and wrote in the air."
I had to grant that it was a courageous arrangement.
"Did it affect his work?" I inquired. "Did you have
to read his stories backward--like Chinese?"
"They were rather confused for a while," he admitted,
"but he's all right now. I got several letters from him that sounded more
like the old Finnegan--full of life and hope and plans for the future--"
The faraway look came into his face and I turned the discussion to
affairs closer to my heart. Only when we were back in his office did the
subject recur--and I blush as I write this because it includes confessing
something I seldom do--reading another man's telegram. It happened because Mr.
Jaggers was intercepted in the hall and when I went into his office and sat
down it was stretched out open before me:
WITH FIFTY I COULD AT LEAST PAY TYPIST AND GET HAIRCUT AND PENCILS
LIFE HAS BECOME IMPOSSIBLE AND I EXIST ON DREAM OF GOOD NEWS DESPERATELY
FINNEGAN
I couldn't believe my eyes--fifty dollars, and I happened to know
that Finnegan's price for short stories was somewhere around three thousand.
George Jaggers found me still staring dazedly at the telegram. After he read it
he stared at me with stricken eyes.
"I don't see how I can conscientiously do it," he said.
I started and glanced around to make sure I was in the prosperous
publishing office in New York. Then I understood--I had misread the telegram.
Finnegan was asking for fifty thousand as an advance--a demand that would have
staggered any publisher no matter who the writer was.
"Only last week," said Mr. Jaggers disconsolately,
"I sent him a hundred dollars. It puts my department in the red every
season, so I don't dare tell my partners any more. I take it out of my own
pocket--give up a suit and a pair of shoes."
"You mean Finnegan's broke?"
"Broke!" He looked at me and laughed soundlessly--in
fact I didn't exactly like the way that he laughed. My brother had a
nervous--but that is afield from this story. After a minute he pulled himself
together. "You won't say anything about this, will you? The truth is
Finnegan's been in a slump, he's had blow after blow in the past few years, but
now he's snapping out of it and I know we'll get back every cent we've--"
He tried to think of a word but "given him" slipped out. This time it
was he who was eager to change the subject.
Don't let me give the impression that Finnegan's affairs absorbed
me during a whole week in New York--it was inevitable, though, that being much
in the offices of my agent and my publisher, I happened in on a lot. For
instance, two days later, using the telephone in Mr. Cannon's office, I was
accidentally switched in on a conversation he was having with George Jaggers.
It was only partly eavesdropping, you see, because I could only hear one end of
the conversation and that isn't as bad as hearing it all.
"But I got the impression he was in good health . . . he did
say something about his heart a few months ago but I understood it got well . .
. yes, and he talked about some operation he wanted to have--I think he said it
was cancer. . . . Well, I felt like telling him I had a little operation up my
sleeve too, that I'd have had by now if I could afford it. . . . No, I didn't
say it. He seemed in such good spirits that it would have been a shame to bring
him down. He's starting a story today, he read me some of it on the phone. . .
.
". . . I did give him twenty-five because he didn't have a
cent in his pocket . . . oh, yes--I'm sure he'll be all right now. He sounds as
if he means business."
I understood it all now. The two men had entered into a silent
conspiracy to cheer each other up about Finnegan. Their investment in him, in
his future, had reached a sum so considerable that Finnegan belonged to them.
They could not bear to hear a word against him--even from themselves.
II
I spoke my mind to Mr. Cannon. "If this Finnegan is a
four-flusher you can't go on indefinitely giving him money. If he's through
he's through and there's nothing to be done about it. It's absurd that you
should put off an operation when Finnegan's out somewhere diving into
half-empty swimming pools."
"It was full," said Mr. Cannon patiently--"full to
the brim."
"Well, full or empty the man sounds like a nuisance to
me."
"Look here," said Cannon, "I've got a talk to Hollywood
due on the wire. Meanwhile you might glance over that." He threw a
manuscript into my lap. "Maybe it'll help you understand. He brought it in
yesterday."
It was a short story. I began it in a mood of disgust but before
I'd read five minutes I was completely immersed in it, utterly charmed, utterly
convinced and wishing to God I could write like that. When Cannon finished his
phone call I kept him waiting while I finished it and when I did there were
tears in these hard old professional eyes. Any magazine in the country would
have run it first in any issue.
But then nobody had ever denied that Finnegan could write.
III
Months passed before I went again to New York, and then, so far as
the offices of my agent and my publisher were concerned, I descended upon a
quieter, more stable world. There was at last time to talk about my own
conscientious if uninspired literary pursuits, to visit Mr. Cannon in the
country and to kill summer evenings with George Jaggers where the vertical New
York starlight falls like lingering lightning into restaurant gardens. Finnegan
might have been at the North Pole--and as a matter of fact he was. He had quite
a group with him, including three Bryn Mawr anthropologists, and it sounded as
if he might collect a lot of material there. They were going to stay several
months, and if the thing had somehow the ring of a promising little house party
about it, that was probably due to my jealous, cynical disposition.
"We're all just delighted," said Cannon. "It's a
God-send for him. He was fed up and he needed just this--this--"
"Ice and snow," I supplied.
"Yes, ice and snow. The last thing he said was characteristic
of him. Whatever he writes is going to be pure white--it's going to have a
blinding glare about it."
"I can imagine it will. But tell me--who's financing it? Last
time I was here I gathered the man was insolvent."
"Oh, he was really very decent about that. He owed me some
money and I believe he owed George Jaggers a little too--" He
"believed," the old hypocrite. He knew damn well--"so before he
left he made most of his life insurance over to us. That's in case he doesn't
come back--those trips are dangerous of course."
"I should think so," I said--"especially with three
anthropologists."
"So Jaggers and I are absolutely covered in case anything
happens--it's as simple as that."
"Did the life-insurance company finance the trip?"
He fidgeted perceptibly.
"Oh, no. In fact when they learned the reason for the
assignments they were a little upset. George Jaggers and I felt that when he
had a specific plan like this with a specific book at the end of it, we were
justified in backing him a little further."
"I don't see it," I said flatly.
"You don't?" The old harassed look came back into his
eyes. "Well, I'll admit we hesitated. In principle I know it's wrong. I
used to advance authors small sums from time to time, but lately I've made a
rule against it--and kept it. It's only been waived once in the last two years
and that was for a woman who was having a bad struggle--Margaret Trahill, do
you know her? She was an old girl of Finnegan's, by the way."
"Remember I don't even know Finnegan."
"That's right. You must meet him when he comes back--if he
does come back. You'd like him--he's utterly charming."
Again I departed from New York, to imaginative North Poles of my
own, while the year rolled through summer and fall. When the first snap of
November was in the air, I thought of the Finnegan expedition with a sort of
shiver and any envy of the man departed. He was probably earning any loot,
literary or anthropological, he might bring back. Then, when I hadn't been back
in New York three days, I read in the paper that he and some other members of
his party had walked off into a snowstorm when the food supply gave out, and
the Arctic had claimed another sacrifice.
I was sorry for him, but practical enough to be glad that Cannon
and Jaggers were well protected. Of course, with Finnegan scarcely cold--if
such a simile is not too harrowing--they did not talk about it but I gathered
that the insurance companies had waived habeas corpus or
whatever it is in their lingo, and it seemed quite sure that they would
collect.
His son, a fine looking young fellow, came into George Jaggers'
office while I was there and from him I could guess at Finnegan's charm--a shy
frankness together with an impression of a very quiet brave battle going on
inside of him that he couldn't quite bring himself to talk about--but that
showed as heat lightning in his work.
"The boy writes well too," said George after he had gone.
"He's brought in some remarkable poems. He's not ready to step into his
father's shoes, but there's a definite promise."
"Can I see one of his things?"
"Certainly--here's one he left just as he went out."
George took a paper from his desk, opened it and cleared his
throat. Then he squinted and bent over a little in his chair.
"Dear Mr. Jaggers," he began, "I didn't like to
ask you this in person--" Jaggers stopped, his eyes reading ahead
rapidly.
"How much does he want?" I inquired.
He sighed.
"He gave me the impression that this was some of his
work," he said in a pained voice.
"But it is," I consoled him. "Of course he isn't
quite ready to step into his father's shoes."
I was sorry afterwards to have said this, for after all Finnegan
had paid his debts, and it was nice to be alive now that better times were back
and books were no longer rated as unnecessary luxuries. Many authors I knew who
had skimped along during the depression were now making long-deferred trips or
paying off mortgages or turning out the more finished kind of work that can
only be done with a certain leisure and security. I had just got a thousand
dollars advance for a venture in Hollywood and was going to fly out with all
the verve of the old days when there was chicken feed in every pot. Going in to
say good-by to Cannon and collect the money, it was nice to find he too was
profiting--wanted me to go along and see a motor boat he was buying.
But some last-minute stuff came up to delay him and I grew
impatient and decided to skip it. Getting no response to a knock on the door of
his sanctum, I opened it anyhow.
The inner office seemed in some confusion. Mr. Cannon was on
several telephones at once and dictating something about an insurance company
to a stenographer. One secretary was getting hurriedly into her hat and coat as
upon an errand and another was counting bills from her purse.
"It'll be only a minute," said Cannon, "it's just a
little office riot--you never saw us like this."
"Is it Finnegan's insurance?" I couldn't help asking.
"Isn't it any good?"
"His insurance--oh, perfectly all right, perfectly. This is
just a matter of trying to raise a few hundred in a hurry. The banks are closed
and we're all contributing."
"I've got that money you just gave me," I said. "I
don't need all of it to get to the coast." I peeled off a couple of
hundred. "Will this be enough?"
"That'll be fine--it just saves us. Never mind, Miss Carlsen.
Mrs. Mapes, you needn't go now."
"I think I'll be running along," I said.
"Just wait two minutes," he urged. "I've only got
to take care of this wire. It's really splendid news. Bucks you up."
It was a cablegram from Oslo, Norway--before I began to read I was
full of a premonition.
AM MIRACULOUSLY SAFE HERE BUT DETAINED BY AUTHORITIES PLEASE WIRE
PASSAGE MONEY FOR FOUR PEOPLE AND TWO HUNDRED EXTRA I AM BRINGING BACK PLENTY
GREETINGS FROM THE DEAD.
FINNEGAN
"Yes, that's splendid," I agreed. "He'll have a
story to tell now."
"Won't he though," said Cannon. "Miss Carlsen, will
you wire the parents of those girls--and you'd better inform Mr. Jaggers."
As we walked along the street a few minutes later, I saw that Mr.
Cannon, as if stunned by the wonder of this news, had fallen into a brown
study, and I did not disturb him, for after all I did not know Finnegan and
could not whole-heartedly share his joy. His mood of silence continued until we
arrived at the door of the motor boat show. Just under the sign he stopped and
stared upward, as if aware for the first time where we were going.
"Oh, my," he said, stepping back. "There's no use
going in here now. I thought we were going to get a drink."
We did. Mr. Cannon was still a little vague, a little under the
spell of the vast surprise--he fumbled so long for the money to pay his round
that I insisted it was on me.
I think he was in a daze during that whole time because, though he
is a man of the most punctilious accuracy, the two hundred I handed him in his
office has never shown to my credit in the statements he has sent me. I
imagine, though, that some day I will surely get it because some day Finnegan
will click again and I know that people will clamor to read what he writes.
Recently I've taken it upon myself to investigate some of the stories about him
and I've found that they're mostly as false as the half-empty pool. That pool
was full to the brim.
So far there's only been a short story about the polar expedition,
a love story. Perhaps it wasn't as big a subject as he expected. But the movies
are interested in him--if they can get a good long look at him first and I have
every reason to think that he will come through. He'd better.
9.FIRST BLOOD
Saturday Evening Post (5
April 1930)
"I remember your coming to me in despair when Josephine was
about three!" cried Mrs. Bray. "George was furious because he
couldn't decide what to go to work at, so he used to spank little
Josephine."
"I remember," said Josephine's mother.
"And so this is Josephine."
This was, indeed, Josephine. She looked at Mrs. Bray and smiled,
and Mrs. Bray's eyes hardened imperceptibly. Josephine kept on smiling.
"How old are you, Josephine?"
"Just sixteen."
"Oh-h. I would have said you were older."
At the first opportunity Josephine asked Mrs. Perry, "Can I
go to the movies with Lillian this afternoon?"
"No, dear; you have to study." She turned to Mrs. Bray
as if the matter were dismissed--but: "You darn fool," muttered
Josephine audibly.
Mrs. Bray said some words quickly to cover the situation, but, of
course, Mrs. Perry could not let it pass unreproved.
"What did you call mother, Josephine?"
"I don't see why I can't go to the movies with Lillian."
Her mother was content to let it go at this.
"Because you've got to study. You go somewhere every day, and
your father wants it to stop."
"How crazy!" said Josephine, and she added vehemently,
"How utterly insane! Father's got to be a maniac I think. Next thing he'll
start tearing his hair and think he's Napoleon or something."
"No," interposed Mrs. Bray jovially as Mrs. Perry grew
rosy. "Perhaps she's right. Maybe George is crazy--I'm
sure my husband's crazy. It's this war."
But she was not really amused; she thought Josephine ought to be
beaten with sticks.
They were talking about Anthony Harker, a contemporary of
Josephine's older sister.
"He's divine," Josephine interposed--not rudely, for,
despite the foregoing, she was not rude; it was seldom even that she appeared
to talk too much, though she lost her temper, and swore sometimes when people
were unreasonable. "He's perfectly--"
"He's very popular. Personally, I don't see very much to him.
He seems rather superficial."
"Oh, no, mother," said Josephine. "He's far from
it. Everybody says he has a great deal of personality--which is more than you
can say of most of these jakes. Any girl would be glad to get their hands on
him. I'd marry him in a minute."
She had never thought of this before; in fact, the phrase had been
invented to express her feeling for Travis de Coppet. When, presently, tea was
served, she excused herself and went to her room.
It was a new house, but the Perrys were far from being new people.
They were Chicago Society, and almost very rich, and not uncultured as things
went thereabouts in 1914. But Josephine was an unconscious pioneer of the
generation that was destined to "get out of hand."
In her room she dressed herself for going to Lillian's house,
thinking meanwhile of Travis de Coppet and of riding home from the Davidsons'
dance last night. Over his tuxedo, Travis had worn a loose blue cape inherited
from an old-fashioned uncle. He was tall and thin, an exquisite dancer, and his
eyes had often been described by female contemporaries as "very
dark"--to an adult it appeared that he had two black eyes in the
collisional sense, and that probably they were justifiably renewed every night;
the area surrounding them was so purple, or brown, or crimson, that they were
the first thing you noticed about his face, and, save for his white teeth, the
last. Like Josephine, he was also something new. There were a lot of new things
in Chicago then, but lest the interest of this narrative be divided, it should
be remarked that Josephine was the newest thing of all.
Dressed, she went down the stairs and through a softly opening
side door, out into the street. It was October and a harsh breeze blew her
along under trees without leaves, past houses with cold corners, past caves of
the wind that were the mouths of residential streets. From that time until
April, Chicago is an indoor city, where entering by a door is like going into
another world, for the cold of the lake is unfriendly and not like real northern
cold--it serves only to accentuate the things that go on inside. There is no
music outdoors, or love-making, and even in prosperous times the wealth that
rolls by in limousines is less glamorous than embittering to those on the
sidewalk. But in the houses there is a deep, warm quiet, or else an excited,
singing noise, as if those within were inventing things like new dances. That
is part of what people mean when they say they love Chicago.
Josephine was going to meet her friend Lillian Hammel, but their
plan did not include attending the movies. In comparison to it, their mothers
would have preferred the most objectionable, the most lurid movie. It was no
less than to go for a long auto ride with Travis de Coppet and Howard Page, in
the course of which they would kiss not once but a lot. The four of them had
been planning this since the previous Saturday, when unkind circumstances had
combined to prevent its fulfillment.
Travis and Howard were already there--not sitting down, but still
in their overcoats, like symbols of action, hurrying the girls breathlessly
into the future. Travis wore a fur collar on his overcoat and carried a
gold-headed cane; he kissed Josephine's hand facetiously yet seriously, and she
said, "Hello, Travis!" with the warm affection of a politician
greeting a prospective vote. But for a minute the two girls exchanged news
aside.
"I saw him," Lillian whispered, "just now."
"Did you?"
Their eyes blazed and fused together.
"Isn't he divine?" said Josephine.
They were referring to Mr. Anthony Harker, who was twenty-two, and
unconscious of their existence, save that in the Perry house he occasionally
recognized Josephine as Constance's younger sister.
"He has the most beautiful nose," cried Lillian,
suddenly laughing. "It's--" She drew it on the air with her finger
and they both became hilarious. But Josephine's face composed itself as Travis'
black eyes, conspicuous as if they had been freshly made the previous night,
peered in from the hall.
"Well!" he said tensely.
The four young people went out, passed through fifty bitter feet
of wind and entered Page's car. They were all very confident and knew exactly
what they wanted. Both girls were expressly disobeying their parents, but they
had no more sense of guilt about it than a soldier escaping from an enemy
prison camp. In the back seat, Josephine and Travis looked at each other; she
waited as he burned darkly.
"Look," he said to his hand; it was trembling. "Up
till five this morning. Girls from the Follies."
"Oh, Travis!" she cried automatically, but for the first
time a communication such as this failed to thrill her. She took his hand,
wondering what the matter was inside herself.
It was quite dark, and he bent over her suddenly, but as suddenly
she turned her face away. Annoyed, he made cynical nods with his head and lay
back in the corner of the car. He became engaged in cherishing his dark
secret--the secret that always made her yearn toward him. She could see it come
into his eyes and fill them, down to the cheek bones and up to the brows, but
she could not concentrate on him. The romantic mystery of the world had moved
into another man.
Travis waited ten minutes for her capitulation; then he tried
again, and with this second approach she saw him plain for the first time. It
was enough. Josephine's imagination and her desires were easily exploited up to
a certain point, but after that her very impulsiveness protected her. Now,
suddenly, she found something real against Travis, and her voice was modulated
with lowly sorrow.
"I heard what you did last night. I heard very well."
"What's the matter?"
"You told Ed Bement you were in for a big time because you
were going to take me home in your car."
"Who told you that?" he demanded, guilty but belittling.
"Ed Bement did, and he told me he almost hit you in the face
when you said it. He could hardly keep restraining himself."
Once more Travis retired to his corner of the seat. He accepted
this as the reason for her coolness, as in a measure it was. In view of Doctor
Jung's theory that innumerable male voices argue in the subconscious of a
woman, and even speak through her lips, then the absent Ed Bement was probably
speaking through Josephine at that moment.
"I've decided not to kiss any more boys, because I won't have
anything left to give the man I really love."
"Bull!" replied Travis.
"It's true. There's been too much talk around Chicago about
me. A man certainly doesn't respect a girl he can kiss whenever he wants to,
and I want to be respected by the man I'm going to marry some day."
Ed Bement would have been overwhelmed had he realized the extent
of his dominance over her that afternoon.
Walking from the corner, where the youths discreetly left her, to
her house, Josephine felt that agreeable lightness which comes with the end of
a piece of work. She would be a good girl now forever, see less of boys, as her
parents wished, try to be what Miss Benbower's school denominated An Ideal
Benbower Girl. Then next year, at Breerly, she could be an Ideal Breerly Girl.
But the first stars were out over Lake Shore Drive, and all about her she could
feel Chicago swinging around its circle at a hundred miles an hour, and
Josephine knew that she only wanted to want such wants for her soul's sake.
Actually, she had no desire for achievement. Her grandfather had had that, her
parents had had the consciousness of it, but Josephine accepted the proud world
into which she was born. This was easy in Chicago, which, unlike New York, was
a city state, where the old families formed a caste--intellect was represented
by the university professors, and there were no ramifications, save that even
the Perrys had to be nice to half a dozen families even richer and more
important than themselves. Josephine loved to dance, but the field of feminine
glory, the ballroom floor, was something you slipped away from with a man.
As Josephine came to the iron gate of her house, she saw her
sister shivering on the top steps with a departing young man; then the front
door closed and the man came down the walk. She knew who he was.
He was abstracted, but he recognized her for just a moment in
passing.
"Oh, hello," he said.
She turned all the way round so that he could see her face by the
street lamp; she lifted her face full out of her fur collar and toward him, and
then smiled.
"Hello," she said modestly.
They passed. She drew in her head like a turtle.
"Well, now he knows what I look like, anyhow," she told
herself excitedly as she went on into the house.
II
Several days later Constance Perry spoke to her mother in a
serious tone:
"Josephine is so conceited that I really think she's a little
crazy."
"She's very conceited," admitted Mrs. Perry.
"Father and I were talking and we decided that after the first of the year
she should go East to school. But you don't say a word about it until we know more
definitely."
"Heavens, mother, it's none too soon! She and that terrible
Travis de Coppet running around with his cloak, as if they were about a
thousand years old. They came into the Blackstone last week and my spine crawled.
They looked just like two maniacs--Travis slinking along, and Josephine
twisting her mouth around as if she had St. Vitus dance. Honestly--"
"What did you begin to say about Anthony Harker?"
interrupted Mrs. Perry.
"That she's got a crush on him, and he's about old enough to
be her grandfather."
"Not quite."
"Mother, he's twenty-two and she's sixteen. Every time Jo and
Lillian go by him, they giggle and stare--"
"Come here, Josephine," said Mrs. Perry.
Josephine came into the room slowly and leaned her backbone
against the edge of the opened door, teetering upon it calmly.
"What, mother?"
"Dear, you don't want to be laughed at, do you?"
Josephine turned sulkily to her sister. "Who laughs at me?
You do, I guess. You're the only one that does."
"You're so conceited that you don't see it. When you and
Travis de Coppet came into the Blackstone that afternoon, my spine crawled.
Everybody at our table and most of the other tables laughed--the ones that
weren't shocked."
"I guess they were more shocked," guessed Josephine
complacently.
"You'll have a fine reputation by the time you come
out."
"Oh, shut your mouth!" said Josephine.
There was a moment's silence. Then Mrs. Perry whispered solemnly,
"I'll have to tell your father about this as soon as he comes home."
"Go on, tell him." Suddenly Josephine began to cry.
"Oh, why can't anybody ever leave me alone? I wish I was dead."
Her mother stood with her arm around her, saying,
"Josephine--now, Josephine"; but Josephine went on with deep, broken
sobs that seemed to come from the bottom of her heart.
"Just a lot--of--of ugly and jealous girls who get mad when
anybody looks at m-me, and make up all sorts of stories that are absolutely
untrue, just because I can get anybody I want. I suppose that Constance is mad
about it because I went in and sat for five minutes with
Anthony Harker while he was waiting last night."
"Yes, I was terribly jealous! I sat up and cried
all night about it. Especially because he comes to talk to me about Marice
Whaley. Why!--you got him so crazy about you in that five minutes that he
couldn't stop laughing all the way to the Warrens."
Josephine drew in her breath in one last gasp, and stopped crying.
"If you want to know, I've decided to give him up."
"Ha-ha!" Constance exploded. "Listen to that, mother!
She's going to give him up--as if he ever looked at her or knew she was alive! Of
all the conceited--"
But Mrs. Perry could stand no more. She put her arm around
Josephine and hurried her to her room down the hall.
"All your sister meant was that she didn't like to see you
laughed at," she explained.
"Well, I've given him up," said Josephine gloomily.
She had given him up, renouncing a thousand kisses she had never
had, a hundred long, thrilling dances in his arms, a hundred evenings not to be
recaptured. She did not mention the letter she had written him last night--and
had not sent, and now would never send.
"You musn't think about such things at your age," said
Mrs. Perry. "You're just a child."
Josephine got up and went to the mirror.
"I promised Lillian to come over to her house. I'm late
now."
Back in her room, Mrs. Perry thought: "Two months to
February." She was a pretty woman who wanted to be loved by everyone
around her; there was no power of governing in her. She tied up her mind like a
neat package and put it in the post office, with Josephine inside it safely
addressed to the Breerly School.
An hour later, in the tea room at the Blackstone Hotel, Anthony
Harker and another young man lingered at table. Anthony was a happy fellow,
lazy, rich enough, pleased with his current popularity. After a brief career in
an Eastern university, he had gone to a famous college in Virginia and in its
less exigent shadow completed his education; at least, he had absorbed certain
courtesies and mannerisms that Chicago girls found charming.
"There's that guy Travis de Coppet," his companion had
just remarked. "What's he think he is, anyhow?"
Anthony looked remotely at the young people across the room,
recognizing the little Perry girl and other young females whom he seemed to have
encountered frequently in the street of late. Although obviously much at home,
they seemed silly and loud; presently his eyes left them and searched the room
for the party he was due to join for dancing, but he was still sitting there
when the room--it had a twilight quality, in spite of the lights within and the
full dark outside--woke up to confident and exciting music. A thickening parade
drifted past him. The men in sack suits, as though they had just come from
portentous affairs, and the women in hats that seemed about to take flight,
gave a special impermanence to the scene. This implication that this gathering,
a little more than uncalculated, a little less than clandestine, would shortly
be broken into formal series, made him anxious to seize its last minutes, and
he looked more and more intently into the crowd for the face of anyone he knew.
One face emerged suddenly around a man's upper arm not five feet
away, and for a moment Anthony was the object of the saddest and most tragic
regard that had ever been directed upon him. It was a smile and not a
smile--two big gray eyes with bright triangles of color underneath, and a mouth
twisted into a universal sympathy that seemed to include both him and
herself--yet withal, the expression not of a victim, but rather of the
very demon of tender melancholy--and for the first time
Anthony really saw Josephine.
His immediate instinct was to see with whom she was dancing. It
was a young man he knew, and with this assurance he was on his feet giving a
quick tug to his coat, and then out upon the floor.
"May I cut in, please?"
Josephine came close to him as they started, looked up into his
eyes for an instant, and then down and away. She said nothing. Realizing that
she could not possibly be more than sixteen, Anthony hoped that the party he
was to join would not arrive in the middle of the dance.
When that was over, she raised eyes to him again; a sense of
having been mistaken, of her being older than he had thought, possessed him.
Just before he left her at her table, he was moved to say:
"Couldn't I have another later?"
"Oh, sure."
She united her eyes with his, every glint a spike--perhaps from
the railroads on which their family fortunes were founded, and upon which they
depended. Anthony was disconcerted as he went back to his table.
One hour later, they left the Blackstone together in her car.
This had simply happened--Josephine's statement, at the end of
their second dance, that she must leave, then her request, and his own extreme
self-consciousness as he walked beside her across the empty floor. It was a
favor to her sister to take her home--but he had that unmistakable feeling of
expectation.
Nevertheless, once outside and shocked into reconsideration by the
bitter cold, he tried again to allocate his responsibilities in the matter.
This was hard going with Josephine's insistent dark and ivory youth pressed up
against him. As they got in the car he tried to dominate the situation with a
masculine stare, but her eyes, shining as if with fever, melted down his bogus
austerity in a whittled second.
Idly he patted her hand--then suddenly he was inside the radius of
her perfume and kissing her breathlessly. . . .
"So that's that," she whispered after a moment.
Startled, he wondered if he had forgotten something--something he had said to
her before.
"What a cruel remark," he said, "just when I was
getting interested."
"I only meant that any minute with you may be the last
one," she said miserably. "The family are going to send me away to
school--they think I haven't found that out yet."
"Too bad."
"--and today they got together--and tried to tell me that you
didn't know I was alive!"
After a long pause, Anthony contributed feebly. "I hope you
didn't let them convince you."
She laughed shortly. "I just laughed and came down
here."
Her hand burrowed its way into his; when he pressed it, her eyes,
bright now, not dark, rose until they were as high as his, and came toward him.
A minute later he thought to himself: "This is a rotten trick I'm
doing."
He was sure he was doing it.
"You're so sweet," she said.
"You're a dear child."
"I hate jealousy worse than anything in the world,"
Josephine broke forth, "and I have to suffer from it. And
my own sister worse than all the rest."
"Oh, no," he protested.
"I couldn't help it if I fell in love with you. I tried to
help it. I used to go out of the house when I knew you were coming."
The force of her lies came from her sincerity and from her simple
and superb confidence that whomsoever she loved must love her in return.
Josephine was never either ashamed or plaintive. She was in the world of being
alone with a male, a world through which she had moved surely since she was
eight years old. She did not plan; she merely let herself go, and the
overwhelming life in her did the rest. It is only when youth is gone and
experience has given us a sort of cheap courage that most of us realize how
simple such things are.
"But you couldn't be in love with me," Anthony wanted to
say, and couldn't. He fought with a desire to kiss her again, even tenderly,
and began to tell her that she was being unwise, but before he got really
started at this handsome project, she was in his arms again, and whispering
something that he had to accept, since it was wrapped up in a kiss. Then he was
alone, driving away from her door.
What had he agreed to? All they had said rang and beat in his ear
like an unexpected temperature--tomorrow at four o'clock on that corner.
"Good God!" he thought uneasily. "All that stuff
about giving me up. She's a crazy kid, she'll get into trouble if somebody
looking for trouble comes along. Big chance of my meeting her
tomorrow!"
But neither at dinner nor the dance that he went to that night
could Anthony get the episode out of his mind; he kept looking around the
ballroom regretfully, as if he missed someone who should be there.
III
Two weeks later, waiting for Marice Whaley in a meager,
indefinable down-stairs "sitting room," Anthony reached in his pocket
for some half-forgotten mail. Three letters he replaced; the other--after a
moment of listening--he opened quickly and read with his back to the door. It
was the third of a series--for one had followed each of his meetings with
Josephine--and it was exactly like the others--the letter of a child. Whatever
maturity of emotion could accumulate in her expression, when once she set pen
to paper was snowed under by ineptitude. There was much about "your
feeling for me" and "my feeling for you," and sentences began,
"Yes, I know I am sentimental," or more gawkily, "I have always
been sort of pash, and I can't help that," and inevitably much quoting of
lines from current popular songs, as if they expressed the writer's state of
mind more fully than verbal struggles of her own.
The letter disturbed Anthony. As he reached the postscript, which
coolly made a rendezvous for five o'clock this afternoon, he heard Marice
coming down-stairs, and put it back in his pocket.
Marice hummed and moved about the room. Anthony smoked.
"I saw you Tuesday afternoon," she said suddenly.
"You seemed to be having a fine time."
"Tuesday," he repeated, as if thinking. "Oh, yeah.
I ran into some kids and we went to a tea dance. It was amusing."
"You were almost alone when I saw you."
"What are you getting at?"
Marice hummed again. "Let's go out. Let's go to a
matinée."
On the way Anthony explained how he had happened to be with
Connie's little sister; the necessity of the explanation somehow angered him.
When he had done, Marice said crisply:
"If you wanted to rob the cradle, why did you have to pick
out that little devil? Her reputation's so bad already that Mrs. McRae didn't
want to invite her to dancing class this year--she only did it on account of
Constance."
"Why is she so awful?" asked Anthony, disturbed.
"I'd rather not discuss it."
His five-o'clock engagement was on his mind throughout the
matinée. Though Marice's remarks served only to make him dangerously sorry for
Josephine, he was nevertheless determined that this meeting should be the last.
It was embarrassing to have been remarked in her company, even though he had
tried honestly to avoid it. The matter could very easily develop into a rather
dangerous little mess, with no benefit either to Josephine or to himself. About
Marice's indignation he did not care; she had been his for the asking all
autumn, but Anthony did not want to get married; did not want to get involved
with anybody at all.
It was dark when he was free at 5:30, and turned his car toward
the new Philanthrophilogical Building in the maze of reconstruction in Grant
Park. The bleakness of place and time depressed him, gave a further painfulness
to the affair. Getting out of his car, he walked past a young man in a waiting
roadster--a young man whom he seemed to recognize--and found Josephine in the
half darkness of the little chamber that the storm doors formed.
With an indefinable sound of greeting, she walked determinedly
into his arms, putting up her face.
"I can only stay for a sec," she protested, just as if
he had begged her to come. "I'm supposed to go to a wedding with sister,
but I had to see you."
When Anthony spoke, his voice froze into a white mist, obvious in
the darkness. He said things he had said to her before but this time firmly and
finally. It was easier, because he could scarcely see her face and because
somewhere in the middle she irritated him by starting to cry.
"I knew you were supposed to be fickle," she whispered,
"but I didn't expect this. Anyhow, I've got enough pride not to bother you
any further." She hesitated. "But I wish we could meet just once more
to try and arrive at a more different settlement."
"No."
"Some jealous girl has been talking to you about me."
"No." Then, in despair, he struck at her heart.
"I'm not fickle. I've never loved you and I never told
you I did."
Guessing at the forlorn expression that would come into her face,
Anthony turned away and took a purposeless step; when he wheeled nervously
about, the storm door had just shut--she was gone.
"Josephine!" he shouted in helpless pity, but there was
no answer. He waited, heart in his boots, until presently he heard a car drive
away.
At home, Josephine thanked Ed Bement, whom she had used, with a
tartlet of hope, went in by a side door and up to her room. The window was open
and, as she dressed hurriedly for the wedding she stood close to it so that she
would catch cold and die.
Seeing her face in the bathroom mirror, she broke down and sat on
the edge of the tub, making a small choking sound like a struggle with a cough,
and cleaning her finger nails. Later she could cry all night in bed when every
one else was asleep, but now it was still afternoon.
The two sisters and their mother stood side by side at the wedding
of Mary Jackson and Jackson Dillon. It was a sad and sentimental wedding--an
end to the fine, glamorous youth of a girl who was universally admired and
loved. Perhaps to no onlooker there were its details symbolical of the end of a
period, yet from the vantage point of a decade, certain things that happened
are already powdered with yesterday's ridiculousness, and even tinted with the
lavender of the day before. The bride raised her veil, smiling that grave sweet
smile that made her "adored," but with tears pouring down her cheeks,
and faced dozens of friends hands outheld as if embracing all of them for the
last time. Then she turned to a husband as serious and immaculate as herself,
and looked at him as if to say, "That's done. All this that I am is yours
forever and ever."
In her pew, Constance, who had been at school with Mary Jackson,
was frankly weeping, from a heart that was a ringing vault. But the face of
Josephine beside her was a more intricate study; it watched intently. Once or
twice, though her eyes lost none of their level straight intensity, an isolated
tear escaped, and, as if startled by the feel of it, the face hardened slightly
and the mouth remained in defiant immobility, like a child well warned against
making a disturbance. Only once did she move; hearing a voice behind her say:
"That's the little Perry girl. Isn't she lovely looking?" she turned
presently and gazed at a stained-glass window lest her unknown admirers miss
the sight of the side face.
Josephine's family went on to the reception, so she dined
alone--or rather with her little brother and his nurse, which was the same
thing.
She felt all empty. Tonight Anthony Harker, "so deeply
lovable--so sweetly lovable--so deeply, sweetly lovable" was making love
to someone new, kissing her ugly, jealous face; soon he would have disappeared
forever, together with all the men of his generation, into a loveless
matrimony, leaving only a world of Travis de Coppets and Ed Bements--people so
easy as to scarcely be worth the effort of a smile.
Up in her room, she was excited again by the sight of herself in
the bathroom mirror. Oh, what if she should die in her sleep tonight?
"Oh, what a shame," she whispered.
She opened the window, and holding her only souvenir of Anthony, a
big initialed linen handkerchief, crept desolately into bed. While the sheets
were still cold, there was a knock at the door.
"Special-delivery letter," said the maid.
Putting on the light, Josephine opened it, turned to the
signature, then back again, her breast rising and falling quickly under her
nightgown.
DARLING LITTLE JOSEPHINE: It's no use, I can't help it, I can't
lie about it. I'm desperately, terribly in love with you. When you went away
this afternoon, it all rushed over me, and I knew I couldn't give you up. I
drove home, and I couldn't eat or sit still, but only walk up and down thinking
of your darling face and your darling tears, there in that vestibule. And now I
sit writing this letter--
It was four pages long. Somewhere it disposed of their disparate
ages as unimportant, and the last words were:
I know how miserable you must be, and I would give ten years of my
life to be there to kiss your sweet lips good night.
When she had read it through, Josephine sat motionless for some
minutes; grief was suddenly gone, and for a moment she was so overwhelmed that
she supposed joy had come in its stead. On her face was a twinkling frown.
"Gosh!" she said to herself. She read over the letter
once more.
Her first instinct was to call up Lillian, but she thought better
of it. The image of the bride at the wedding popped out at her--the
reproachless bride, unsullied, beloved and holy with a sweet glow. An
adolescence of uprightness, a host of friends, then the appearance of the
perfect lover, the Ideal. With an effort, she recalled her drifting mind to the
present occasion. Certainly Mary Jackson would never have kept such a letter.
Getting out of bed, Josephine tore it into little pieces and, with some
difficulty, caused by an unexpected amount of smoke, burned it on a
glass-topped table. No well-brought-up girl would have answered such a letter;
the proper thing was to simply ignore it.
She wiped up the table top with the man's linen handkerchief she
held in her hand, threw it absently into a laundry basket and crept into bed.
She suddenly was very sleepy.
IV
For what ensued, no one, not even Constance, blamed Josephine. If
a man of twenty-two should so debase himself as to pay frantic court to a girl
of sixteen against the wishes of her parents and herself, there was only one
answer--he was a person who shouldn't be received by decent people. When Travis
de Coppet made a controversial remark on the affair at a dance, Ed Bement beat
him into what was described as "a pulp," down in the washroom, and
Josephine's reputation rose to normal and stayed there. Accounts of how Anthony
had called time and time again at the house, each time denied admittance, how
he had threatened Mr. Perry, how he had tried to bribe a maid to deliver
letters, how he had attempted to waylay Josephine on her way back from
school--these things pointed to the fact that he was a little mad. It was
Anthony Harker's own family who insisted that he should go West.
All this was a trying time for Josephine. She saw how close she
had come to disaster, and by constant consideration and implicit obedience,
tried to make up to her parents for the trouble she had unwittingly caused. At
first she decided she didn't want to go to any Christmas dances, but she was
persuaded by her mother, who hoped she would be distracted by boys and girls
home from school for the holidays. Mrs. Perry was taking her East to the
Breerly School early in January, and in the buying of clothes and uniforms,
mother and daughter were much together, and Mrs. Perry was delighted at
Josephine's new feeling of responsibility and maturity.
As a matter of fact, it was sincere, and only once did Josephine
do anything that she could not have told the world. The day after New Year's
she put on her new travelling suit and her new fur coat and went out by her
familiar egress, the side door, and walked down the block to the waiting car of
Ed Bement. Downtown she left Ed waiting at a corner and entered a drug store
opposite the old Union Station on LaSalle Street. A man with an unhappy mouth
and desperate, baffled eyes was waiting for her there.
"Thank you for coming," he said miserably.
She didn't answer. Her face was grave and polite.
"Here's what I want--just one thing," he said quickly:
"Why did you change? What did I do that made you change so suddenly? Was
it something that happened, something I did? Was it what I said in the
vestibule that night?"
Still looking at him, she tried to think, but she could only think
how unattractive and rather terrible she found him now, and try not to let him
see it. There would have been no use saying the simple truth--that she could
not help what she had done, that great beauty has a need, almost an obligation,
of trying itself, that her ample cup of emotion had spilled over on its own
accord, and it was an accident that it had destroyed him and not her. The eyes
of pity might follow Anthony Harker in his journey West, but most certainly the
eyes of destiny followed Josephine as she crossed the street through the
falling snow to Ed Bement's car.
She sat quiet for a minute as they drove away, relieved and yet
full of awe. Anthony Harker was twenty-two, handsome, popular and sought
after--and how he had loved her--so much that he had to go away. She was as
impressed as if they had been two other people.
Taking her silence for depression, Ed Bement said:
"Well, it did one thing anyhow--it stopped that other story
they had around about you."
She turned to him quickly. "What story?"
"Oh, just some crazy story."
"What was it?" she demanded.
"Oh, nothing much," he said hesitantly, "but there
was a story around last August that you and Travis de Coppet were
married."
"Why, how perfectly terrible!" she exclaimed. "Why,
I never heard of such a lie. It--" She stopped herself short of saying the
truth--that though she and Travis had adventurously driven twenty miles to New
Ulm, they had been unable to find a minister willing to marry them. It all
seemed ages behind her, childish, forgotten.
"Oh, how perfectly terrible!" she repeated. "That's
the kind of story that gets started by jealous girls."
"I know," agreed Ed. "I'd just like to hear any boy
try to repeat it to me. Nobody believed it anyhow."
It was the work of ugly and jealous girls. Ed Bement, aware of her
body next to him, and of her face shining like fire through the half darkness,
knew that nobody so beautiful could ever do anything really wrong.
10.FORGING AHEAD
Saturday Evening Post (March
30, 1929)
Basil Duke Lee and Riply Buckner, Jr., sat on the Lees' front
steps in the regretful gold of a late summer afternoon. Inside the house the
telephone sang out with mysterious promise.
"I thought you were going home," Basil said.
"I thought you were."
"I am."
"So am I."
"Well, why don't you go, then?"
"Why don't you, then?"
"I am."
They laughed, ending with yawning gurgles that were not laughed
out but sucked in. As the telephone rang again, Basil got to his feet.
"I've got to study trig before dinner."
"Are you honestly going to Yale this fall?" demanded
Riply skeptically.
"Yes."
"Everybody says you're foolish to go at sixteen."
"I'll be seventeen in September. So long. I'll call you up
tonight."
Basil heard his mother at the upstairs telephone and he was
immediately aware of distress in her voice.
"Yes. . . . Isn't that awful, Everett! . . . Yes. . . . Oh-h
my!" After a minute he gathered that it was only the usual worry about
business and went on into the kitchen for refreshments. Returning, he met his
mother hurrying downstairs. She was blinking rapidly and her hat was on
backward--characteristic testimony to her excitement.
"I've got to go over to your grandfather's."
"What's the matter, mother?"
"Uncle Everett thinks we've lost a lot of money."
"How much?" he asked, startled.
"Twenty-two thousand dollars apiece. But we're not
sure."
She went out.
"Twenty-two thousand dollars!" he repeated in an awed
whisper.
His ideas of money were vague and somewhat debonair, but he had
noticed that at family dinners the immemorial discussion as to whether the
Third Street block would be sold to the railroads had given place to anxious
talk of Western Public Utilities. At half-past six his mother telephoned for
him to have his dinner, and with growing uneasiness he sat alone at the table,
undistracted by The Mississippi Bubble, open beside his plate. She came in at
seven, distraught and miserable, and dropping down at the table, gave him his
first exact information about finance--she and her father and her brother
Everett had lost something more than eighty thousand dollars. She was in a
panic and she looked wildly around the dining room as if money were slipping
away even here, and she wanted to retrench at once.
"I've got to stop selling securities or we won't have
anything," she declared. "This leaves us only three thousand a
year--do you realize that, Basil? I don't see how I can possibly afford to send
you to Yale."
His heart tumbled into his stomach; the future, always glowing
like a comfortable beacon ahead of him, flared up in glory and went out. His
mother shivered, and then emphatically shook her head.
"You'll just have to make up your mind to go to the state
university."
"Gosh!" Basil said.
Sorry for his shocked, rigid face, she yet spoke somewhat sharply,
as people will with a bitter refusal to convey.
"I feel terribly about it--your father wanted you to go to
Yale. But everyone says that, with clothes and railroad fare, I can count on it
costing two thousand a year. Your grandfather helped me to send you to St.
Regis School, but he always thought you ought to finish at the state
university."
After she went distractedly upstairs with a cup of tea, Basil sat
thinking in the dark parlor. For the present the loss meant only one thing to
him--he wasn't going to Yale after all. The sentence itself, divorced from its
meaning, overwhelmed him, so many times had he announced casually, "I'm
going to Yale," but gradually he realized how many friendly and familiar
dreams had been swept away. Yale was the faraway East, that he had loved with a
vast nostalgia since he had first read books about great cities. Beyond the
dreary railroad stations of Chicago and the night fires of Pittsburgh, back in
the old states, something went on that made his heart beat fast with
excitement. He was attuned to the vast, breathless bustle of New York, to the
metropolitan days and nights that were tense as singing wires. Nothing needed
to be imagined there, for it was all the very stuff of romance--life was as
vivid and satisfactory as in books and dreams.
But first, as a sort of gateway to that deeper, richer life, there
was Yale. The name evoked the memory of a heroic team backed up against its own
impassable goal in the crisp November twilight, and later, of half a dozen
immaculate noblemen with opera hats and canes standing at the Manhattan Hotel
bar. And tangled up with its triumphs and rewards, its struggles and glories,
the vision of the inevitable, incomparable girl.
Well, then, why not work his way through Yale? In a moment the
idea had become a reality. He began walking rapidly up and down the room,
declaring half aloud, "Of course, that's the thing to do." Rushing
upstairs, he knocked at his mother's door and announced in the inspired voice
of a prophet: "Mother, I know what I'm going to do! I'm going to work my
way through Yale."
He sat down on her bed and she considered uncertainly. The men in
her family had not been resourceful for several generations, and the idea
startled her.
"It doesn't seem to me you're a boy who likes to work,"
she said. "Besides, boys who work their way through college have
scholarships and prizes, and you've never been much of a student."
He was annoyed. He was ready for Yale a year ahead of his age and
her reproach seemed unfair.
"What would you work at?" she said.
"Take care of furnaces," said Basil promptly. "And
shovel snow off sidewalks. I think they mostly do that--and tutor people. You
could let me have as much money as it would take to go to the state
university?"
"We'll have to think it over."
"Well, don't you worry about anything," he said
emphatically, "because my earning my way through Yale will really make up
for the money you've lost, almost."
"Why don't you start by finding something to do this
summer?"
"I'll get a job tomorrow. Maybe I can pile up enough so you
won't have to help me. Good night, Mother."
Up in his room he paused only to thunder grimly to the mirror that
he was going to work his way through Yale, and going to his bookcase, took down
half a dozen dusty volumes of Horatio Alger, unopened for years. Then, much as
a postwar young man might consult the George Washington Condensed Business
Course, he sat at his desk and slowly began to turn the pages of Bound to Rise.
Two days later, after being insulted by the doorkeepers, office
boys and telephone girls of the Press, the Evening News, the Socialist Gazette
and a green scandal sheet called the Courier, and assured that no one wanted a
reporter practically seventeen, after enduring every ignominy prepared for a
young man in a free country trying to work his way through Yale, Basil Duke
Lee, too "stuck-up" to apply to the parents of his friends, got a
position with the railroad, through Eddie Parmelee, who lived across the way.
At 6.30 the following morning, carrying his lunch, and a new suit
of overalls that had cost four dollars, he strode self-consciously into the
Great Northern car shops. It was like entering a new school, except that no one
showed any interest in him or asked him if he was going out for the team. He
punched a time clock, which affected him strangely, and without even an
admonition from the foreman to "go in and win," was put to carrying
boards for the top of a car.
Twelve o'clock arrived; nothing had happened. The sun was blazing
hot and his hands and back were sore, but no real events had ruffled the dull
surface of the morning. The president's little daughter had not come by,
dragged by a runaway horse; not even a superintendent had walked through the
yard and singled him out with an approving eye. Undismayed, he toiled on--you
couldn't expect much the first morning.
He and Eddie Parmelee ate their lunches together. For several
years Eddie had worked here in vacations; he was sending himself to the state
university this fall. He shook his head doubtfully over the idea of Basil's
earning his way through Yale.
"Here's what you ought to do," he said: "You borrow
two thousand dollars from your mother and buy twenty shares in Ware Plow and
Tractor. Then go to a bank and borrow two thousand more with those shares for
collateral, and with that two thousand buy twenty more shares. Then you sit on
your back for a year, and after that you won't have to think about earning your
way through Yale."
"I don't think mother would give me two thousand
dollars."
"Well, anyhow, that's what I'd do."
If the morning had been uneventful, the afternoon was
distinguished by an incident of some unpleasantness. Basil had risen a little,
having been requested to mount to the top of a freight car and help nail the
boards he had carried in the morning. He found that nailing nails into a board
was more highly technical than nailing tacks into a wall, but he considered
that he was progressing satisfactorily when an angry voice hailed him from
below:
"Hey, you! Get up!"
He looked down. A foreman stood there, unpleasantly red in the
face.
"Yes, you in the new suit. Get up!"
Basil looked about to see if someone was lying down, but the two
sullen hunyaks seemed to be hard at work and it grew on him that he was indeed
being addressed.
"I beg your pardon, sir," he said.
"Get up on your knees or get out! What the h-- do you think
this is?"
He had been sitting down as he nailed, and apparently the foreman
thought that he was loafing. After another look at the foreman, he suppressed
the explanation that he felt steadier sitting down and decided to just let it
go. There were probably no railroad shops at Yale; yet, he remembered with a
pang the ominous name, New York, New Haven and Hartford.
The third morning, just as he had become aware that his overalls
were not where he had hung them in the shop, it was announced that all men of
less than six months' service were to be laid off. Basil received four dollars
and lost his overalls. Learning that nails are driven from a kneeling position
had cost him only carfare.
In a large old-fashioned house in the old section of the city
lived Basil's great-uncle, Benjamin Reilly, and there Basil presented himself
that evening. It was a last resort--Benjamin Reilly and Basil's grandfather
were brothers and they had not spoken for twenty years.
He was received in the living room by the small, dumpy old man
whose inscrutable face was hidden behind a white poodle beard. Behind him stood
a woman of forty, his wife of six months, and her daughter, a girl of fifteen.
Basil's branch of the family had not been invited to the wedding, and he had
never seen these two additions before.
"I thought I'd come down and see you, Uncle Ben," he
said with some embarrassment.
There was a certain amount of silence.
"Your mother well?" asked the old man.
"Oh, yes, thank you."
Mr. Reilly waited. Mrs. Reilly spoke to her daughter, who threw a
curious glance at Basil and reluctantly left the room. Her mother made the old
man sit down.
Out of sheer embarrassment Basil came to the point. He wanted a
summer job in the Reilly Wholesale Drug Company.
His uncle fidgeted for a minute and then replied that there were
no positions open.
"Oh."
"It might be different if you wanted a permanent place, but
you say you want to go to Yale." He said this with some irony of his own,
and glanced at his wife.
"Why, yes," said Basil. "That's really why I want
the job."
"Your mother can't afford to send you, eh?" The note of
pleasure in his voice was unmistakable. "Spent all her money?"
"Oh, no," answered Basil quickly. "She's going to
help me."
To his surprise, aid came from an unpromising quarter. Mrs. Reilly
suddenly bent and whispered in her husband's ear, whereupon the old man nodded
and said aloud:
"I'll think about it, Basil. You go in there."
And his wife repeated: "We'll think about it. You go in the
library with Rhoda while Mr. Reilly looks up and sees."
The door of the library closed behind him and he was alone with
Rhoda, a square-chinned, decided girl with fleshy white arms and a white dress
that reminded Basil domestically of the lacy pants that blew among the laundry
in the yard. Puzzled by his uncle's change of front, he eyed her abstractedly
for a moment.
"I guess you're my cousin," said Rhoda, closing her
book, which he saw was The Little Colonel, Maid of Honor.
"Yes," he admitted.
"I heard about you from somebody." The implication was
that her information was not flattering.
"From who?"
"A girl named Elaine Washmer."
"Elaine Washmer!" His tone dismissed the name
scornfully. "That girl!"
"She's my best friend." He made no reply. "She said
you thought you were wonderful."
Young people do not perceive at once that the giver of wounds is
the enemy and the quoted tattle merely the arrow. His heart smoldered with
wrath at Elaine Washmer.
"I don't know many kids here," said the girl, in a less
aggressive key. "We've only been here six months. I never saw such a
stuck-up bunch."
"Oh, I don't think so," he protested. "Where did
you live before?"
"Sioux City. All the kids have much more fun in Sioux
City."
Mrs. Reilly opened the door and called Basil back into the living
room. The old man was again on his feet.
"Come down tomorrow morning and I'll find you
something," he said.
"And why don't you have dinner with us tomorrow night?"
added Mrs. Reilly, with a cordiality wherein an adult might have detected
disingenuous purpose.
"Why, thank you very much."
His heart, buoyant with gratitude, had scarcely carried him out
the door before Mrs. Reilly laughed shortly and called in her daughter.
"Now we'll see if you don't get around a little more,"
she announced. "When was it you said they had those dances?"
"Thursdays at the College Club and Saturdays at the Lake
Club," said Rhoda promptly.
"Well, if this young man wants to hold the position your
father has given him, you'll go to them all the rest of the summer."
Arbitrary groups formed by the hazards of money or geography may
be sufficiently quarrelsome and dull, but for sheer unpleasantness the
condition of young people who have been thrust together by a common
unpopularity can be compared only with that of prisoners herded in a cell. In
Basil's eyes the guests at the little dinner the following night were a
collection of cripples. Lewis and Hector Crum, dullard cousins who were
tolerable only to each other; Sidney Rosen, rich but awful; ugly Mary Haupt,
Elaine Washmer, and Betty Geer, who reminded Basil of a cruel parody they had
once sung to the tune of Jungle Town:
Down below the hill
There lives a pill
That makes me ill,
And her name is Betty Geer.
We had better stop right here. . . .
She's so fat,
She looks just like a cat,
And she's the queen of pills.
Moreover, they resented Basil, who was presumed to be
"stuck-up," and walking home afterward, he felt dreary and vaguely
exploited. Of course, he was grateful to Mrs. Reilly for her kindness, yet he
couldn't help wondering if a cleverer boy couldn't have got out of taking Rhoda
to the Lake Club next Saturday night. The proposal had caught him unaware; but
when he was similarly trapped the following week, and the week after that, he
began to realize the situation. It was a part of his job, and he accepted it
grimly, unable, nevertheless, to understand how such a bad dancer and so
unsociable a person should want to go where she was obviously a burden.
"Why doesn't she just sit at home and read a book," he thought disgustedly,
"or go away somewhere--or sew?"
It was one Saturday afternoon while he watched a tennis tournament
and felt the unwelcome duty of the evening creep up on him, that he found
himself suddenly fascinated by a girl's face a few yards away. His heart leaped
into his throat and the blood in his pulse beat with excitement; and then, when
the crowd rose to go, he saw to his astonishment that he had been staring at a
child ten years old. He looked away, oddly disappointed; after a moment he
looked back again. The lovely, self-conscious face suggested a train of thought
and sensation that he could not identify. As he passed on, forgoing a vague
intention of discovering the child's identity, there was beauty suddenly all
around him in the afternoon; he could hear its unmistakable whisper, its
never-inadequate, never-failing promise of happiness. "Tomorrow--one day
soon now--this fall--maybe tonight." Irresistibly compelled to express
himself, he sat down and tried to write to a girl in New York. His words were
stilted and the girl seemed cold and far away. The real image on his mind, the
force that had propelled him into this state of yearning, was the face of the
little girl seen that afternoon.
When he arrived with Rhoda Sinclair at the Lake Club that night, he
immediately cast a quick look around to see what boys were present who were
indebted to Rhoda or else within his own sphere of influence. This was just
before cutting-in arrived, and ordinarily he was able to dispose of half a
dozen dances in advance, but tonight an older crowd was in evidence and the
situation was unpromising. However, as Rhoda emerged from the dressing room he
saw Bill Kampf and thankfully bore down upon him.
"Hello, old boy," he said, exuding personal good will.
"How about dancing once with Rhoda tonight?"
"Can't," Bill answered briskly. "We've got people
visiting us. Didn't you know?"
"Well, why couldn't we swap a dance anyhow?"
Bill looked at him in surprise.
"I thought you knew," he exclaimed. "Erminie's
here. She's been talking about you all afternoon."
"Erminie Bibble!"
"Yes. And her father and mother and her kid sister. Got here
this morning."
Now, indeed, the emotion of two hours before bubbled up in Basil's
blood, but this time he knew why. It was the little sister of Erminie Gilbert
Labouisse Bibble whose strangely familiar face had so attracted him. As his
mind swung sharply back to a long afternoon on the Kampfs' veranda at the lake,
ages ago, a year ago, a real voice rang in his ear, "Basil!" and a
sparkling little beauty of fifteen came up to him with a fine burst of hurry,
taking his hand as though she was stepping into the circle of his arm.
"Basil, I'm so glad!" Her voice was husky with pleasure,
though she was at the age when pleasure usually hides behind grins and mumbles.
It was Basil who was awkward and embarrassed, despite the intention of his
heart. He was a little relieved when Bill Kampf, more conscious of his lovely
cousin than he had been a year ago, led her out on the floor.
"Who was that?" Rhoda demanded, as he returned in a
daze. "I never saw her around."
"Just a girl." He scarcely knew what he was saying.
"Well, I know that. What's her name?"
"Minnie Bibble, from New Orleans."
"She certainly looks conceited. I never saw anybody so
affected in my life."
"Hush!" Basil protested involuntarily. "Let's
dance."
It was a long hour before Basil was relieved by Hector Crum, and
then several dances passed before he could get possession of Minnie, who was
now the center of a moving whirl. But she made it up to him by pressing his
hand and drawing him out to a veranda which overhung the dark lake.
"It's about time," she whispered. With a sort of
instinct she found the darkest corner. "I might have known you'd have
another crush."
"I haven't," he insisted in horror. "That's a sort
of a cousin of mine."
"I always knew you were fickle. But I didn't think you'd
forget me so soon."
She had wriggled up until she was touching him. Her eyes, floating
into his, said, What does it matter? We're alone.
In a curious panic he jumped to his feet. He couldn't possibly
kiss her like this--right at once. It was all so different and older than a
year ago. He was too excited to do more than walk up and down and say,
"Gosh, I certainly am glad to see you," supplementing this unoriginal
statement with an artificial laugh.
Already mature in poise, she tried to soothe him: "Basil,
come and sit down!"
"I'll be all right," he gasped, as if he had just
fainted. "I'm a little fussed, that's all."
Again he contributed what, even to his pounding ears, sounded like
a silly laugh.
"I'll be here three weeks. Won't it be fun?" And she
added, with warm emphasis: "Do you remember on Bill's veranda that
afternoon?"
All he could find to answer was: "I work now in the
afternoon."
"You can come out in the evenings, Basil. It's only half an
hour in a car."
"I haven't got a car."
"I mean you can get your family's car."
"It's an electric."
She waited patiently. He was still romantic to her--handsome,
incalculable, a little sad.
"I saw your sister," he blurted out. Beginning with
that, he might bridge this perverse and intolerable reverence she inspired.
"She certainly looks like you."
"Does she?"
"It was wonderful," he said. "Wonderful! Let me
tell you--"
"Yes, do." She folded her hands expectantly in her lap.
"Well, this afternoon--"
The music had stopped and started several times. Now, in an
intermission, there was the sound of determined footsteps on the veranda, and
Basil looked up to find Rhoda and Hector Crum.
"I got to go home, Basil," squeaked Hector in his
changing voice. "Here's Rhoda."
Take Rhoda out to the dock and push her in the lake. But only
Basil's mind said this; his body stood up politely.
"I didn't know where you were, Basil," said Rhoda in an
aggrieved tone. "Why didn't you come back?"
"I was just coming." His voice trembled a little as he
turned to Minnie. "Shall I find your partner for you?"
"Oh, don't bother," said Minnie. She was not angry, but
she was somewhat astonished. She could not be expected to guess that the young
man walking away from her so submissively was at the moment employed in working
his way through Yale.
From the first, Basil's grandfather, who had once been a regent at
the state university, wanted him to give up the idea of Yale, and now his
mother, picturing him hungry and ragged in a garret, adjoined her persuasions.
The sum on which he could count from her was far below the necessary minimum,
and although he stubbornly refused to consider defeat, he consented, "just
in case anything happened," to register at the university for the coming
year.
In the administration building he ran into Eddie Parmelee, who
introduced his companion, a small, enthusiastic Japanese.
"Well, well," said Eddie. "So you've given up
Yale!"
"I given up Yale," put in Mr. Utsonomia, surprisingly.
"Oh, yes, long time I given up Yale." He broke into enthusiastic
laughter. "Oh, sure. Oh, yes."
"Mr. Utsonomia's a Japanese," explained Eddie, winking.
"He's a sub-freshman too."
"Yes, I given up Harvard, Princeton too," continued Mr.
Utsonomia. "They give me choice back in my country. I choose here."
"You did?" said Basil, almost indignantly.
"Sure, more strong here. More peasants come, with strength
and odor of ground."
Basil stared at him. "You like that?" he asked
incredulously.
Utsonomia nodded. "Here I get to know real American peoples.
Girls too. Yale got only boys."
"But they haven't got college spirit here," explained
Basil patiently.
Utsonomia looked blankly at Eddie.
"Rah-rah!" elucidated Eddie, waving his arms.
"Rah-rah-rah! You know."
"Besides, the girls here--" began Basil, and stopped.
"You know girls here?" grinned Utsonomia.
"No, I don't know them," said Basil firmly. "But I
know they're not like the girls that you'd meet down at the Yale proms. I don't
think they even have proms here. I don't mean the girls aren't all right, but
they're just not like the ones at Yale. They're just coeds."
"I hear you got a crush on Rhoda Sinclair," said Eddie.
"Yes, I have!" said Basil ironically.
"They used to invite me to dinner sometimes last spring, but
since you take her around to all the club dances--"
"Good-bye," said Basil hastily. He exchanged a jerky bow
for Mr. Utsonomia's more formal dip, and departed.
From the moment of Minnie's arrival the question of Rhoda had
begun to assume enormous proportions. At first he had been merely indifferent
to her person and a little ashamed of her lacy, oddly reminiscent clothes, but
now, as he saw how relentlessly his services were commandeered, he began to
hate her. When she complained of a headache, his imagination would eagerly
convert it into a long, lingering illness from which she would recover only
after college opened in the fall. But the eight dollars a week which he
received from his great-uncle would pay his fare to New Haven, and he knew that
if he failed to hold this position his mother would refuse to let him go.
Not suspecting the truth, Minnie Bibble found the fact that he
only danced with her once or twice at each hop, and was then strangely moody
and silent, somehow intriguing. Temporarily, at least, she was fascinated by
his indifference, and even a little unhappy. But her precociously emotional
temperament would not long stand neglect, and it was agony for Basil to watch
several rivals beginning to emerge. There were moments when it seemed too big a
price to pay even for Yale.
All his hopes centered upon one event. That was a farewell party
in her honor for which the Kampfs had engaged the College Club and to which
Rhoda was not invited. Given the mood and the moment, he might speed her
departure knowing that he had stamped himself indelibly on her heart.
Three days before the party he came home from work at six to find
the Kampfs' car before his door and Minnie sitting alone on the front porch.
"Basil, I had to see you," she said. "You've been
so funny and distant to me."
Intoxicated by her presence on his familiar porch, he found no
words to answer.
"I'm meeting the family in town for dinner and I've got an
hour. Can't we go somewhere? I've been frightened to death your mother would
come home and think it was fresh for me to call on you." She spoke in a
whisper, though there was no one close enough to hear. "I wish we didn't
have the old chauffeur. He listens."
"Listens to what?" Basil asked, with a flash of
jealousy.
"He just listens."
"I'll tell you," he proposed: "We'll have him drop
us by grampa's house and I'll borrow the electric."
The hot wind blew the brown curls around her forehead as they
glided along Crest Avenue.
That he contributed the car made him feel more triumphantly
astride the moment. There was a place he had saved for such a time as this--a
little pigtail of a road left from the excavations of Prospect Park, where
Crest Avenue ran obliviously above them and the late sun glinted on the
Mississippi flats a mile away.
The end of summer was in the afternoon; it had turned a corner,
and what was left must be used while there was yet time.
Suddenly she was whispering in his arms, "You're first,
Basil--nobody but you."
"You just admitted you were a flirt."
"I know, but that was years ago. I used to like to be called
fast when I was thirteen or fourteen, because I didn't care what people said;
but about a year ago I began to see there was something better in
life--honestly, Basil--and I've tried to act properly. But I'm afraid I'll
never be an angel."
The river flowed in a thin scarlet gleam between the public baths
and the massed tracks upon the other side. Booming, whistling, faraway railroad
sounds reached them from down there; the voices of children playing tennis in
Prospect Park sailed frailly overhead.
"I really haven't got such a line as everybody thinks, Basil,
for I mean a lot of what I say way down deep, and nobody believes me. You know
how much alike we are, and in a boy it doesn't matter, but a girl has to
control her feelings, and that's hard for me, because I'm emotional."
"Haven't you kissed anybody since you've been in St.
Paul?"
"No."
He saw she was lying, but it was a brave lie. They talked from
their hearts--with the half truths and evasions peculiar to that organ, which
has never been famed as an instrument of precision. They pieced together all
the shreds of romance they knew and made garments for each other no less warm
than their childish passion, no less wonderful than their sense of wonder.
He held her away suddenly, looked at her, made a strained sound of
delight. There it was, in her face touched by sun--that promise--in the curve
of her mouth, the tilted shadow of her nose on her cheek, the point of dull
fire in her eyes--the promise that she could lead him into a world in which he
would always be happy.
"Say I love you," he whispered.
"I'm in love with you."
"Oh, no; that's not the same."
She hesitated. "I've never said the other to anybody."
"Please say it."
She blushed the color of the sunset.
"At my party," she whispered. "It'd be easier at
night."
When she dropped him in front of his house she spoke from the
window of the car:
"This is my excuse for coming to see you. My uncle couldn't
get the club Thursday, so we're having the party at the regular dance Saturday
night."
Basil walked thoughtfully into the house; Rhoda Sinclair was also
giving a dinner at the College Club dance Saturday night.
It was put up to him frankly. Mrs. Reilly listened to his
tentative excuses in silence and then said:
"Rhoda invited you first for Saturday night, and she already
has one girl too many. Of course, if you choose to simply turn your back on
your engagement and go to another party, I don't know how Rhoda will feel, but
I know how I should feel."
And the next day his great-uncle, passing through the stock room,
stopped and said: "What's all this trouble about parties?"
Basil started to explain, but Mr. Reilly cut him short. "I
don't see the use of hurting a young girl's feelings. You better think it
over."
Basil had thought it over; on Saturday afternoon he was still
expected at both dinners and he had hit upon no solution at all.
Yale was only a month away now, but in four days Erminie Bibble
would be gone, uncommitted, unsecured, grievously offended, lost forever. Not
yet delivered from adolescence, Basil's moments of foresight alternated with
those when the future was measured by a day. The glory that was Yale faded
beside the promise of that incomparable hour.
On the other side loomed up the gaunt specter of the university,
with phantoms flitting in and out its portals that presently disclosed
themselves as peasants and girls. At five o'clock, in a burst of contempt for
his weakness, he went to the phone and left word with a maid at the Kampfs'
house that he was sick and couldn't come tonight. Nor would he sit with the
dull left-overs of his generation--too sick for one party, he was too sick for
the other. The Reillys could have no complaint as to that.
Rhoda answered the phone and Basil tried to reduce his voice to a
weak murmur:
"Rhoda, I've been taken sick. I'm in bed now," he
murmured feebly, and then added: "The phone's right next to the bed, you
see; so I thought I'd call you up myself."
"You mean to say you can't come?" Dismay and anger were
in her voice.
"I'm sick in bed," he repeated doggedly. "I've got
chills and a pain and a cold."
"Well, can't you come anyhow?" she asked, with what to
the invalid seemed a remarkable lack of consideration. "You've just got
to. Otherwise there'll be two extra girls."
"I'll send someone to take my place," he said
desperately. His glance, roving wildly out the window, fell on a house over the
way. "I'll send Eddie Parmelee."
Rhoda considered. Then she asked with quick suspicion:
"You're not going to that other party?"
"Oh, no; I told them I was sick too."
Again Rhoda considered. Eddie Parmelee was mad at her.
"I'll fix it up," Basil promised. "I know he'll
come. He hasn't got anything to do tonight."
A few minutes later he dashed across the street. Eddie himself,
tying a bow on his collar, came to the door. With certain reservations, Basil
hastily outlined the situation. Would Eddie go in his place?
"Can't do it, old boy, even if I wanted to. Got a date with
my real girl tonight."
"Eddie, I'd make it worth your while," he said
recklessly. "I'd pay you for your time--say, five dollars."
Eddie considered, there was hesitation in his eyes, but he shook
his head.
"It isn't worth it, Basil. You ought to see what I'm going
out with tonight."
"You could see her afterward. They only want you--I mean
me--because they've got more girls than men for dinner--and listen, Eddie, I'll
make it ten dollars."
Eddie clapped him on the shoulder.
"All right, old boy, I'll do it for an old friend. Where's
the pay?"
More than a week's salary melted into Eddie's palm, but another sort
of emptiness accompanied Basil back across the street--the emptiness of the
coming night. In an hour or so the Kampfs' limousine would draw up at the
College Club and--time and time again his imagination halted miserably before
that single picture, unable to endure any more.
In despair he wandered about the dark house. His mother had let
the maid go out and was at his grandfather's for dinner, and momentarily Basil
considered finding some rake like Elwood Leaming and going down to Carling's
Restaurant to drink whiskey, wines and beer. Perhaps on her way back to the
lake after the dance, Minnie, passing by, would see his face among the wildest
of the revelers and understand.
"I'm going to Maxim's," he hummed to himself
desperately; then he added impatiently: "Oh, to heck with Maxim's!"
He sat in the parlor and watched a pale moon come up over the
Lindsays' fence at McKubben Street. Some young people came by, heading for the
trolley that went to Como Park. He pitied their horrible dreariness--they were
not going to dance with Minnie at the College Club tonight.
Eight-thirty--she was there now. Nine--they were dancing between
courses to "Peg of My Heart" or doing the Castle Walk that Andy
Lockheart brought home from Yale.
At ten o'clock he heard his mother come in, and almost immediately
the phone rang. For a moment he listened without interest to her voice; then
abruptly he sat up in his chair.
"Why, yes; how do you do, Mrs. Reilly. . . . Oh, I see. . . .
Oh. . . . Are you sure it isn't Basil you want to speak to? . . . Well,
frankly, Mrs. Reilly, I don't see that it's my affair."
Basil got up and took a step toward the door; his mother's voice
was growing thin and annoyed: "I wasn't here at the time and I don't know
who he promised to send."
Eddie Parmelee hadn't gone after all--well, that was the end.
". . . Of course not. It must be a mistake. I don't think
Basil would possibly do that; I don't think he even knows any Japanese."
Basil's brain reeled. For a moment he was about to dash across the
street after Eddie Parmelee. Then he heard a definitely angry note come into
his mother's voice:
"Very well, Mrs. Reilly. I'll tell my son. But his going to
Yale is scarcely a matter I care to discuss with you. In any case, he no longer
needs anyone's assistance."
He had lost his position and his mother was trying to put a proud
face on it. But her voice continued, soaring a little:
"Uncle Ben might be interested to know that this afternoon we
sold the Third Street block to the Union Depot Company for four hundred thousand
dollars."
Mr. Utsonomia was enjoying himself. In the whole six months in
America he had never felt so caught up in its inner life before. At first it
had been a little hard to make plain to the lady just whose place it was he was
taking, but Eddie Parmelee had assured him that such substitutions were an
American custom, and he was spending the evening collecting as much data upon
American customs as possible.
He did not dance, so he sat with the elderly lady until both the
ladies went home, early and apparently a little agitated, shortly after dinner.
But Mr. Utsonomia stayed on. He watched and he wandered. He was not lonesome;
he had grown accustomed to being alone.
About eleven he sat on the veranda pretending to be blowing the
smoke of a cigarette--which he hated--out over the city, but really listening
to a conversation which was taking place just behind. It had been going on for
half an hour, and it puzzled him, for apparently it was a proposal, and it was
not refused. Yet, if his eyes did not deceive him, the contracting parties were
of an age that Americans did not associate with such serious affairs. Another
thing puzzled him even more: obviously, if one substituted for an absent guest,
the absent guest should not be among those present, and he was almost sure that
the young man who had just engaged himself for marriage was Mr. Basil Lee. It
would be bad manners to intrude now, but he would urbanely ask him about a
solution of this puzzle when the state university opened in the fall.
11.GRETCHEN'S FORTY
WINKS
Saturday Evening Post (15
March 1924)
I
The sidewalks were scratched with brittle leaves, and the bad
little boy next door froze his tongue to the iron mail-box. Snow before night,
sure. Autumn was over. This, of course, raised the coal question and the
Christmas question; but Roger Halsey, standing on his own front porch, assured
the dead suburban sky that he hadn't time for worrying about the weather. Then
he let himself hurriedly into the house, and shut the subject out into the cold
twilight.
The hall was dark, but from above he heard the voices of his wife
and the nursemaid and the baby in one of their interminable conversations,
which consisted chiefly of 'Don't!' and 'Look out, Maxy!' and 'Oh, there
he goes!' punctuated by wild threats and vague bumpings and
the recurrent sound of small, venturing feet.
Roger turned on the hall-light and walked into the living-room and
turned on the red silk lamp. He put his bulging portfolio on the table, and
sitting down rested his intense young face in his hand for a few minutes,
shading his eyes carefully from the light. Then he lit a cigarette, squashed it
out, and going to the foot of the stairs called for his wife.
'Gretchen!'
'Hello, dear.' Her voice was full of laughter. 'Come see baby.'
He swore softly.
'I can't see baby now,' he said aloud. 'How long 'fore you'll be
down?'
There was a mysterious pause, and then a succession of 'Don'ts'
and 'Look outs, Maxy' evidently meant to avert some threatened catastrophe.
'How long 'fore you'll be down?' repeated Roger, slightly
irritated.
'Oh, I'll be right down.'
'How soon?' he shouted.
He had trouble every day at this hour in adapting his voice from
the urgent key of the city to the proper casualness for a model home. But
tonight he was deliberately impatient. It almost disappointed him when Gretchen
came running down the stairs, three at a time, crying 'What is it?' in a rather
surprised voice.
They kissed--lingered over it some moments. They had been married
three years, and they were much more in love than that implies. It was seldom
that they hated each other with that violent hate of which only young couples
are capable, for Roger was still actively sensitive to her beauty.
'Come in here,' he said abruptly. 'I want to talk to you.'
His wife, a bright-coloured, Titian-haired girl, vivid as a French
rag doll, followed him into the living room.
'Listen, Gretchen'--he sat down at the end of the sofa--'beginning
with tonight I'm going to--What's the matter?'
'Nothing. I'm just looking for a cigarette. Go on.'
She tiptoed breathlessly back to the sofa and settled at the other
end.
'Gretchen--' Again he broke off. Her hand, palm upward, was
extended towards him. 'Well, what is it?' he asked wildly.
'Matches.'
'What?'
In his impatience it seemed incredible that she should ask for
matches, but he fumbled automatically in his pocket.
'Thank you,' she whispered. 'I didn't mean to interrupt you. Go
on.'
'Gretch--'
Scratch! The match flared. They exchanged a tense look.
Her fawn's eyes apologized mutely this time, and he laughed. After
all, she had done no more than light a cigarette; but when he was in this mood
her slightest positive action irritated him beyond measure.
'When you've got time to listen,' he said crossly, 'you might be
interested in discussing the poorhouse question with me.'
'What poorhouse?' Her eyes were wide, startled; she sat quiet as a
mouse.
'That was just to get your attention. But, beginning tonight, I
start on what'll probably be the most important six weeks of my life--the six
weeks that'll decide whether we're going on forever in this rotten little house
in this rotten little suburban town.'
Boredom replaced alarm in Gretchen's black eyes. She was a
Southern girl, and any question that had to do with getting ahead in the world
always tended to give her a headache.
'Six months ago I left the New York Lithographic Company,'
announced Roger, 'and went in the advertising business for myself.'
'I know,' interrupted Gretchen resentfully; 'and now instead of
getting six hundred a month sure, we're living on a risky five hundred.'
'Gretchen,' said Roger sharply, 'if you'll just believe in me as
hard an you can for six weeks more we'll be rich. I've got a chance now to get
some of the biggest accounts in the country.' He hesitated. 'And for these six
weeks we won't go out at all, and we won't have anyone here. I'm going to bring
home work every night, and we'll pull down all the blinds and if anyone rings
the doorbell we won't answer.'
He smiled airily as if it were a new game they were going to play.
Then, as Gretchen was silent, his smile faded, and he looked at her
uncertainly.
'Well, what's the matter?' she broke out finally. 'Do you expect
me to jump up and sing? You do enough work as it is. If you try to do any more
you'll end up with a nervous breakdown. I read about a--'
'Don't worry about me,' he interrupted; 'I'm all right. But you're
going to be bored to death sitting here every evening.'
'No, I won't,' she said without conviction--'except tonight.'
'What about tonight?'
'George Tompkins asked us to dinner.'
'Did you accept?'
'Of course I did,' she said impatiently. 'Why not? You're always
talking about what a terrible neighbourhood this is, and I thought maybe you'd
like to go to a nicer one for a change.'
'When I go to a nicer neighbourhood I want to go for good,' he
said grimly.
'Well, can we go?'
'I suppose we'll have to if you've accepted.'
Somewhat to his annoyance the conversation abruptly ended.
Gretchen jumped up and kissed him sketchily and rushed into the kitchen to
light the hot water for a bath. With a sigh he carefully deposited his
portfolio behind the bookcase--it contained only sketches and layouts for
display advertising, but it seemed to him the first thing a burglar would look
for. Then he went abstractedly upstairs, dropping into the baby's room for a
casual moist kiss, and began dressing for dinner.
They had no automobile, so George Tompkins called for them at
6.30. Tompkins was a successful interior decorator, a broad, rosy man with a
handsome moustache and a strong odour of jasmine. He and Roger had once roomed
side by side in a boarding-house in New York, but they had met only
intermittently in the past five years.
'We ought to see each other more,' he told Roger tonight. 'You
ought to go out more often, old boy. Cocktail?'
'No, thanks.'
'No? Well, your fair wife will--won't you, Gretchen?'
'I love this house,' she exclaimed, taking the glass and looking
admiringly at ship models. Colonial whisky bottles, and other fashionable
débris of 1925.
'I like it,' said Tompkins with satisfaction. 'I did it to please
myself, and I succeeded.'
Roger stared moodily around the stiff, plain room, wondering if
they could have blundered into the kitchen by mistake.
'You look like the devil, Roger,' said his host. 'Have a cocktail
and cheer up.'
'Have one,' urged Gretchen.
'What?' Roger turned around absently. 'Oh, no, thanks. I've got to
work after I get home.'
'Work!' Tompkins smiled. 'Listen, Roger, you'll kill yourself with
work. Why don't you bring a little balance into your life--work a little, then
play a little?'
'That's what I tell him,' said Gretchen.
'Do you know an average business man's day?' demanded Tompkins as
they went in to dinner. 'Coffee in the morning, eight hours' work interrupted
by a bolted luncheon, and then home again with dyspepsia and a bad temper to
give the wife a pleasant evening.'
Roger laughed shortly.
'You've been going to the movies too much,' he said dryly.
'What?' Tompkins looked at him with some irritation. 'Movies? I've
hardly ever been to the movies in my life. I think the movies are atrocious. My
opinions on life are drawn from my own observations. I believe in a balanced
life.'
'What's that?' demanded Roger.
'Well'--he hesitated--'probably the best way to tell you would be
to describe my own day. Would that seem horribly egotistic?'
'Oh, no!' Gretchen looked at him with interest. 'I'd love to hear
about it.'
'Well, in the morning I get up and go through a series of
exercises. I've got one room fitted up as a little gymnasium, and I punch the
bag and do shadow-boxing and weight-pulling for an hour. Then after a cold
bath--There's a thing now! Do you take a daily cold bath?'
'No,' admitted Roger, 'I take a hot bath in the evening three or
four times a week.'
A horrified silence fell. Tompkins and Gretchen exchanged a glance
as if something obscene had been said.
'What's the matter?' broke out Roger, glancing from one to the
other in some irritation. 'You know I don't take a bath every day--I haven't
got the time.'
Tompkins gave a prolonged sigh.
'After my bath,' he continued, drawing a merciful veil of silence
over the matter, 'I have breakfast and drive to my office in New York, where I
work until four. Then I lay off, and if it's summer I hurry out here for nine
holes of golf, or if it's winter I play squash for an hour at my club. Then a
good snappy game of bridge until dinner. Dinner is liable to have something to
do with business, but in a pleasant way. Perhaps I've just finished a house for
some customer, and he wants me to be on hand for his first party to see that
the lighting is soft enough and all that sort of thing. Or maybe I sit down
with a good book of poetry and spend the evening alone. At any rate, I do
something every night to get me out of myself.'
'It must be wonderful,' said Gretchen enthusiastically. 'I wish we
lived like that.'
Tompkins bent forward earnestly over the table.
'You can,' he said impressively. 'There's no reason why you
shouldn't. Look here, if Roger'll play nine holes of golf every day it'll do
wonders for him. He won't know himself. He'll do his work better, never get
that tired, nervous feeling--What's the matter?'
He broke off. Roger had perceptibly yawned.
'Roger,' cried Gretchen sharply, 'there's no need to be so rude.
If you did what George said, you'd be a lot better off.' She turned indignantly
to their host. 'The latest is that he's going to work at night for the next six
weeks. He says he's going to pull down the blinds and shut us up like hermits
in a cave. He's been doing it every Sunday for the last year; now he's going to
do it every night for six weeks.'
Tompkins shook his head sadly.
'At the end of six weeks,' he remarked, 'he'll be starting for the
sanatorium. Let me tell you, every private hospital in New York is full of
cases like yours. You just strain the human nervous system a little too far,
and bang!--you've broken something. And in order to save sixty hours you're
laid up sixty weeks for repairs.' He broke off, changed his tone, and turned to
Gretchen with a smile. 'Not to mention what happens to you. It seems to me it's
the wife rather than the husband who bears the brunt of these insane periods of
overwork.'
'I don't mind,' protested Gretchen loyally.
'Yes, she does,' said Roger grimly; 'she minds like the devil.
She's a shortsighted little egg, and she thinks it's going to be forever until
I get started and she can have some new clothes. But it can't be helped. The
saddest thing about women is that, after all, their best trick is to sit down
and fold their hands.'
'Your ideas on women are about twenty years out of date,' said
Tompkins pityingly. 'Women won't sit down and wait any more.'
'Then they'd better marry men of forty,' insisted Roger
stubbornly. 'If a girl marries a young man for love she ought to be willing to
make any sacrifice within reason, so long as her husband keeps going ahead.'
'Let's not talk about it,' said Gretchen impatiently. 'Please,
Roger, let's have a good time just this once.'
When Tompkins dropped them in front of their house at eleven Roger
and Gretchen stood for a moment on the sidewalk looking at the winter moon.
There was a fine, damp, dusty snow in the air, and Roger drew a long breath of
it and put his arm around Gretchen exultantly.
'I can make more money than he can,' he said tensely. 'And I'll be
doing it in just forty days.'
'Forty days,' she sighed. 'It seems such a long time--when
everybody else is always having fun. If I could only sleep for forty days.'
'Why don't you, honey? Just take forty winks, and when you wake up
everything'll be fine.'
She was silent for a moment.
'Roger,' she asked thoughtfully, 'do you think George meant what
he said about taking me horseback riding on Sunday?'
Roger frowned.
'I don't know. Probably not--I hope to Heaven he didn't.' He
hesitated. 'As a matter of fact, he made me sort of sore tonight--all that junk
about his cold bath.'
With their arms about each other, they started up the walk to the
house.
'I'll bet he doesn't take a cold bath every morning,' continued
Roger ruminatively; 'or three times a week, either.' He fumbled in his pocket
for the key and inserted it in the lock with savage precision. Then he turned
around defiantly. 'I'll bet he hasn't had a bath for a month.'
II
After a fortnight of intensive work, Roger Halsey's days blurred
into each other and passed by in blocks of twos and threes and fours. From
eight until 5.30 he was in his office. Then a half-hour on the commuting train,
where he scrawled notes on the backs of envelopes under the dull yellow light.
By 7.30 his crayons, shears, and sheets of white cardboard were spread over the
living-room table, and he laboured there with much grunting and sighing until
midnight, while Gretchen lay on the sofa with a book, and the doorbell tinkled
occasionally behind the drawn blinds. At twelve there was always an argument as
to whether he would come to bed. He would agree to come after he had cleared up
everything; but as he was invariably sidetracked by half a dozen new ideas, he
usually found Gretchen sound asleep when he tiptoed upstairs.
Sometimes it was three o'clock before Roger squashed his last
cigarette into the overloaded ash-tray, and he would undress in the dark,
disembodied with fatigue, but with a sense of triumph that he had lasted out
another day.
Christmas came and went and he scarcely noticed that it was gone.
He remembered it afterwards as the day he completed the window-cards for
Garrod's shoes. This was one of the eight large accounts for which he was
pointing in January--if he got half of them he was assured a quarter of a
million dollars' worth of business during the year.
But the world outside his business became a chaotic dream. He was
aware that on two cool December Sundays George Tompkins had taken Gretchen
horseback riding, and that another time she had gone out with him in his
automobile to spend the afternoon skiing on the country-club hill. A picture of
Tompkins, in an expensive frame, had appeared one morning on their bedroom
wall. And one night he was shocked into a startled protest when Gretchen went
to the theatre with Tompkins in town.
But his work was almost done. Daily now his layouts arrived from
the printers until seven of them were piled and docketed in his office safe. He
knew how good they were. Money alone couldn't buy such work; more than he
realized himself, it had been a labour of love.
December tumbled like a dead leaf from the calendar. There was an
agonizing week when he had to give up coffee because it made his heart pound
so. If he could hold on now for four days--three days--
On Thursday afternoon H. G. Garrod was to arrive in New York. On
Wednesday evening Roger came home at seven to find Gretchen poring over the
December bills with a strange expression in her eyes.
'What's the matter?'
She nodded at the bills. He ran through them, his brow wrinkling
in a frown.
'Gosh!'
'I can't help it,' she burst out suddenly. 'They're terrible.'
'Well, I didn't marry you because you were a wonderful
housekeeper. I'll manage about the bills some way. Don't worry your little head
over it.'
She regarded him coldly.
'You talk as if I were a child.'
'I have to,' he said with sudden irritation.
'Well, at least I'm not a piece of bric-à-brac that you can just
put somewhere and forget.'
He knelt down by her quickly, and took her arms in his hands.
'Gretchen, listen!' he said breathlessly. 'For God's sake, don't
go to pieces now! We're both all stored up with malice and reproach, and if we
had a quarrel it'd be terrible. I love you, Gretchen. Say you love me--quick!'
'You know I love you.'
The quarrel was averted, but there was an unnatural tenseness all
through dinner. It came to a climax afterwards when he began to spread his
working materials on the table.
'Oh, Roger,' she protested, 'I thought you didn't have to work
tonight.'
'I didn't think I'd have to, but something came up.'
'I've invited George Tompkins over.'
'Oh, gosh!' he exclaimed. 'Well, I'm sorry, honey, but you'll have
to phone him not to come.'
'He's left,' she said. 'He's coming straight from town. He'll be
here any minute now.'
Roger groaned. It occurred to him to send them both to the movies,
but somehow the suggestion stuck on his lips. He did not want her at the
movies; he wanted her here, where he could look up and know she was by his
side.
George Tompkins arrived breezily at eight o'clock. 'Aha!' he cried
reprovingly, coming into the room. 'Still at it.'
Roger agreed coolly that he was.
'Better quit--better quit before you have to.' He sat down with a
long sigh of physical comfort and lit a cigarette. 'Take it from a fellow who's
looked into the question scientifically. We can stand so much, and then--bang!'
'If you'll excuse me'--Roger made his voice as polite as
possible--'I'm going upstairs and finish this work.'
'Just as you like, Roger.' George waved his hand carelessly. 'It
isn't that I mind. I'm the friend of the family and I'd just as soon see the
missus as the mister.' He smiled playfully. 'But if I were you, old boy, I'd
put away my work and get a good night's sleep.'
When Roger had spread out his materials on the bed upstairs he
found that he could still hear the rumble and murmur of their voices through
the thin floor. He began wondering what they found to talk about. As he plunged
deeper into his work his mind had a tendency to revert sharply to his question,
and several times he arose and paced nervously up and down the room.
The bed was ill adapted to his work. Several times the paper
slipped from the board on which it rested, and the pencil punched through.
Everything was wrong tonight. Letters and figures blurred before his eyes, and
as an accompaniment to the beating of his temples came those persistent
murmuring voices.
At ten he realized that he had done nothing for more than an hour,
and with a sudden exclamation he gathered together his papers, replaced them in
his portfolio, and went downstairs. They were sitting together on the sofa when
he came in.
'Oh, hello!' cried Gretchen, rather unnecessarily, he thought. 'We
were just discussing you.'
'Thank you,' he answered ironically. 'What particular part of my
anatomy was under the scalpel?'
'Your health,' said Tompkins jovially.
'My health's all right,' answered Roger shortly.
'But you look at it so selfishly, old fella,' cried Tompkins. 'You
only consider yourself in the matter. Don't you think Gretchen has any rights?
If you were working on a wonderful sonnet or a--a portrait of some madonna or
something'--he glanced at Gretchen's Titian hair--'why, then I'd say go ahead.
But you're not. It's just some silly advertisement about how to sell Nobald's
hair tonic, and if all the hair tonic ever made was dumped into the ocean
tomorrow the world wouldn't be one bit the worse for it.'
'Wait a minute,' said Roger angrily: 'that's not quite fair. I'm
not kidding myself about the importance of my work--it's just as useless as the
stuff you do. But to Gretchen and me it's just about the most important thing
in the world.'
'Are you implying that my work is useless?' demanded Tompkins
incredulously.
'No; not if it brings happiness to some poor sucker of a pants
manufacturer who doesn't know how to spend his money.'
Tompkins and Gretchen exchanged a glance.
'Oh-h-h!' exclaimed Tompkins ironically. 'I didn't realize that
all these years I've just been wasting my time.'
'You're a loafer,' said Roger rudely.
'Me?' cried Tompkins angrily. 'You call me a loafer because I have
a little balance in my life and find time to do interesting things? Because I
play hard as well as work hard and don't let myself get to be a dull, tiresome
drudge?'
Both men were angry now, and their voices had risen, though on
Tompkins' face there still remained the semblance of a smile.
'What I object to,' said Roger steadily, 'is that for the last six
weeks you seem to have done all your playing around here.'
'Roger!' cried Gretchen. 'What do you mean by talking like that?'
'Just what I said.'
'You've just lost your temper.' Tompkins lit a cigarette with
ostentatious coolness. 'You're so nervous from overwork you don't know what
you're saying. You're on the verge of a nervous break--'
'You get out of here!' cried Roger fiercely. 'You get out of here
right now--before I throw you out!'
Tompkins got angrily to his feet.
'You--you throw me out?' he cried incredulously.
They were actually moving towards each other when Gretchen stepped
between them, and grabbing Tompkins' arm urged him towards the door.
'He's acting like a fool, George, but you better get out,' she
cried, groping in the hall for his hat.
'He insulted me!' shouted Tompkins. 'He threatened to throw me
out!'
'Never mind, George,' pleaded Gretchen. 'He doesn't know what he's
saying. Please go! I'll see you at ten o'clock tomorrow.'
She opened the door.
'You won't see him at ten o'clock tomorrow,' said Roger steadily.
'He's not coming to this house any more.'
Tompkins turned to Gretchen.
'It's his house,' he suggested. 'Perhaps we'd better meet at
mine.'
Then he was gone, and Gretchen had shut the door behind him. Her
eyes were full of angry tears.
'See what you've done!' she sobbed. 'The only friend I had, the
only person in the world who liked me enough to treat me decently, is insulted
by my husband in my own house.'
She threw herself on the sofa and began to cry passionately into
the pillows.
'He brought it on himself,' said Roger stubbornly, 'I've stood as
much as my self-respect will allow. I don't want you going out with him any
more.'
'I will go out with him!' cried Gretchen wildly. 'I'll go out with
him all I want! Do you think it's any fun living here with you?'
'Gretchen,' he said coldly, 'get up and put on your hat and coat
and go out that door and never come back!'
Her mouth fell slightly ajar.
'But I don't want to get out,' she said dazedly.
'Well, then, behave yourself.' And he added in a gentler voice: 'I
thought you were going to sleep for this forty days.'
'Oh, yes,' she cried bitterly, 'easy enough to say! But I'm tired
of sleeping.' She got up, faced him defiantly. 'And what's more, I'm going
riding with George Tompkins tomorrow.'
'You won't go out with him if I have to take you to New York and
sit you down in my office until I get through.'
She looked at him with rage in her eyes.
'I hate you,' she said slowly. 'And I'd like to take all the work
you've done and tear it up and throw it in the fire. And just to give you
something to worry about tomorrow, I probably won't be here when you get back.'
She got up from the sofa, and very deliberately looked at her
flushed, tear-stained face in the mirror. Then she ran upstairs and slammed
herself into the bedroom.
Automatically Roger spread out his work on the living-room table.
The bright colours of the designs, the vivid ladies--Gretchen had posed for one
of them--holding orange ginger ale or glistening silk hosiery, dazzled his mind
into a sort of coma. His restless crayon moved here and there over the
pictures, shifting a block of letters half an inch to the right, trying a dozen
blues for a cool blue, and eliminating the word that made a phrase anaemic and
pale. Half an hour passed--he was deep in the work now; there was no sound in
the room but the velvety scratch of the crayon over the glossy board.
After a long while he looked at his watch--it was after three. The
wind had come up outside and was rushing by the house corners in loud, alarming
swoops, like a heavy body falling through space. He stopped his work and
listened. He was not tired now, but his head felt as if it was covered with
bulging veins like those pictures that hang in doctors' offices showing a body
stripped of decent skin. He put his hands to his head and felt it all over. It
seemed to him that on his temple the veins were knotty and brittle around an
old scar.
Suddenly he began to be afraid. A hundred warnings he had heard
swept into his mind. People did wreck themselves with overwork, and his body
and brain were of the same vulnerable and perishable stuff. For the first time
he found himself envying George Tompkins' calm nerves and healthy routine. He
arose and began pacing the room in a panic.
'I've got to sleep,' he whispered to himself tensely. 'Otherwise
I'm going crazy.'
He rubbed his hand over his eyes, and returned to the table to put
up his work, but his fingers were shaking so that he could scarcely grasp the
board. The sway of a bare branch against the window made him start and cry out.
He sat down on the sofa and tried to think.
'Stop! Stop! Stop!' the clock said. 'Stop! Stop! Stop!'
'I can't stop,' he answered aloud. 'I can't afford to stop.'
Listen! Why, there was the wolf at the door now! He could hear its
sharp claws scrape along the varnished woodwork. He jumped up, and running to
the front door flung it open; then started back with a ghastly cry. An enormous
wolf was standing on the porch, glaring at him with red, malignant eyes. As he
watched it the hair bristled on its neck; it gave a low growl and disappeared
in the darkness. Then Roger realized with a silent, mirthless laugh that it was
the police dog from over the way.
Dragging his limbs wearily into the kitchen, he brought the
alarm-clock into the living-room and set it for seven. Then he wrapped himself
in his overcoat, lay down on the sofa and fell immediately into a heavy,
dreamless sleep.
When he awoke the light was still shining feebly, but the room was
the grey colour of a winter morning. He got up, and looking anxiously at his
hands found to his relief that they no longer trembled. He felt much better.
Then he began to remember in detail the events of the night before, and his
brow drew up again in three shallow wrinkles. There was work ahead of him,
twenty-four hours of work; and Gretchen, whether she wanted to or not, must
sleep for one more day.
Roger's mind glowed suddenly as if he had just thought of a new
advertising idea. A few minutes later he was hurrying through the sharp morning
air to Kingsley's drug-store.
'Is Mr Kingsley down yet?'
The druggist's head appeared around the corner of the
prescription-room.
'I wonder if I can talk to you alone.'
At 7.30, back home again, Roger walked into his own kitchen. The
general housework girl had just arrived and was taking off her hat.
'Bebé'--he was not on familiar terms with her; this was her
name--'I want you to cook Mrs Halsey's breakfast right away. I'll take it up
myself.'
It struck Bebé that this was an unusual service for so busy a man
to render his wife, but if she had seen his conduct when he had carried the
tray from the kitchen she would have been even more surprised. For he set it
down on the dining room table and put into the coffee half a teaspoonful of a
white substance that was not powdered sugar. Then he mounted the stairs and
opened the door of the bedroom.
Gretchen woke up with a start, glanced at the twin bed which had
not been slept in, and bent on Roger a glance of astonishment, which changed to
contempt when she saw the breakfast in his hand. She thought he was bringing it
as a capitulation.
'I don't want any breakfast,' she said coldly, and his heart sank,
'except some coffee.'
'No breakfast?' Roger's voice expressed disappointment
'I said I'd take some coffee.'
Roger discreetly deposited the tray on a table beside the bed and
returned quickly to the kitchen.
'We're going away until tomorrow afternoon,' he told Bebé, 'and I
want to close up the house right now. So you just put on your hat and go home.'
He looked at his watch. It was ten minutes to eight, and he wanted
to catch the 8.10 train. He waited five minutes and then tiptoed softly
upstairs and into Gretchen's room. She was sound asleep. The coffee cup was
empty save for black dregs and a film of thin brown paste on the bottom. He
looked at her rather anxiously, but her breathing was regular and clear.
From the closet he took a suitcase and very quickly began filling
it with her shoes--street shoes, evening slippers, rubber-soled oxfords--he had
not realized that she owned so many pairs. When he closed the suitcase it was
bulging.
He hesitated a minute, took a pair of sewing scissors from a box,
and following the telephone-wire until it went out of sight behind the dresser,
severed it in one neat clip. He jumped as there was a soft knock at the door.
It was the nursemaid. He had forgotten her existence.
'Mrs Halsey and I are going up to the city till tomorrow,' he said
glibly. 'Take Maxy to the beach and have lunch there. Stay all day.'
Back in the room, a wave of pity passed over him. Gretchen seemed
suddenly lovely and helpless, sleeping there. It was somehow terrible to rob
her young life of a day. He touched her hair with his fingers, and as she
murmured something in her dream he leaned over and kissed her bright cheek.
Then he picked up the suitcase full of shoes, locked the door, and ran briskly
down the stairs.
III
By five o'clock that afternoon the last package of cards for
Garrod's shoes had been sent by messenger to H. G. Garrod at the Biltmore
Hotel. He was to give a decision next morning. At 5.30 Roger's stenographer
tapped him on the shoulder.
'Mr Golden, the superintendent of the building, to see you.'
Roger turned around dazedly.
'Oh, how do?'
Mr Golden came directly to the point. If Mr Halsey intended to
keep the office any longer, the little oversight about the rent had better be
remedied right away.
'Mr Golden,' said Roger wearily, 'everything'll be all right
tomorrow. If you worry me now maybe you'll never get your money. After tomorrow
nothing'll matter.'
Mr Golden looked at the tenant uneasily. Young men sometimes did
away with themselves when business went wrong. Then his eye fell unpleasantly
on the initialled suitcase beside the desk.
'Going on a trip?' he asked pointedly.
'What? Oh, no. That's just some clothes.'
'Clothes, eh? Well, Mr Halsey, just to prove that you mean what
you say, suppose you let me keep that suitcase until tomorrow noon.'
'Help yourself.'
Mr Golden picked it up with a deprecatory gesture.
'Just a matter of form,' he remarked.
'I understand,' said Roger, swinging around to his desk. 'Good
afternoon.'
Mr Golden seemed to feel that the conversation should close on a
softer key.
'And don't work too hard, Mr Halsey. You don't want to have a
nervous break--'
'No,' shouted Roger, 'I don't. But I will if you don't leave me
alone.'
As the door closed behind Mr Golden, Roger's stenographer turned
sympathetically around.
'You shouldn't have let him get away with that,' she said. 'What's
in there? Clothes?'
'No,' answered Roger absently. 'Just all my wife's shoes.'
He slept in the office that night on a sofa beside his desk. At
dawn he awoke with a nervous start, rushed out into the street for coffee, and
returned in ten minutes in a panic--afraid that he might have missed Mr
Garrod's telephone call. It was then 6.30.
By eight o'clock his whole body seemed to be on fire. When his two
artists arrived he was stretched on the couch in almost physical pain. The
phone rang imperatively at 9.30, and he picked up the receiver with trembling
hands.
'Hello.'
'Is this the Halsey agency?'
'Yes, this is Mr Halsey speaking.'
'This is Mr H. G. Garrod.'
Roger's heart stopped beating.
'I called up, young fellow, to say that this is wonderful work you've
given us here. We want all of it and as much more as your office can do.'
'Oh, God!' cried Roger into the transmitter.
'What?' Mr H. G. Garrod was considerably startled. 'Say, wait a
minute there!'
But he was talking to nobody. The phone had clattered to the
floor, and Roger, stretched full length on the couch, was sobbing as if his
heart would break.
IV
Three hours later, his face somewhat pale, but his eyes calm as a
child's, Roger opened the door of his wife's bedroom with the morning paper
under his arm. At the sound of his footsteps she started awake.
'What time is it?' she demanded.
He looked at his watch.
'Twelve o'clock.'
Suddenly she began to cry.
'Roger,' she said brokenly, 'I'm sorry I was so bad last night.'
He nodded coolly.
'Everything's all right now,' he answered. Then, after a pause:
'I've got the account--the biggest one.'
She turned towards him quickly.
'You have?' Then, after a minute's silence: 'Can I get a new
dress?'
'Dress?' He laughed shortly. 'You can get a dozen. This account alone
will bring us in forty thousand a year. It's one of the biggest in the West.'
She looked at him, startled.
'Forty thousand a year!'
'Yes.'
'Gosh'--and then faintly--'I didn't know it'd really be anything
like that.' Again she thought a minute. 'We can have a house like George
Tompkins'.'
'I don't want an interior-decoration shop.'
'Forty thousand a year!' she repeated again, and then added
softly: 'Oh, Roger--'
'Yes?'
'I'm not going out with George Tompkins.'
'I wouldn't let you, even if you wanted to,' he said shortly.
She made a show of indignation.
'Why, I've had a date with him for this Thursday for weeks.'
'It isn't Thursday.'
'It is.'
'It's Friday.'
'Why, Roger, you must be crazy! Don't you think I know what day it
is?'
'It isn't Thursday,' he said stubbornly. 'Look!' And he held out
the morning paper.
'Friday!' she exclaimed. 'Why, this is a mistake! This must be
last week's paper. Today's Thursday.'
She closed her eyes and thought for a moment.
'Yesterday was Wednesday,' she said decisively. 'The laundress
came yesterday. I guess I know.'
'Well,' he said smugly, 'look at the paper. There isn't any
question about it.'
With a bewildered look on her face she got out of bed and began
searching for her clothes. Roger went into the bathroom to shave. A minute
later he heard the springs creak again. Gretchen was getting back into bed.
'What's the matter?' he inquired, putting his head around the
corner of the bathroom.
'I'm scared,' she said in a trembling voice. 'I think my nerves
are giving way. I can't find any of my shoes.'
'Your shoes? Why, the closet's full of them.'
'I know, but I can't see one.' Her face was pale with fear. 'Oh,
Roger!'
Roger came to her bedside and put his arm around her.
'Oh, Roger,' she cried, 'what's the matter with me? First that
newspaper, and now all my shoes. Take care of me, Roger.'
'I'll get the doctor,' he said.
He walked remorselessly to the telephone and took up the receiver.
'Phone seems to be out of order,' he remarked after a minute;
'I'll send Bebé.'
The doctor arrived in ten minutes.
'I think I'm on the verge of a collapse,' Gretchen told him in a
strained voice.
Doctor Gregory sat down on the edge of the bed and took her wrist
in his hand.
'It seems to be in the air this morning.'
'I got up,' said Gretchen in an awed voice, 'and I found that I'd
lost a whole day. I had an engagement to go riding with George Tompkins--'
'What?' exclaimed the doctor in surprise. Then he laughed.
'George Tompkins won't go riding with anyone for many days to
come.'
'Has he gone away?' asked Gretchen curiously.
'He's going West.'
'Why?' demanded Roger. 'Is he running away with somebody's wife?'
'No,' said Doctor Gregory. 'He's had a nervous breakdown.'
'What?' they exclaimed in unison.
'He just collapsed like an opera-hat in his cold shower.'
'But he was always talking about his--his balanced life,' gasped
Gretchen. 'He had it on his mind.'
'I know,' said the doctor. 'He's been babbling about it all
morning. I think it's driven him a little mad. He worked pretty hard at it, you
know.'
'At what?' demanded Roger in bewilderment.
'At keeping his life balanced.' He turned to Gretchen. 'Now all
I'll prescribe for this lady here is a good rest. If she'll just stay around
the house for a few days and take forty winks of sleep she'll be as fit as ever.
She's been under some strain.'
'Doctor,' exclaimed Roger hoarsely, 'don't you think I'd better
have a rest or something? I've been working pretty hard lately.'
'You!' Doctor Gregory laughed, slapped him violently on the back.
'My boy, I never saw you looking better in your life.'
Roger turned away quickly to conceal his smile--winked forty
times, or almost forty times, at the autographed picture of Mr George Tompkins,
which hung slightly askew on the bedroom wall.
12.HE THINKS HE'S
WONDERFUL
The Saturday Evening Post (29 September, 1928)
I
After the college-board examinations in June, Basil Duke Lee and
five other boys from St. Regis School boarded the train for the West. Two got
out at Pittsburgh, one slanted south toward St. Louis and two stayed in Chicago;
from then on Basil was alone. It was the first time in his life that he had
ever felt the need of tranquillity, but now he took long breaths of it; for,
though things had gone better toward the end, he had had an unhappy year at
school.
He wore one of those extremely flat derbies in vogue during the
twelfth year of the century, and a blue business suit become a little too short
for his constantly lengthening body. Within he was by turns a disembodied
spirit, almost unconscious of his person and moving in a mist of impressions
and emotions, and a fiercely competitive individual trying desperately to
control the rush of events that were the steps in his own evolution from child
to man. He believed that everything was a matter of effort--the current principle
of American education--and his fantastic ambition was continually leading him
to expect too much. He wanted to be a great athlete, popular, brilliant and
always happy. During this year at school, where he had been punished for his
"freshness," for fifteen years of thorough spoiling at home, he had
grown uselessly introspective, and this interfered with that observation of
others which is the beginning of wisdom. It was apparent that before he
obtained much success in dealing with the world he would know that he'd been in
a fight.
He spent the afternoon in Chicago, walking the streets and
avoiding members of the underworld. He bought a detective story called "In
the Dead of the Night," and at five o'clock recovered his suitcase from
the station check room and boarded the Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul.
Immediately he encountered a contemporary, also bound home from school.
Margaret Torrence was fourteen; a serious girl, considered
beautiful by a sort of tradition, for she had been beautiful as a little girl.
A year and a half before, after a breathless struggle, Basil had succeeded in
kissing her on the forehead. They met now with extraordinary joy; for a moment
each of them to the other represented home, the blue skies of the past, the
summer afternoons ahead.
He sat with Margaret and her mother in the dining car that night.
Margaret saw that he was no longer the ultraconfident boy of a year before; his
brightness was subdued, and the air of consideration in his face--a mark of his
recent discovery that others had wills as strong as his, and more
power--appeared to Margaret as a charming sadness. The spell of peace after a
struggle was still upon him. Margaret had always liked him--she was of the
grave, conscientious type who sometimes loved him and whose love he could never
return--and now she could scarcely wait to tell people how attractive he had
grown.
After dinner they went back to the observation car and sat on the
deserted rear platform while the train pulled them visibly westward between the
dark wide farms. They talked of people they knew, of where they had gone for
Easter vacation, of the plays they had seen in New York.
"Basil, we're going to get an automobile," she said,
"and I'm going to learn to drive."
"That's fine." He wondered if his grandfather would let
him drive the electric sometimes this summer.
The light from inside the car fell on her young face, and he spoke
impetuously, borne on by the rush of happiness that he was going home:
"You know something? You know you're the prettiest girl in the city?"
At the moment when the remark blurred with the thrilling night in
Margaret's heart, Mrs. Torrence appeared to fetch her to bed.
Basil sat alone on the platform for a while, scarcely realizing
that she was gone, at peace with himself for another hour and content that
everything should remain patternless and shapeless until tomorrow.
II
Fifteen is of all ages the most difficult to locate--to put one's
fingers on and say, "That's the way I was." The melancholy Jacques
does not select it for mention, and all one can know is that somewhere between
thirteen, boyhood's majority, and seventeen, when one is a sort of counterfeit
young man, there is a time when youth fluctuates hourly between one world and
another--pushed ceaselessly forward into unprecedented experiences and vainly
trying to struggle back to the days when nothing had to be paid for.
Fortunately none of our contemporaries remember much more than we do of how we
behaved in those days; nevertheless the curtain is about to be drawn aside for
an inspection of Basil's madness that summer.
To begin with, Margaret Torrence, in one of those moods of
idealism which overcome the most matter-of-fact girls, gave it as her rapt
opinion that Basil was wonderful. Having practised believing things all year at
school, and having nothing much to believe at that moment, her friends accepted
the fact. Basil suddenly became a legend. There were outbreaks of giggling when
girls encountered him on the street, but he suspected nothing at all.
One night, when he had been home a week, he and Riply Buckner went
on to an after-dinner gathering on Imogene Bissel's veranda. As they came up
the walk Margaret and two other girls suddenly clung together, whispered
convulsively and pursued one another around the yard, uttering strange
cries--an inexplicable business that ended only when Gladys Van Schellinger,
tenderly and impressively accompanied by her mother's maid, arrived in a
limousine.
All of them were a little strange to one another. Those who had
been East at school felt a certain superiority, which, however, was more than
counterbalanced by the fact that romantic pairings and quarrels and jealousies
and adventures, of which they were lamentably ignorant, had gone on while they
had been away.
After the ice cream at nine they sat together on the warm stone
steps in a quiet confusion that was halfway between childish teasing and
adolescent coquetry. Last year the boys would have ridden their bicycles around
the yard; now they had all begun to wait for something to happen.
They knew it was going to happen, the plainest girls, the shyest
boys; they had begun to associate with others the romantic world of summer
night that pressed deeply and sweetly on their senses. Their voices drifted in
a sort of broken harmony in to Mrs. Bissel, who sat reading beside an open
window.
"No, look out. You'll break it. Bay-zil!"
"Rip-lee!"
"Sure I did!"
Laughter.
"--on Moonlight Bay
We could hear their voices call--"
"Did you see--"
"Connie, don't--don't! You tickle. Look out!"
Laughter.
"Going to the lake tomorrow?"
"Going Friday."
"Elwood's home."
"Is Elwood home?"
"--you have broken my heart--"
"Look out now!"
"Look out!"
Basil sat beside Riply on the balustrade, listening to Joe Gorman
singing. It was one of the griefs of his life that he could not sing "so
people could stand it," and he conceived a sudden admiration for Joe
Gorman, reading into his personality the thrilling clearness of those sounds
that moved so confidently through the dark air.
They evoked for Basil a more dazzling night than this, and other
more remote and enchanted girls. He was sorry when the voice died away, and
there was a rearranging of seats and a businesslike quiet--the ancient game of
Truth had begun.
"What's your favorite color, Bill?"
"Green," supplies a friend.
"Sh-h-h! Let him alone."
Bill says, "Blue."
"What's your favorite girl's name?"
"Mary," says Bill.
"Mary Haupt! Bill's got a crush on Mary Haupt!"
She was a cross-eyed girl, a familiar personification of
repulsiveness.
"Who would you rather kiss than anybody?"
Across the pause a snicker stabbed the darkness.
"My mother."
"No, but what girl?"
"Nobody."
"That's not fair. Forfeit! Come on, Margaret."
"Tell the truth, Margaret."
She told the truth and a moment later Basil looked down in
surprise from his perch; he had just learned that he was her favorite boy.
"Oh, yes-s!" he exclaimed sceptically. "Oh, yes-s!
How about Hubert Blair?"
He renewed a casual struggle with Riply Buckner and presently they
both fell off the balustrade. The game became an inquisition into Gladys Van
Schellinger's carefully chaperoned heart.
"What's your favorite sport?"
"Croquet."
The admission was greeted by a mild titter.
"Favorite boy."
"Thurston Kohler."
A murmur of disappointment.
"Who's he?"
"A boy in the East."
This was manifestly an evasion.
"Who's your favorite boy here?"
Gladys hesitated. "Basil," she said at length.
The faces turned up to the balustrade this time were less teasing,
less jocular. Basil depreciated the matter with "Oh, yes-s! Sure! Oh,
yes-s!" But he had a pleasant feeling of recognition, a familiar delight.
Imogene Bissel, a dark little beauty and the most popular girl in
their crowd, took Gladys' place. The interlocutors were tired of gastronomic
preferences--the first question went straight to the point.
"Imogene, have you ever kissed a boy?"
"No." A cry of wild unbelief. "I have not!"
she declared indignantly.
"Well, have you ever been kissed?"
Pink but tranquil, she nodded, adding, "I couldn't help
it."
"Who by?"
"I won't tell."
"Oh-h-h! How about Hubert Blair?"
"What's your favorite book, Imogene?"
"Beverly of Graustark."
"Favorite girl?"
"Passion Johnson."
"Who's she?"
"Oh, just a girl at school."
Mrs. Bissel had fortunately left the window.
"Who's your favorite boy?"
Imogene answered steadily, "Basil Lee."
This time an impressed silence fell. Basil was not surprised--we
are never surprised at our own popularity--but he knew that these were not
those ineffable girls, made up out of books and faces momentarily encountered,
whose voices he had heard for a moment in Joe Gorman's song. And when,
presently, the first telephone rang inside, calling a daughter home, and the
girls, chattering like birds, piled all together into Gladys Van Schellinger's
limousine, he lingered back in the shadow so as not to seem to be showing off.
Then, perhaps because he nourished a vague idea that if he got to know Joe
Gorman very well he would get to sing like him, he approached him and asked him
to go to Lambert's for a soda.
Joe Gorman was a tall boy with white eyebrows and a stolid face
who had only recently become one of their "crowd." He did not like
Basil, who, he considered, had been "stuck up" with him last year,
but he was acquisitive of useful knowledge and he was momentarily overwhelmed
by Basil's success with girls.
It was cheerful in Lambert's, with great moths batting against the
screen door and languid couples in white dresses and light suits spread about
the little tables. Over their sodas, Joe proposed that Basil come home with him
to spend the night; Basil's permission was obtained over the telephone.
Passing from the gleaming store into the darkness, Basil was
submerged in an unreality in which he seemed to see himself from the outside,
and the pleasant events of the evening began to take on fresh importance.
Disarmed by Joe's hospitality, he began to discuss the matter.
"That was a funny thing that happened tonight," he said,
with a disparaging little laugh.
"What was?"
"Why, all those girls saying I was their favorite boy."
The remark jarred on Joe. "It's a funny thing," went on Basil.
"I was sort of unpopular at school for a while, because I was fresh, I
guess. But the thing must be that some boys are popular with boys and some are
popular with girls."
He had put himself in Joe's hands, but he was unconscious of it;
even Joe was only aware of a certain desire to change the subject.
"When I get my car," suggested Joe, up in his room,
"we could take Imogene and Margaret and go for rides."
"All right."
"You could have Imogene and I'd take Margaret, or anybody I
wanted. Of course I know they don't like me as well as they do you."
"Sure they do. It's just because you haven't been in our
crowd very long yet."
Joe was sensitive on that point and the remark did not please him.
But Basil continued: "You ought to be more polite to the older people if
you want to be popular. You didn't say how do you do to Mrs. Bissel
tonight."
"I'm hungry," said Joe quickly. "Let's go down to
the pantry and get something to eat."
Clad only in their pajamas, they went downstairs. Principally to
dissuade Basil from pursuing the subject, Joe began to sing in a low voice:
"Oh, you beautiful doll,
You great--big--"
But the evening, coming after the month of enforced humility at
school, had been too much for Basil. He got a little awful. In the kitchen,
under the impression that his advice had been asked, he broke out again:
"For instance, you oughtn't to wear those white ties. Nobody
does that that goes East to school." Joe, a little red, turned around from
the ice box and Basil felt a slight misgiving. But he pursued with: "For
instance, you ought to get your family to send you East to school. It'd be a
great thing for you. Especially if you want to go East to college, you ought to
first go East to school. They take it out of you."
Feeling that he had nothing special to be taken out of him, Joe
found the implication distasteful. Nor did Basil appear to him at that moment
to have been perfected by the process.
"Do you want cold chicken or cold ham?" They drew up
chairs to the kitchen table. "Have some milk?"
"Thanks."
Intoxicated by the three full meals he had had since supper, Basil
warmed to his subject. He built up Joe's life for him little by little,
transformed him radiantly from what was little more than a Midwestern bumpkin
to an Easterner bursting with savoir-faire and irresistible to
girls. Going into the pantry to put away the milk, Joe paused by the open
window for a breath of quiet air; Basil followed. "The thing is if a boy
doesn't get it taken out of him at school, he gets it taken out of him at
college," he was saying.
Moved by some desperate instinct, Joe opened the door and stepped
out onto the back porch. Basil followed. The house abutted on the edge of the
bluff occupied by the residential section, and the two boys stood silent for a
moment, gazing at the scattered lights of the lower city. Before the mystery of
the unknown human life coursing through the streets below, Basil felt the
purport of his words grow thin and pale.
He wondered suddenly what he had said and why it had seemed
important to him, and when Joe began to sing again softly, the quiet mood of
the early evening, the side of him that was best, wisest and most enduring,
stole over him once more. The flattery, the vanity, the fatuousness of the last
hour moved off, and when he spoke it was almost in a whisper:
"Let's walk around the block."
The sidewalk was warm to their bare feet. It was only midnight,
but the square was deserted save for their whitish figures, inconspicuous
against the starry darkness. They snorted with glee at their daring. Once a
shadow, with loud human shoes, crossed the street far ahead, but the sound
served only to increase their own unsubstantiality. Slipping quickly through
the clearings made by gas lamps among the trees, they rounded the block,
hurrying when they neared the Gorman house as though they had been really lost
in a midsummer night's dream.
Up in Joe's room, they lay awake in the darkness.
"I talked too much," Basil thought. "I probably
sounded pretty bossy and maybe I made him sort of mad. But probably when we
walked around the block he forgot everything I said."
Alas, Joe had forgotten nothing--except the advice by which Basil
had intended him to profit.
"I never saw anybody as stuck up," he said to himself
wrathfully. "He thinks he's wonderful. He thinks he's so darn popular with
girls."
III
An element of vast importance had made its appearance with the
summer; suddenly the great thing in Basil's crowd was to own an automobile. Fun
no longer seemed available save at great distances, at suburban lakes or remote
country clubs. Walking downtown ceased to be a legitimate pastime. On the
contrary, a single block from one youth's house to another's must be navigated
in a car. Dependent groups formed around owners and they began to wield what
was, to Basil at least, a disconcerting power.
On the morning of a dance at the lake he called up Riply Buckner.
"Hey, Rip, how you going out to Connie's tonight?"
"With Elwood Leaming."
"Has he got a lot of room?"
Riply seemed somewhat embarrassed. "Why, I don't think he
has. You see, he's taking Margaret Torrence and I'm taking Imogene
Bissel."
"Oh!"
Basil frowned. He should have arranged all this a week ago. After
a moment he called up Joe Gorman.
"Going to the Davies' tonight, Joe?"
"Why, yes."
"Have you got room in your car--I mean, could I go with
you?"
"Why, yes, I suppose so."
There was a perceptible lack of warmth in his voice.
"Sure you got plenty of room?"
"Sure. We'll call for you quarter to eight."
Basil began preparations at five. For the second time in his life
he shaved, completing the operation by cutting a short straight line under his
nose. It bled profusely, but on the advice of Hilda, the maid, he finally
stanched the flow with little pieces of toilet paper. Quite a number of pieces were
necessary; so, in order to facilitate breathing, he trimmed it down with a
scissors, and with this somewhat awkward mustache of paper and gore clinging to
his upper lip, wandered impatiently around the house.
At six he began working on it again, soaking off the tissue paper
and dabbing at the persistently freshening crimson line. It dried at length,
but when he rashly hailed his mother it opened once more and the tissue paper
was called back into play.
At quarter to eight, dressed in blue coat and white flannels, he
drew one last bar of powder across the blemish, dusted it carefully with his
handkerchief and hurried out to Joe Gorman's car. Joe was driving in person,
and in front with him were Lewis Crum and Hubert Blair. Basil got in the big
rear seat alone and they drove without stopping out of the city onto the Black
Bear Road, keeping their backs to him and talking in low voices together. He
thought at first that they were going to pick up other boys; now he was
shocked, and for a moment he considered getting out of the car, but this would
imply that he was hurt. His spirit, and with it his face, hardened a little and
he sat without speaking or being spoken to for the rest of the ride.
After half an hour the Davies' house, a huge rambling bungalow occupying
a small peninsula in the lake, floated into sight. Lanterns outlined its shape
and wavered in gleaming lines on the gold-and-rose colored water, and as they
came near, the low notes of bass horns and drums were blown toward them from
the lawn.
Inside Basil looked about for Imogene. There was a crowd around
her seeking dances, but she saw Basil; his heart bounded at her quick intimate
smile.
"You can have the fourth, Basil, and the eleventh and the
second extra. . . . How did you hurt your lip?"
"Cut it shaving," he said hurriedly. "How about
supper?"
"Well, I have to have supper with Riply because he brought
me."
"No, you don't," Basil assured her.
"Yes, she does," insisted Riply, standing close at hand.
"Why don't you get your own girl for supper?"
--but Basil had no girl, though he was as yet unaware of the fact.
After the fourth dance, Basil led Imogene down to the end of the
pier, where they found seats in a motorboat.
"Now what?" she said.
He did not know. If he had really cared for her he would have
known. When her hand rested on his knee for a moment he did not notice it.
Instead, he talked. He told her how he had pitched on the second baseball team
at school and had once beaten the first in a five-inning game. He told her that
the thing was that some boys were popular with boys and some boys were popular
with girls--he, for instance, was popular with girls. In short, he unloaded
himself.
At length, feeling that he had perhaps dwelt disproportionately on
himself, he told her suddenly that she was his favorite girl.
Imogene sat there, sighing a little in the moonlight. In another
boat, lost in the darkness beyond the pier, sat a party of four. Joe Gorman was
singing:
"My little love--
--in honey man,
He sure has won my--"
"I thought you might want to know," said Basil to
Imogene. "I thought maybe you thought I liked somebody else. The truth
game didn't get around to me the other night."
"What?" asked Imogene vaguely. She had forgotten the
other night, all nights except this, and she was thinking of the magic in Joe
Gorman's voice. She had the next dance with him; he was going to teach her the
words of a new song. Basil was sort of peculiar, telling her all this stuff. He
was good-looking and attractive and all that, but--she wanted the dance to be
over. She wasn't having any fun.
The music began inside--"Everybody's Doing It," played
with many little nervous jerks on the violins.
"Oh, listen!" she cried, sitting up and snapping her
fingers. "Do you know how to rag?"
"Listen, Imogene"--He half realized that something had
slipped away--"let's sit out this dance--you can tell Joe you
forgot."
She rose quickly. "Oh, no, I can't!"
Unwillingly Basil followed her inside. It had not gone well--he
had talked too much again. He waited moodily for the eleventh dance so that he
could behave differently. He believed now that he was in love with Imogene. His
self-deception created a tightness in his throat, a counterfeit of longing and
desire.
Before the eleventh dance he was aware that some party was being
organized from which he was purposely excluded. There were whisperings and
arguings among some of the boys, and unnatural silences when he came near. He
heard Joe Gorman say to Riply Buckner, "We'll just be gone three days. If
Gladys can't go, why don't you ask Connie? The chaperons'll--" he changed
his sentence as he saw Basil--"and we'll all go to Smith's for ice-cream
soda."
Later, Basil took Riply Buckner aside but failed to elicit any
information: Riply had not forgotten Basil's attempt to rob him of Imogene
tonight.
"It wasn't about anything," he insisted. "We're
going to Smith's, honest. . . . How'd you cut your lip?"
"Cut it shaving."
When his dance with Imogene came she was even vaguer than before,
exchanging mysterious communications with various girls as they moved around
the room, locked in the convulsive grip of the Grizzly Bear. He led her out to
the boat again, but it was occupied, and they walked up and down the pier while
he tried to talk to her and she hummed:
"My little lov-in honey man--"
"Imogene, listen. What I wanted to ask you when we were on
the boat before was about the night we played Truth. Did you really mean what
you said?"
"Oh, what do you want to talk about that silly game
for?"
It had reached her ears, not once but several times, that Basil
thought he was wonderful--news that was flying about with as much volatility as
the rumor of his graces two weeks before. Imogene liked to agree with
everyone--and she had agreed with several impassioned boys that Basil was
terrible. And it was difficult not to dislike him for her own disloyalty.
But Basil thought that only ill luck ended the intermission before
he could accomplish his purpose; though what he had wanted he had not known.
Finally, during the intermission, Margaret Torrence, whom he had
neglected, told him the truth.
"Are you going on the touring party up to the St. Croix
River?" she asked. She knew he was not.
"What party?"
"Joe Gorman got it up. I'm going with Elwood Leaming."
"No, I'm not going," he said gruffly. "I couldn't
go."
"Oh!"
"I don't like Joe Gorman."
"I guess he doesn't like you much either."
"Why? What did he say?"
"Oh, nothing."
"But what? Tell me what he said."
After a minute she told him, as if reluctantly: "Well, he and
Hubert Blair said you thought--you thought you were wonderful." Her heart
misgave her.
But she remembered he had asked her for only one dance. "Joe
said you told him that all the girls thought you were wonderful."
"I never said anything like that," said Basil
indignantly, "never!"
He understood--Joe Gorman had done it all, taken advantage of
Basil's talking too much--an affliction which his real friends had always
allowed for--in order to ruin him. The world was suddenly compact of villainy.
He decided to go home.
In the coat room he was accosted by Bill Kampf: "Hello,
Basil, how did you hurt your lip?"
"Cut it shaving."
"Say, are you going to this party they're getting up next
week?"
"No."
"Well, look, I've got a cousin from Chicago coming to stay
with us and mother said I could have a boy out for the week-end. Her name is
Minnie Bibble."
"Minnie Bibble?" repeated Basil, vaguely revolted.
"I thought maybe you were going to that party, too, but Riply
Buckner said to ask you and I thought--"
"I've got to stay home," said Basil quickly.
"Oh, come on, Basil," he pursued. "It's only for
two days, and she's a nice girl. You'd like her."
"I don't know," Basil considered. "I'll tell you
what I'll do, Bill. I've got to get the street car home. I'll come out for the
week-end if you'll take me over to Wildwood now in your car."
"Sure I will."
Basil walked out on the veranda and approached Connie Davies.
"Good-by," he said. Try as he might, his voice was stiff
and proud. "I had an awfully good time."
"I'm sorry you're leaving so early, Basil." But she said
to herself: "He's too stuck up to have a good time. He thinks he's
wonderful."
From the veranda he could hear Imogene's laughter down at the end
of the pier. Silently he went down the steps and along the walk to meet Bill
Kampf, giving strollers a wide berth as though he felt the sight of him would
diminish their pleasure.
It had been an awful night.
Ten minutes later Bill dropped him beside the waiting trolley. A
few last picnickers sauntered aboard and the car bobbed and clanged through the
night toward St. Paul.
Presently two young girls sitting opposite Basil began looking
over at him and nudging each other, but he took no notice--he was thinking how
sorry they would all be--Imogene and Margaret, Joe and Hubert and Riply.
"Look at him now!" they would say to themselves
sorrowfully. "President of the United States at twenty-five! Oh, if we
only hadn't been so bad to him that night!"
He thought he was wonderful!
IV
Ermine Gilberte Labouisse Bibble was in exile. Her parents had
brought her from New Orleans to Southampton in May, hoping that the active
outdoor life proper to a girl of fifteen would take her thoughts from love. But
North or South, a storm of sappling arrows flew about her. She was
"engaged" before the first of June.
Let it not be gathered from the foregoing that the somewhat hard
outlines of Miss Bibble at twenty had already begun to appear. She was of a
radiant freshness; her head had reminded otherwise not illiterate young men of
damp blue violets, pierced with blue windows that looked into a bright soul,
with today's new roses showing through.
She was in exile. She was going to Glacier National Park to
forget. It was written that in passage she would come to Basil as a sort of
initiation, turning his eyes out from himself and giving him a first dazzling
glimpse into the world of love.
She saw him first as a quiet handsome boy with an air of
consideration in his face, which was the mark of his recent re-discovery that
others had wills as strong as his, and more power. It appeared to Minnie--as a
few months back it had appeared to Margaret Torrence, like a charming sadness.
At dinner he was polite to Mrs. Kampf in a courteous way that he had from his
father, and he listened to Mr. Bibble's discussion of the word
"Creole" with such evident interest and appreciation that Mr. Bibble
thought, "Now here's a young boy with something to him."
After dinner, Minnie, Basil and Bill rode into Black Bear village
to the movies, and the slow diffusion of Minnie's charm and personality
presently became the charm and personality of the affair itself.
It was thus that all Minnie's affairs for many years had a family
likeness. She looked at Basil, a childish open look; then opened her eyes wider
as if she had some sort of comic misgivings, and smiled--she smiled--
For all the candor of this smile, the effect--because of the
special contours of Minnie's face and independent of her mood--was sparkling
invitation. Whenever it appeared Basil seemed to be suddenly inflated and borne
upward, a little farther each time, only to be set down when the smile had
reached a point where it must become a grin, and chose instead to melt away. It
was like a drug. In a little while he wanted nothing except to watch it with a
vast buoyant delight.
Then he wanted to see how close he could get to it.
There is a certain stage of an affair between young people when
the presence of a third party is a stimulant. Before the second day had well
begun, before Minnie and Basil had progressed beyond the point of great gross
compliments about each other's surpassing beauty and charm, both of them had
begun to think about the time when they could get rid of their host, Bill
Kampf.
In the late afternoon, when the first cool of the evening had come
down and they were fresh and thin-feeling from swimming, they sat in a
cushioned swing, piled high with pillows and shaded by the thick veranda vines;
Basil put his arm around her and leaned toward her cheek and Minnie managed it
that he touched her fresh lips instead. And he had always learned things
quickly.
They sat there for an hour, while Bill's voice reached them, now
from the pier, now from the hall above, now from the pagoda at the end of the
garden, and three saddled horses chafed their bits in the stable and all around
them the bees worked faithfully among the flowers. Then Minnie reached up to
reality, and they allowed themselves to be found--
"Why, we were looking for you too."
And Basil, by simply waving his arms and wishing, floated
miraculously upstairs to brush his hair for dinner.
"She certainly is a wonderful girl. Oh, gosh, she certainly
is a wonderful girl!"
He mustn't lose his head. At dinner and afterward he listened with
unwavering deferential attention while Mr. Bibble talked of the boll weevil.
"But I'm boring you. You children want to go off by yourselves."
"Not at all, Mr. Bibble. I was very
interested--honestly."
"Well, you all go on and amuse yourselves. I didn't realize
time was getting on. Nowadays it's so seldom you meet a young man with good
manners and good common sense in his head, that an old man like me is likely to
go along forever."
Bill walked down with Basil and Minnie to the end of the pier.
"Hope we'll have a good sailing tomorrow. Say, I've got to drive over to
the village and get somebody for my crew. Do you want to come along?"
"I reckon I'll sit here for a while and then go to bed,"
said Minnie.
"All right. You want to come, Basil?"
"Why--why, sure, if you want me, Bill."
"You'll have to sit on a sail I'm taking over to be
mended."
"I don't want to crowd you."
"You won't crowd me. I'll go get the car."
When he had gone they looked at each other in despair. But he did
not come back for an hour--something happened about the sail or the car that
took a long time. There was only the threat, making everything more poignant
and breathless, that at any minute he would be coming.
By and by they got into the motorboat and sat close together
murmuring: "This fall--" "When you come to New Orleans--"
"When I go to Yale year after next--" "When I come North to
school--" "When I get back from Glacier Park--" "Kiss me
once more." . . . "You're terrible. Do you know you're terrible? . .
. You're absolutely terrible--"
The water lapped against the posts; sometimes the boat bumped
gently on the pier; Basil undid one rope and pushed, so that they swung off and
way from the pier, and became a little island in the night. . .
. . . next morning, while he packed his bag, she opened the door
of his room and stood beside him. Her face shone with excitement; her dress was
starched and white.
"Basil, listen! I have to tell you: Father was talking after
breakfast and he told Uncle George that he'd never met such a nice, quiet,
level-headed boy as you, and Cousin Bill's got to tutor this month, so father
asked Uncle George if he thought your family would let you go to Glacier Park
with us for two weeks so I'd have some company." They took hands and
danced excitedly around the room. "Don't say anything about it, because I
reckon he'll have to write your mother and everything. Basil, isn't it
wonderful?"
So when Basil left at eleven, there was no misery in their
parting. Mr. Bibble, going into the village for a paper, was going to escort
Basil to his train, and till the motor-car moved away the eyes of the two young
people shone and there was a secret in their waving hands.
Basil sank back in the seat, replete with happiness. He
relaxed--to have made a success of the visit was so nice. He loved her--he
loved even her father sitting beside him, her father who was privileged to be
so close to her, to fuddle himself at that smile.
Mr. Bibble lit a cigar. "Nice weather," he said.
"Nice climate up to the end of October."
"Wonderful," agreed Basil. "I miss October now that
I go East to school."
"Getting ready for college?"
"Yes, sir; getting ready for Yale." A new pleasurable
thought occurred to him. He hesitated, but he knew that Mr. Bibble, who liked
him, would share his joy. "I took my preliminaries this spring and I just
heard from them--I passed six out of seven."
"Good for you!"
Again Basil hesitated, then he continued: "I got A in ancient
history and B in English history and English A. And I got C in algebra A and
Latin A and B. I failed French A."
"Good!" said Mr. Bibble.
"I should have passed them all," went on Basil,
"but I didn't study hard at first. I was the youngest boy in my class and
I had a sort of swelled head about it."
It was well that Mr. Bibble should know he was taking no dullard
to Glacier National Park. Mr. Bibble took a long puff of his cigar.
On second thought, Basil decided that his last remark didn't have
the right ring and he amended it a little.
"It wasn't exactly a swelled head, but I never had to study
very much, because in English I'd usually read most of the books before, and in
history I'd read a lot too." He broke off and tried again: "I mean,
when you say swelled head you think of a boy just going around with his head
swelled, sort of, saying, 'Oh, look how much I know!' Well, I wasn't like that.
I mean, I didn't think I knew everything, but I was sort of--"
As he searched for the elusive word, Mr. Bibble said,
"H'm!" and pointed with his cigar at a spot in the lake.
"There's a boat," he said.
"Yes," agreed Basil. "I don't know much about
sailing. I never cared for it. Of course I've been out a lot, just tending
boards and all that, but most of the time you have to sit with nothing to do. I
like football."
"H'm!" said Mr. Bibble. "When I was your age I was
out in the Gulf in a catboat every day."
"I guess it's fun if you like it," conceded Basil.
"Happiest days of my life."
The station was in sight. It occurred to Basil that he should make
one final friendly gesture.
"Your daughter certainly is an attractive girl, Mr.
Bibble," he said. "I usually get along with girls all right, but I
don't usually like them very much. But I think your daughter is the most
attractive girl I ever met." Then, as the car stopped, a faint misgiving
overtook him and he was impelled to add with a disparaging little laugh.
"Good-by. I hope I didn't talk too much."
"Not at all," said Mr. Bibble. "Good luck to you.
Goo'-by."
A few minutes later, when Basil's train had pulled out, Mr. Bibble
stood at the newsstand buying a paper and already drying his forehead against
the hot July day.
"Yes, sir! That was a lesson not to do anything in a
hurry," he was saying to himself vehemently. "Imagine listening to
that fresh kid gabbling about himself all through Glacier Park! Thank the good
Lord for that little ride!"
On his arrival home, Basil literally sat down and waited. Under no
pretext would he leave the house save for short trips to the drug store for
refreshments, whence he returned on a full run. The sound of the telephone or
the door-bell galvanized him into the rigidity of the electric chair.
That afternoon he composed a wondrous geographical poem, which he
mailed to Minnie:
Of all the fair flowers of
Paris,
Of all the red roses of Rome,
Of all the deep tears of Vienna
The sadness wherever you roam,
I think of that night by the lakeside,
The beam of the moon and stars,
And the smell of an aching like perfume,
The tune of the Spanish guitars.
But Monday passed and most of Tuesday and no word came. Then, late
in the afternoon of the second day, as he moved vaguely from room to room
looking out of different windows into a barren lifeless street, Minnie called
him on the phone.
"Yes?" His heart was beating wildly.
"Basil, we're going this afternoon."
"Going!" he repeated blankly.
"Oh, Basil, I'm so sorry. Father changed his mind about
taking anybody West with us."
"Oh!"
"I'm so sorry, Basil."
"I probably couldn't have gone."
There was a moment's silence. Feeling her presence over the wire,
he could scarcely breathe, much less speak.
"Basil, can you hear me?"
"Yes."
"We may come back this way. Anyhow, remember we're going to
meet this winter in New York."
"Yes," he said, and he added suddenly: "Perhaps we
won't ever meet again."
"Of course we will. They're calling me, Basil. I've got to
go. Good-by."
He sat down beside the telephone, wild with grief. The maid found
him half an hour later bowed over the kitchen table. He knew what had happened
as well as if Minnie had told him. He had made the same old error, undone the
behavior of three days in half an hour. It would have been no consolation if it
had occurred to him that it was just as well. Somewhere on the trip he would
have let go and things might have been worse--though perhaps not so sad. His
only thought now was that she was gone.
He lay on his bed, baffled, mistaken, miserable but not beaten.
Time after time, the same vitality that had led his spirit to a scourging made
him able to shake off the blood like water not to forget, but to carry his
wounds with him to new disasters and new atonements--toward his unknown
destiny.
Two days later his mother told him that on condition of his
keeping the batteries on charge, and washing it once a week, his grandfather
had consented to let him use the electric whenever it was idle in the
afternoon. Two hours later he was out in it, gliding along Crest Avenue at the
maximum speed permitted by the gears and trying to lean back as if it were a
Stutz Bearcat. Imogene Bissel waved at him from in front of her house and he
came to an uncertain stop.
"You've got a car!"
"It's grandfather's," he said modestly. "I thought
you were up on that party at the St. Croix."
She shook her head. "Mother wouldn't let me go--only a few
girls went. There was a big accident over in Minneapolis and mother won't even
let me ride in a car unless there's someone over eighteen driving."
"Listen, Imogene, do you suppose your mother meant
electrics?"
"Why, I never thought--I don't know. I could go and
see."
"Tell your mother it won't go over twelve miles an
hour," he called after her.
A minute later she ran joyfully down the walk. "I can go,
Basil," she cried. "Mother never heard of any wrecks in an electric.
What'll we do?"
"Anything," he said in a reckless voice. "I didn't
mean that about this bus making only twelve miles an hour--it'll make fifteen.
Listen, let's go down to Smith's and have a claret lemonade."
"Why, Basil Lee!"
13.THE HOTEL CHILD
Saturday Evening Post (31
January 1931)
It is a place where one's instinct is to give a reason for being
there--"Oh, you see, I'm here because--" Failing that, you are
faintly suspect, because this corner of Europe does not draw people; rather, it
accepts them without too many inconvenient questions--live and let live. Routes
cross here--people bound for private cliniques or tuberculosis
resorts in the mountains, people who are no longer persona grata in
Italy or France. And if that were all--
Yet on a gala night at the Hotel des Trois Mondes a new arrival
would scarcely detect the current beneath the surface. Watching the dancing
there would be a gallery of Englishwomen of a certain age, with neckbands, dyed
hair and faces powdered pinkish gray; a gallery of American women of a certain
age, with snowy-white transformations, black dresses and lips of cherry red.
And most of them with their eyes swinging right or left from time to time to
rest upon the ubiquitous Fifi. The entire hotel had been made aware that Fifi
had reached the age of eighteen that night.
Fifi Schwartz. An exquisitely, radiantly beautiful Jewess whose
fine, high forehead sloped gently up to where her hair, bordering it like an
armorial shield, burst into lovelocks and waves and curlicues of soft dark red.
Her eyes were bright, big, clear, wet and shining; the color of her cheeks and
lips was real, breaking close to the surface from the strong young pump of her
heart. Her body was so assertively adequate that one cynic had been heard to
remark that she always looked as if she had nothing on underneath her dresses;
but he was probably wrong, for Fifi had been as thoroughly equipped for beauty
by man as by God. Such dresses--cerise for Chanel, mauve for Molyneux, pink for
Patou; dozens of them, tight at the hips, swaying, furling, folding just an
eighth of an inch off the dancing floor. Tonight she was a woman of thirty in
dazzling black, with long white gloves dripping from her forearms. "Such
ghastly taste," the whispers said. "The stage, the shop window, the
manikins' parade. What can her mother be thinking? But, then, look at her
mother."
Her mother sat apart with a friend and thought about Fifi and
Fifi's brother, and about her other daughters, now married, whom she considered
to have been even prettier than Fifi. Mrs. Schwartz was a plain woman; she had
been a Jewess a long time, and it was a matter of effortless indifference to
her what was said by the groups around the room. Another large class who did
not care were the young men--dozens of them. They followed Fifi about all day
in and out of motorboats, night clubs, inland lakes, automobiles, tea rooms and
funiculars, and they said, "Hey, look, Fifi!" and showed off for her,
or said, "Kiss me, Fifi," or even, "Kiss me again, Fifi,"
and abused her and tried to be engaged to her.
Most of them, however, were too young, since this little city,
through some illogical reasoning, is supposed to have an admirable atmosphere
as an educational center.
Fifi was not critical, nor was she aware of being criticized herself.
Tonight the gallery in the great, crystal, horseshoe room made observations
upon her birthday party, being somewhat querulous about Fifi's entrance. The
table had been set in the last of a string of dining rooms, each accessible
from the central hall. But Fifi, her black dress shouting and halloing for
notice, came in by way of the first dining room, followed by a whole platoon of
young men of all possible nationalities and crosses, and at a sort of little
run that swayed her lovely hips and tossed her lovely head, led them bumpily
through the whole vista, while old men choked on fish bones, old women's facial
muscles sagged, and the protest rose to a roar in the procession's wake.
They need not have resented her so much. It was a bad party,
because Fifi thought she had to entertain everybody and be a dozen people, so
she talked to the entire table and broke up every conversation that started, no
matter how far away from her. So no one had a good time, and the people in the
hotel needn't have minded so much that she was young and terribly happy.
Afterward, in the salon, many of the supernumerary males floated
off with a temporary air to other tables. Among these was young Count Stanislas
Borowki, with his handsome, shining brown eyes of a stuffed deer, and his black
hair already dashed with distinguished streaks like the keyboard of a piano. He
went to the table of some people of position named Taylor and sat down with
just a faint sigh, which made them smile.
"Was it ghastly?" he was asked.
The blond Miss Howard who was traveling with the Taylors was
almost as pretty as Fifi and stitched up with more consideration. She had taken
pains not to make Miss Schwartz's acquaintance, although she shared several of
the same young men. The Taylors were career people in the diplomatic service
and were now on their way to London, after the League Conference at Geneva.
They were presenting Miss Howard at court this season. They were very
Europeanized Americans; in fact, they had reached a position where they could hardly
be said to belong to any nation at all; certainly not to any great power, but
perhaps to a sort of Balkanlike state composed of people like themselves. They
considered that Fifi was as much of a gratuitous outrage as a new stripe in the
flag.
The tall Englishwoman with the long cigarette holder and the
half-paralyzed Pekingese presently got up, announcing to the Taylors that she
had an engagement in the bar, and strolled away, carrying her paralyzed
Pekingese and causing, as she passed, a chilled lull in the seething baby talk
that raged around Fifi's table.
About midnight, Mr. Weicker, the assistant manager, looked into
the bar, where Fifi's phonograph roared new German tangoes into the smoke and
clatter. He had a small face that looked into things quickly, and lately he had
taken a cursory glance into the bar every night. But he had not come to admire
Fifi; he was engaged in an inquiry as to why matters were not going well at the
Hotel des Trois Mondes this summer.
There was, of course, the continually sagging American Stock
Exchange. With so many hotels begging to be filled, the clients had become
finicky, exigent, quick to complain, and Mr. Weicker had had many fine
decisions to make recently. One large family had departed because of a
night-going phonograph belonging to Lady Capps-Karr. Also there was presumably
a thief operating in the hotel; there had been complaints about pocketbooks,
cigarette cases, watches and rings. Guests sometimes spoke to Mr. Weicker as if
they would have liked to search his pockets. There were empty suites that need
not have been empty this summer.
His glance fell dourly, in passing, upon Count Borowki, who was
playing pool with Fifi. Count Borowki had not paid his bill for three weeks. He
had told Mr. Weicker that he was expecting his mother, who would arrange
everything. Then there was Fifi, who attracted an undesirable crowd--young
students living on pensions who often charged drinks, but never paid for them.
Lady Capps-Karr, on the contrary, was a grande cliente; one
could count three bottles of whisky a day for herself and entourage, and her
father in London was good for every drop of it. Mr. Weicker decided to issue an
ultimatum about Borowki's bill this very night, and withdrew. His visit had
lasted about ten seconds.
Count Borowki put away his cue and came close to Fifi, whispering
something. She seized his hand and pulled him to a dark corner near the
phonograph.
"My American dream girl," he said. "We must have
you painted in Budapest the way you are tonight. You will hang with the
portraits of my ancestors in my castle in Transylvania."
One would suppose that a normal American girl, who had been to an
average number of moving pictures, would have detected a vague ring of
familiarity in Count Borowki's persistent wooing. But the Hotel des Trois
Mondes was full of people who were actually rich and noble, people who did fine
embroidery or took cocaine in closed apartments and meanwhile laid claim to
European thrones and half a dozen mediatized German principalities, and Fifi
did not choose to doubt the one who paid court to her beauty. Tonight she was
surprised at nothing: not even his precipitate proposal that they get married
this very week.
"Mamma doesn't want that I should get married for a year. I
only said I'd be engaged to you."
"But my mother wants me to marry. She is hard-boiling, as you
Americans say; she brings pressure to bear that I marry Princess This and
Countess That."
Meanwhile Lady Capps-Karr was having a reunion across the room. A
tall, stooped Englishman, dusty with travel, had just opened the door of the
bar, and Lady Capps-Karr, with a caw of "Bopes!" had flung herself
upon him: "Bopes, I say!"
"Capps, darling. Hi, there, Rafe--" this to her
companion. "Fancy running into you, Capps."
"Bopes! Bopes!"
Their exclamations and laughter filled the room, and the bartender
whispered to an inquisitive American that the new arrival was the Marquis
Kinkallow.
Bopes stretched himself out in several chairs and a sofa and
called for the barman. He announced that he had driven from Paris without a
stop and was leaving next morning to meet the only woman he had ever loved, in
Milan. He did not look in a condition to meet anyone.
"Oh, Bopes, I've been so blind," said Lady Capps-Karr
pathetically. "Day after day after day. I flew here from Cannes, meaning
to stay one day, and I ran into Rafe here and some other Americans I knew, and
it's been two weeks, and now all my tickets to Malta are void. Stay here and
save me! Oh, Bopes! Bopes! Bopes!"
The Marquis Kinkallow glanced with tired eyes about the bar.
"Ah, who is that?" he demanded. "The lovely Jewess?
And who is that item with her?"
"She's an American," said the daughter of a hundred
earls. "The man is a scoundrel of some sort, but apparently he's a cat of
the stripe; he's a great pal of Schenzi, in Vienna. I sat up till five the
other night playing two-handed chemin de fer with him here in
the bar and he owes me a mille Swiss."
"Have to have a word with that wench," said Bopes twenty
minutes later. "You arrange it for me, Rafe, that's a good chap."
Ralph Berry had met Miss Schwartz, and, as the opportunity for the
introduction now presented itself, he rose obligingly. The opportunity was that
a chasseur had just requested Count Borowki's presence in the
office; he managed to beat two or three young men to her side.
"The Marquis Kinkallow is so anxious to meet you. Can't you
come and join us?"
Fifi looked across the room, her fine brow wrinkling a little.
Something warned her that her evening was full enough already. Lady Capps-Karr
had never spoken to her; Fifi believed she was jealous of her clothes.
"Can't you bring him over here?"
A minute later Bopes sat down beside Fifi with a shadow of fine
tolerance settling on his face. This was nothing he could help; in fact, he constantly
struggled against it, but it was something that happened to his expression when
he met Americans. "The whole thing is too much for me," it seemed to
say. "Compare my confidence with your uncertainty, my sophistication with
your naïveté, and yet the whole world has slid into your power." Of later
years he found that his tone, unless carefully guarded, held a smoldering
resentment.
Fifi eyed him brightly and told him about her glamorous future.
"Next I'm going to Paris," she said, announcing the fall
of Rome, "to, maybe, study at the Sorbonne. Then, maybe, I'll get married;
you can't tell. I'm only eighteen. I had eighteen candles on my birthday cake
tonight. I wish you could have been here. . . . I've had marvelous offers to go
on the stage, but of course a girl on the stage gets talked about so."
"What are you doing tonight?" asked Bopes.
"Oh, lots more boys are coming in later. Stay around and join
the party."
"I thought you and I might do something. I'm going to Milan
tomorrow."
Across the room, Lady Capps-Karr was tense with displeasure at the
desertion.
"After all," she protested, "a chep's a chep, and a
chum's a chum, but there are certain things that one simply doesn't do. I never
saw Bopes in such frightful condition."
She stared at the dialogue across the room.
"Come along to Milan with me," the marquis was saying.
"Come to Tibet or Hindustan. We'll see them crown the King of Ethiopia.
Anyhow, let's go for a drive right now."
"I got too many guests here. Besides, I don't go out to ride
with people the first time I meet them. I'm supposed to be engaged. To a
Hungarian count. He'd be furious and would probably challenge you to a
duel."
Mrs. Schwartz, with an apologetic expression, came across the room
to Fifi.
"John's gone," she announced. "He's up there
again."
Fifi gave a yelp of annoyance. "He gave me his word of honor
he would not go."
"Anyhow, he went. I looked in his room and his hat's gone. It
was that champagne at dinner." She turned to the marquis. "John is
not a vicious boy, but vurry, vurry weak."
"I suppose I'll have to go after him," said Fifi
resignedly.
"I hate to spoil your good time tonight, but I don't know
what else. Maybe this gentleman would go with you. You see, Fifi is the only
one that can handle him. His father is dead and it really takes a man to handle
a boy."
"Quite," said Bopes.
"Can you take me?" Fifi asked. "It's just up in
town to a café."
He agreed with alacrity. Out in the September night, with her
fragrance seeping through an ermine cape, she explained further:
"Some Russian woman's got hold of him; she claims to be a
countess, but she's only got one silver-fox fur, that she wears with
everything. My brother's just nineteen, so whenever he's had a couple glasses
champagne he says he's going to marry her, and mother worries."
Bopes' arm dropped impatiently around her shoulder as they started
up the hill to the town.
Fifteen minutes later the car stopped at a point several blocks
beyond the café and Fifi stepped out. The marquis' face was now decorated by a
long, irregular finger-nail scratch that ran diagonally across his cheek,
traversed his nose in a few sketchy lines and finished in a sort of grand
terminal of tracks upon his lower jaw.
"I don't like to have anybody get so foolish," Fifi
explained. "You needn't wait. We can get a taxi."
"Wait!" cried the marquis furiously. "For a common
little person like you? They tell me you're the laughingstock of the hotel, and
I quite understand why."
Fifi hurried along the street and into the café, pausing in the
door until she saw her brother. He was a reproduction of Fifi without her high
warmth; at the moment he was sitting at a table with a frail exile from the
Caucasus and two Serbian consumptives. Fifi waited for her temper to rise to an
executive pitch; then she crossed the dance floor, conspicuous as a
thundercloud in her bright black dress.
"Mamma sent me after you, John. Get your coat."
"Oh, what's biting her?" he demanded, with a vague eye.
"Mamma says you should come along."
He got up unwillingly. The two Serbians rose also; the countess
never moved; her eyes, sunk deep in Mongol cheek bones, never left Fifi's face;
her head crouched in the silver-fox fur which Fifi knew represented her
brother's last month's allowance. As John Schwartz stood there swaying
unsteadily the orchestra launched into Ich bin von Kopf bis Fuss. Diving
into the confusion of the table, Fifi emerged with her brother's arm, marched
him to the coat room and then out toward the taxi stand.
It was late, the evening was over, her birthday was over, and driving
back to the hotel, with John slumped against her shoulder, Fifi felt a sudden
depression. By virtue of her fine health she had never been a worrier, and
certainly the Schwartz family had lived so long against similar backgrounds
that Fifi felt no insufficiency in the Hotel des Trois Mondes as cloud and
community--and yet the evening was suddenly all wrong. Didn't evenings
sometimes end on a high note and not fade out vaguely in bars? After ten
o'clock every night she felt she was the only real being in a colony of ghosts,
that she was surrounded by utterly intangible figures who retreated whenever
she stretched out her hand.
The doorman assisted her brother to the elevator. Stepping in,
Fifi saw, too late, that there were two other people inside. Before she could
pull John out again, they had both brushed past her as if in fear of
contamination. Fifi heard "Mercy!" from Mrs. Taylor and "How
revolting!" from Miss Howard. The elevator mounted. Fifi held her breath
until it stopped at her floor.
It was, perhaps, the impact of this last encounter that caused her
to stand very still just inside the door of the dark apartment. Then she had
the sense that someone else was there in the blackness ahead of her, and after
her brother had stumbled forward and thrown himself on a sofa, she still
waited.
"Mamma," she called, but there was no answer; only a
sound fainter than a rustle, like a shoe scraped along the floor.
A few minutes later, when her mother came upstairs, they called
the valet de chambre and went through the rooms together, but
there was no one. Then they stood side by side in the open door to their
balcony and looked out on the lake with the bright cluster of Evian on the
French shore and the white caps of snow on the mountains.
"I think we've been here long enough," said Mrs.
Schwartz suddenly. "I think I'll take John back to the States this
fall."
Fifi was aghast. "But I thought John and I were going to the
Sorbonne in Paris?"
"How can I trust him in Paris? And how could I leave you
behind alone there?"
"But we're used to living in Europe now. Why did I learn to
talk French? Why, mamma, we don't even know any people back home any
more."
"We can always meet people. We always have."
"But you know it's different; everybody is so bigoted there.
A girl hasn't the chance to meet the same sort of men, even if there were any.
Everybody just watches everything you do."
"So they do here," said her mother. "That Mr.
Weicker just stopped me in the hall; he saw you come in with John, and he
talked to me about how you must keep out of the bar, you were so young. I told
him you only took lemonade, but he said it didn't matter; scenes like tonight
made people leave the hotel."
"Oh, how perfectly mean!"
"So I think we better go back home."
The empty word rang desolately in Fifi's ears. She put her arms
around her mother's waist, realizing that it was she and not her mother, with
her mother's clear grip on the past, who was completely lost in the universe.
On the sofa her brother snored, having already entered the world of the weak,
of the leaners together, and found its fetid and mercurial warmth sufficient.
But Fifi kept looking at the alien sky, knowing that she could pierce it and
find her own way through envy and corruption. For the first time she seriously
considered marrying Borowki immediately.
"Do you want to go downstairs and say good night to the
boys?" suggested her mother. "There's lots of them still there asking
where you are."
But the Furies were after Fifi now--after her childish complacency
and her innocence, even after her beauty--out to break it all down and drag it
in any convenient mud. When she shook her head and walked sullenly into her
bedroom, they had already taken something from her forever.
II
The following morning Mrs. Schwartz went to Mr. Weicker's office
to report the loss of two hundred dollars in American money. She had left the
sum on her chiffonier upon retiring; when she awoke, it was gone. The door of
the apartment had been bolted, but in the morning the bolt was found drawn, and
yet neither of her children was awake. Fortunately, she had taken her jewels to
bed with her in a chamois sack.
Mr. Weicker decided that the situation must be handled with care.
There were not a few guests in the hotel who were in straitened circumstances
and inclined to desperate remedies, but he must move slowly. In America one has
money or hasn't; in Europe the heir to a fortune may be unable to stand himself
a haircut until the collapse of a fifth cousin, yet be a sure risk and not to
be lightly offended. Opening the office copy of the Almanack de Gotha, Mr.
Weicker found Stanislas Karl Joseph Borowki hooked firmly on to the end of a
line older than the crown of St. Stephen. This morning, in riding clothes that
were smart as a hussar's uniform, he had gone riding with the utterly correct
Miss Howard. On the other hand, there was no doubt as to who had been robbed,
and Mr. Weicker's indignation began to concentrate on Fifi and her family, who
might have saved him this trouble by taking themselves off some time ago. It
was even conceivable that the dissipated son, John, had nipped the money.
In all events, the Schwartzes were going home. For three years
they had lived in hotels--in Paris, Florence, St. Raphael, Como, Vichy, La
Baule, Lucerne, Baden-Baden and Biarritz. Everywhere there had been
schools--always new schools--and both children spoke in perfect French and
scrawny fragments of Italian. Fifi had grown from a large-featured child of
fourteen to a beauty; John had grown into something rather dismal and lost. Both
of them played bridge, and somewhere Fifi had picked up tap dancing. Mrs.
Schwartz felt that it was all somehow unsatisfactory, but she did not know why.
So, two days after Fifi's party, she announced that they would pack their
trunks, go to Paris for some new fall clothes and then go home.
That same afternoon Fifi came to the bar to get her phonograph,
left there the night of her party. She sat up on a high stool and talked to the
barman while she drank a ginger ale.
"Mother wants to take me back to America, but I'm not
going."
"What will you do?"
"Oh, I've got a little money of my own, and then I may get
married." She sipped her ginger ale moodily.
"I hear you had some money stolen," he remarked.
"How did it happen?"
"Well, Count Borowki thinks the man got into the apartment
early and hid in between the two doors between us and the next apartment. Then,
when we were asleep, he took the money and walked out."
"Ha!"
Fifi sighed. "Well, you probably won't see me in the bar any
more."
"We'll miss you, Miss Schwartz."
Mr. Weicker put his head in the door, withdrew it and then came in
slowly.
"Hello," said Fifi coldly.
"A-ha, young lady." He waggled his finger at her with
affected facetiousness. "Didn't you know I spoke to your mother about your
coming in to the bar? It's merely for your own good."
"I'm just having a ginger ale," she said indignantly.
"But no one can tell what you're having. It might be whisky
or what not. It is the other guests who complain."
She stared at him indignantly--the picture was so different from
her own--of Fifi as the lively center of the hotel, of Fifi in clothes that
ravished the eye, standing splendid and unattainable amid groups of adoring
men. Suddenly Mr. Weicker's obsequious, but hostile, face infuriated her.
"We're getting out of this hotel!" she flared up.
"I never saw such a narrow-minded bunch of people in my life; always
criticizing everybody and making up terrible things about them, no matter what
they do themselves. I think it would be a good thing if the hotel caught fire
and burned down with all the nasty cats in it."
Banging down her glass, she seized the phonograph case and stalked
out of the bar.
In the lobby a porter sprang to help her, but she shook her head
and hurried on through the salon, where she came upon Count Borowki.
"Oh, I'm so furious!" she cried. "I never saw so
many old cats! I just told Mr. Weicker what I thought of them!"
"Did someone dare to speak rudely to you?"
"Oh, it doesn't matter. We're going away."
"Going away!" He started. "When?"
"Right away. I don't want to, but mamma says we've got
to."
"I must talk to you seriously about this," he said.
"I just called your room. I have brought you a little engagement
present."
Her spirits returned as she took the handsome gold-and-ivory
cigarette case engraved with her initials.
"How lovely!"
"Now, listen; what you tell me makes it more important that I
talk to you immediately. I have just received another letter from my mother.
They have chosen a girl for me in Budapest--a lovely girl, rich and beautiful
and of my own rank who would be very happy at the match, but I am in love with
you. I would never have thought it possible, but I have lost my heart to an
American."
"Well, why not?" said Fifi, indignantly. "They call
girls beautiful here if they have one good feature. And then, if they've got
nice eyes or hair, they're usually bow-legged or haven't got nice teeth."
"There is no flaw or fault in you."
"Oh, yes," said Fifi modestly. "I got a sort of big
nose. Would you know I was Jewish?"
With a touch of impatience, Borowki came back to his argument:
"So they are bringing pressure to bear for me to marry. Questions of
inheritance depend on it."
"Besides, my forehead is too high," observed Fifi
abstractedly. "It's so high it's got sort of wrinkles in it. I knew an
awfully funny boy who used to call me 'the highbrow.'"
"So the sensible thing," pursued Borowki, "is for
us to marry immediately. I tell you frankly there are other American girls not
far from here who wouldn't hesitate."
"Mamma would be about crazy," Fifi said.
"I've thought about that too," he answered her eagerly.
"Don't tell her. If we drove over the border tonight we could be married
tomorrow morning. Then we come back and you show your mother the little gilt
coronets painted on your luggage. My own personal opinion is that she'll be
delighted. There you are, off her hands, with social position second to none in
Europe. In my opinion, your mother has probably thought of it already, and may
be saying to herself: 'Why don't those two young people just take matters into
their own hands and save me all the fuss and expense of a wedding?' I think she
would like us for being so hard-boiled."
He broke off impatiently as Lady Capps-Karr, emerging from the
dining room with her Pekingese, surprised them by stopping at their table.
Count Borowki was obliged to introduce them. As he had not known of the Marquis
Kinkallow's defection the other evening, nor that His Lordship had taken a
wound to Milan the following morning, he had no suspicion of what was coming.
"I've noticed Miss Schwartz," said the Englishwoman in a
clear, concise voice. "And of course I've noticed Miss Schwartz's
clothes."
"Won't you sit down?" said Fifi.
"No, thank you." She turned to Borowki. "Miss
Schwartz's clothes make us all appear somewhat drab. I always refuse to dress
elaborately in hotels. It seems such rotten taste. Don't you think so?"
"I think people always ought to look nice," said Fifi,
flushing.
"Naturally. I merely said that I consider it rotten taste to
dress elaborately, save in the houses of one's friends."
She said "Good-by-e-e" to Borowki and moved on, emitting
a mouthed cloud of smoke and a faint fragrance of whisky.
The insult had been as stinging as the crack of a whip, and as
Fifi's pride of her wardrobe was swept away from her, she heard all the
comments that she had not heard, in one great resurgent whisper. Then they said
that she wore her clothes here because she had nowhere else to wear them. That
was why the Howard girl considered her vulgar and did not care to know her.
For an instant her anger flamed up against her mother for not
telling her, but she saw that her mother did not know either.
"I think she's so dowdy," she forced herself to say
aloud, but inside she was quivering. "What is she, anyhow? I mean, how high
is her title? Very high?"
"She's the widow of a baronet."
"Is that high?" Fifi's face was rigid. "Higher than
a countess?"
"No. A countess is much higher--infinitely higher." He
moved his chair closer and began to talk intently.
Half an hour later Fifi got up with indecision on her face.
"At seven you'll let me know definitely," Borowki said,
"and I'll be ready with a car at ten."
Fifi nodded. He escorted her across the room and saw her vanish
into a dark hall mirror in the direction of the lift.
As he turned away, Lady Capps-Karr, sitting alone over her coffee,
spoke to him:
"I want a word with you. Did you, by some slip of the tongue,
suggest to Weicker that in case of difficulties I would guarantee your
bills?"
Borowki flushed. "I may have said something like that,
but--"
"Well, I told him the truth--that I never laid eyes on you
until a fortnight ago."
"I, naturally, turned to a person of equal rank--"
"Equal rank! What cheek! The only titles left are English
titles. I must ask you not to make use of my name again."
He bowed. "Such inconveniences will soon be for me a thing of
the past."
"Are you getting off with that vulgar little American?"
"I beg your pardon," he said stiffly.
"Don't be angry. I'll stand you a whisky-and-soda. I'm
getting in shape for Bopes Kinkallow, who's just telephoned he's tottering back
here."
Meanwhile, upstairs, Mrs. Schwartz was saying to Fifi: "Now
that I know we're going away I'm getting excited about it. It will be so nice
seeing the Hirsts and Mrs. Bell and Amy and Marjorie and Gladys again, and the
new baby. You'll be happy, too; you've forgotten how they're like. You and
Gladys used to be great friends. And Marjorie--"
"Oh, mamma, don't talk about it," cried Fifi miserably.
"I can't go back."
"We needn't stay. If John was in a college like his father
wanted, we could, maybe, go to California."
But for Fifi all the romance of life was rolled up into the last
three impressionable years in Europe. She remembered the tall guardsmen in Rome
and the old Spaniard who had first made her conscious of her beauty at the
Villa d'Este at Como, and the French naval aviator at St. Raphael who had
dropped her a note from his plane into their garden, and the feeling that she
had sometimes, when she danced with Borowki, that he was dressed in gleaming
boots and a white-furred dolman.
She had seen many American moving pictures and she knew that the
girls there always married the faithful boy from the old home town, and after
that there was nothing.
"I won't go," she said aloud.
Her mother turned with a pile of clothes in her arms. "What
talk is that from you, Fifi? You think I could leave you here alone?" As
Fifi didn't answer, she continued, with an air of finality: "That talk
doesn't sound nice from you. Now you stop fretting and saying such things, and
get me this list of things uptown."
But Fifi had decided. It was Borowki, then, and the chance of
living fully and adventurously. He could go into the diplomatic service, and
then one day when they encountered Lady Capps-Karr and Miss Howard at a
legation ball, she could make audible the observation that for the moment
seemed so necessary to her: "I hate people who always look as if they were
going to or from a funeral."
"So run along," her mother continued. "And look in
at that café and see if John is up there, and take him to tea."
Fifi accepted the shopping list mechanically. Then she went into
her room and wrote a little note to Borowki which she would leave with the
concierge on the way out.
Coming out, she saw her mother struggling with a trunk, and felt
terribly sorry for her. But there were Amy and Gladys in America, and Fifi
hardened herself.
She walked out and down the stairs, remembering halfway that in
her distraction she had omitted an official glance in the mirror; but there was
a large mirror on the wall just outside the grand salon, and she stopped in
front of that instead.
She was beautiful--she learned that once more, but now it made her
sad. She wondered whether the dress she wore this afternoon was in bad taste,
whether it would minister to the superiority of Miss Howard or Lady Capps-Karr.
It seemed to her a lovely dress, soft and gentle in cut, but in color a hard,
bright, metallic powder blue.
Then a sudden sound broke the stillness of the gloomy hall and
Fifi stood suddenly breathless and motionless.
III
At eleven o'clock Mr. Weicker was tired, but the bar was in one of
its periodical riots and he was waiting for it to quiet down. There was nothing
to do in the stale office or the empty lobby; and the salon, where all day he held
long conversations with lonely English and American women, was deserted; so he
went out the front door and began to make the circuit of the hotel. Whether due
to his circumambient course or to his frequent glances up at the twinkling
bedroom lights and into the humble, grilled windows of the kitchen floor, the
promenade gave him a sense of being in control of the hotel, of being
adequately responsible, as though it were a ship and he was surveying it from a
quarterdeck.
He went past a flood of noise and song from the bar, past a window
where two bus boys sat on a bunk and played cards over a bottle of Spanish
wine. There was a phonograph somewhere above, and a woman's form blocked out a
window; then there was the quiet wing, and turning the corner, he arrived back
at his point of departure. And in front of the hotel, under the dim
porte-cochère light, he saw Count Borowki.
Something made him stop and watch--something incongruous--Borowki,
who couldn't pay his bill, had a car and a chauffeur. He was giving the
chauffeur some sort of detailed instructions, and then Mr. Weicker perceived
that there was a bag in the front seat, and came forward into the light.
"You are leaving us, Count Borowki?"
Borowki started at the voice. "For the night only," he
answered. "I'm going to meet my mother."
"I see."
Borowki looked at him reproachfully. "My trunk and hat box
are in my room, you'll discover. Did you think I was running away from my
bill?"
"Certainly not. I hope you will have a pleasant journey and
find your mother well."
But inside he took the precaution of dispatching a valet
de chambre to see if the baggage was indeed there, and even to give it
a thoughtful heft, lest its kernel were departed.
He dozed for perhaps an hour. When he woke up, the night concierge
was pulling at his arm and there was a strong smell of smoke in the lobby. It
was some moments before he could get it through his head that one wing of the
hotel was on fire.
Setting the concierge at the alarms, he rushed down the hall to
the bar, and through the smoke that poured from the door he caught sight of the
burning billiard table and the flames licking along the floor and flaring up in
alcoholic ecstasy every time a bottle on the shelves cracked with the heat. As
he hastily retreated he met a line of half-dressed chasseurs and
bus boys already struggling up from the lower depths with buckets of water. The
concierge shouted that the fire department was on its way. He put two men at
the telephones to awaken the guests, and as he ran back to form a bucket line
at the danger point, he thought for the first time of Fifi.
Blind rage consumed him--with a precocious Indianlike cruelty she
had carried out her threat. Ah, he would deal with that later; there was still
law in the country. Meanwhile a clangor outdoors announced that the engines had
arrived, and he made his way back through the lobby, filled now with men in
pajamas carrying brief cases, and women in bedclothes carrying jewel boxes and
small dogs; the number swelling every minute and the talk rising from a cadence
heavy with sleep to the full staccato buzz of an afternoon soirée.
A chasseur called Mr. Weicker to the phone, but
the manager shook him off impatiently.
"It's the commissionaire of police," the boy persisted.
"He says you must speak to him."
With an exclamation, Mr. Weicker hurried into the office.
"'Allo!"
"I'm calling from the station. Is this the manager?"
"Yes, but there's a fire here."
"Have you among your guests a man calling himself Count
Borowki?"
"Why, yes--"
"We're bringing him there for identification. He was picked
up on the road on some information we received."
"But--"
"We picked up a girl with him. We're bringing them both down
there immediately."
"I tell you--"
The receiver clicked briskly in his ear and Mr. Weicker hurried back
to the lobby, where the smoke was diminishing. The reassuring pumps had been at
work for five minutes and the bar was a wet charred ruin. Mr. Weicker began
passing here and there among the guests, tranquilizing and persuading; the
phone operators began calling the rooms again, advising such guests as had not
appeared that it was safe to go back to bed; and then, at the continued demands
for an explanation, he thought again of Fifi, and this time of his own accord
he hurried to the phone.
Mrs. Schwartz's anxious voice answered; Fifi wasn't there. That
was what he wanted to know. He rang off brusquely. There was the story, and he
could not have wished for anything more sordidly complete--an incendiary blaze
and an attempted elopement with a man wanted by the police. It was time for
paying, and all the money of America couldn't make any difference. If the
season was ruined, at least Fifi would have no more seasons at all. She would
go to a girls' institution where the prescribed uniform was rather plainer than
any clothing she had ever worn.
As the last of the guests departed into the elevators, leaving
only a few curious rummagers among the soaked débris, another procession came
in by the front door. There was a man in civilian clothes and a little wall of policemen
with two people behind. The commissionaire spoke and the screen of policemen
parted.
"I want you to identify these two people. Has this man been
staying here under the name of Borowki?"
Mr. Weicker looked. "He has."
"He's been wanted for a year in Italy, France and Spain. And
this girl?"
She was half hidden behind Borowki, her head hanging, her face in
shadow. Mr. Weicker craned toward her eagerly. He was looking at Miss Howard.
A wave of horror swept over Mr. Weicker. Again he craned his head
forward, as if by the intensity of his astonishment he could convert her into
Fifi, or look through her and find Fifi. But this would have been difficult,
for Fifi was far away. She was in front of the café, assisting the stumbling
and reluctant John Schwartz into a taxi. "I should say you can't go back.
Mother says you should come right home."
IV
Count Borowki took his incarceration with a certain grace, as
though, having lived so long by his own wits, there was a certain relief in
having his days planned by an external agency. But he resented the lack of
intercourse with the outer world, and was overjoyed when, on the fourth day of
his imprisonment, he was led forth to find Lady Capps-Karr.
"After all," she said, "a chep's a chep and a
chum's a chum, whatever happens. Luckily, our consul here is a friend of my
father's, or they wouldn't have let me see you. I even tried to get you out on
bail, because I told them you went to Oxford for a year and spoke English
perfectly, but the brutes wouldn't listen."
"I'm afraid there's no use," said Count Borowki
gloomily. "When they've finished trying me I'll have had a free journey
all over Europe."
"But that's not the only outrageous thing," she
continued. "Those idiots have thrown Bopes and me out of the Trois Mondes,
and the authorities are trying to get us to leave the city."
"What for?"
"They're trying to put the full blame of that tiresome fire
on us."
"Did you start it?"
"We did set some brandy on fire because we wanted to cook
some potato chips in alcohol, and the bartender had gone to bed and left us
there. But you'd think, from the way the swine talk, that we'd come there with
the sole idea of burning everyone in their beds. The whole thing's an outrage
and Bopes is furious. He says he'll never come here again. I went to the
consulate and they agreed that the whole affair was perfectly disgraceful, and
they've wired the Foreign Office."
Borowki considered for a moment. "If I could be born over
again," he said slowly, "I think without any doubt I should choose to
be born an Englishman."
"I could choose to be anything but an American! By the way,
the Taylors are not presenting Miss Howard at court because of the disgraceful
way the newspapers played up the matter."
"What puzzles me is what made Fifi suspicious," said Borowki.
"Then it was Miss Schwartz who blabbed?"
"Yes. I thought I had convinced her to come with me, and I
knew that if she didn't, I had only to snap my fingers to the other girl. . . .
That very afternoon Fifi visited the jeweler's and discovered I'd paid for the
cigarette case with a hundred-dollar American note I'd lifted from her mother's
chiffonier. She went straight to the police."
"Without coming to you first! After all, a chep's a
chep--"
"But what I want to know is what made her suspicious enough
to investigate, what turned her against me."
Fifi, at that moment sitting on a high stool in a hotel bar in
Paris and sipping a lemonade, was answering that very question to an interested
bartender.
"I was standing in the hall looking in the mirror," she
said, "and I heard him talking to the English lady--the one who set the
hotel on fire. And I heard him say, 'After all, my one nightmare is that she'll
turn out to look like her mother.'" Fifi's voice blazed with indignation.
"Well, you've seen my mother, haven't you?"
"Yes, and a very fine woman she is."
"After that I knew there was something the matter with him,
and I wondered how much he'd paid for the cigarette case. So I went up to see.
They showed me the bill he paid with."
"And you will go to America now?" the barman asked.
Fifi finished her glass; the straw made a gurgling sound in the
sugar at the bottom.
"We've got to go back and testify, and we'll stay a few
months anyhow." She stood up. "Bye-bye; I've got a fitting."
They had not got her--not yet. The Furies had withdrawn a little
and stood in the background with a certain gnashing of teeth. But there was
plenty of time.
Yet, as Fifi tottered out through the lobby, her face gentle with
new hopes, as she went out looking for completion under the impression that she
was going to the couturier, there was a certain doubt among
the eldest and most experienced of the Furies if they would get her, after all.
14."I DIDN'T GET
OVER"
Esquire (October, 1936)
I was 'sixteen in college and it was our twentieth reunion this
year. We always called ourselves the "War Babies"--anyhow we were all
in the damn thing and this time there was more talk about the war than at any
previous reunion; perhaps because war's in the air once more.
Three of us were being talkative on the subject in Pete's back
room the night after commencement, when a classmate came in and sat down with
us. We knew he was a classmate because we remembered his face and name vaguely,
and he marched with us in the alumni parade, but he'd left college as a junior
and had not been back these twenty years.
"Hello there--ah--Hib," I said after a moment's
hesitation. The others took the cue and we ordered a round of beer and went on
with what we were talking about.
"I tell you it was kind of moving when we laid that wreath
this afternoon." He referred to a bronze plaque commemorating the
'sixteeners who died in the war, "--to read the names of Abe Danzer and
Pop McGowan and those fellows and to think they've been dead for twenty years
and we've only been getting old."
"To be that young again I'd take a chance on another
war," I said, and to the new arrival, "Did you get over, Hib?"
"I was in the army but I didn't get over."
The war and the beer and the hours flowed along. Each of us shot
off our mouths about something amusing, or unique, or terrible--all except Hib.
Only when a pause came he said almost apologetically:
"I would have gotten over except that I was supposed to have
slapped a little boy."
We looked at him inquiringly.
"Of course I didn't," he added. "But there was a
row about it." His voice died away but we encouraged him--we had talked a
lot and he seemed to rate a hearing.
"Nothing much to tell. The little boy, downtown with his
father, said some officer with a blue M. P. band slapped him in the crowd and
he picked me! A month afterwards they found he was always accusing soldiers of
slapping, so they let me go. What made me think of it was Abe Danzer's name on
that plaque this afternoon. They put me in Leavenworth for a couple of weeks
while they investigated me, and he was in the next cell to mine."
"Abe Danzer!"
He had been sort of a class hero and we all exclaimed aloud in the
same breath. "Why he was recommended for the D. S. C!"
"I know it."
"What on earth was Abe Danzer doing in Leavenworth?"
Again Hibbing became apologetic.
"Oddly enough I was the man who arrested him. But he didn't
blame me because it was all in line of duty, and when I turned up in the next
cell a few months later he even laughed about it."
We were all interested now.
"What did you have to arrest him for?"
"Well, I'd been put on Military Police in Kansas City and
almost the first call I got was to take a detail of men with fixed bayonets to
the big hotel there--I forget the name--and go to a certain room. When I tapped
on the door I never saw so many shoulder stars and shoulder leaves in my life;
there were at least a brace apiece of generals and colonels. And in the center
stood Abe Danzer and a girl--a tart--both of them drunk as monkeys. But it took
me a minute's blinking before I realized what else was the matter: the girl had
on Abe's uniform overcoat and cap and Abe had on her dress and hat. They'd gone
down in the lobby like that and run straight into the divisional
commander."
We three looked at him, first incredulous, then shocked, finally
believing. We started to laugh but couldn't quite laugh, only looked at Hibbing
with silly half-smiles on our faces, imagining ourselves in Abe's position.
"Did he recognize you?" I asked finally.
"Vaguely."
"Then what happened?"
"It was short and sweet. We changed the clothes on them, put
their heads in cold water, then I stood them between two files of bayonets and
said, forward march."
"And marched old Abe off to prison!" we exclaimed.
"It must have been a crazy feeling."
"It was. From the expression in that general's face I thought
they'd probably shoot him. When they put me in Leavenworth a couple of months
later I was relieved to find he was still alive."
"I can't understand it," Joe Boone said. "He never
drank in college."
"That all goes back to his D. S. C," said Hibbing.
"You know about that too?"
"Oh yes, we were in the same division--we were from the same
state."
"I thought you didn't get overseas."
"I didn't. Neither did Abe. But things seemed to happen to
him. Of course nothing like what you fellows must have seen--"
"How did he get recommended for the D. S. C," I
interrupted, "--and what did it have to do with his taking to drink?"
"Well, those drownings used to get on his nerves and he used
to dream about it--"
"What drownings? For God's sake, man, you're driving us
crazy. It's like that story about 'what killed the dog.'"
"A lot of people thought he had nothing to do with the
drownings. They blamed the trench mortar."
We groaned--but there was nothing to do but let him tell it his
own way.
"Just what trench mortar?" I asked patiently.
"Rather I mean a Stokes mortar. Remember those old
stove-pipes, set at forty-five degrees? You dropped a shell down the
mouth."
We remembered.
"Well, the day this happened Abe was in command of what they
called the 'fourth battalion,' marching it out fifteen miles to the rifle
range. It wasn't really a battalion--it was the machine gun company, supply
company, medical detachment and Headquarters Company. The H. Q. Company had the
trench mortars and the one-pounder and the signal corps, band and mounted
orderlies--a whole menagerie in itself. Abe commanded that company but on this
day most of the medical and supply officers had to go ahead with the advance,
so as ranking first lieutenant he commanded the other companies besides. I tell
you he must have been proud that day--twenty-one and commanding a battalion; he
rode a horse at the head of it and probably pretended to himself that he was
Stonewall Jackson. Say, all this must bore you--it happened on the safe side of
the ocean."
"Go on."
"Well, we were in Georgia then, and they have a lot of those
little muddy rivers with big old rafts they pull across on a slow cable. You
could carry about a hundred men if you packed them in. When Abe's 'battalion'
got to this river about noon he saw that the third battalion just ahead wasn't
even half over, and he figured it would be a full hour at the rate that boat
was going to and fro. So he marched the men a little down the shore to get some
shade and was just about to let them have chow when an officer came riding up
all covered with dust and said he was Captain Brown and where was the officer
commanding Headquarters Company.
"'That's me, sir,' said Abe.
"'Well, I just got in to camp and I'm taking command,' the
officer said. And then, as if it was Abe's fault, 'I had to ride like hell to
catch up with you. Where's the company?'
"'Right here, sir--and next is the supply, and next is the
medical--I was just going to let them eat--'
"At the look in his eye Abe shut up. The captain wasn't going
to let them eat yet and probably for no more reason than to show off his
authority. He wasn't going to let them rest either--he wanted to see what his
company looked like (he'd never seen a Headquarters Company except on paper).
He thought for a long time and then he decided that he'd have the trench mortar
platoon throw some shells across the river for practice. He gave Abe the evil
eye again when Abe told him he only had live shells along; he accepted the
suggestion of sending over a couple of signal men to wigwag if any farmers were
being bumped off. The signal men crossed on the barge and when they had
wigwagged all clear, ran for cover themselves because a Stokes mortar wasn't
the most accurate thing in the world. Then the fun began.
"The shells worked on a time fuse and the river was too wide
so the first one only made a nice little geyser under water. But the second one
just hit the shore with a crash and a couple of horses began to stampede on the
ferry boat in midstream only fifty yards down. Abe thought this might hold his
majesty the captain but he only said they'd have to get used to shell fire--and
ordered another shot. He was like a spoiled kid with an annoying toy.
"Then it happened, as it did once in a while with those
mortars no matter what you did--the shell stuck in the gun. About a dozen
people yelled, 'Scatter!' all at once and I scattered as far as anybody and lay
down flat, and what did that damn fool Abe do but go up and tilt the barrel and
spill out the shell. He'd saved the mortar but there were just five seconds
between him and eternity and how he got away before the explosion is a mystery
to me."
At this point I interrupted Hibbing.
"I thought you said there were some people killed."
"Oh yes--oh but that was later. The third battalion had
crossed by now so Captain Brown formed the companies and we marched off to the
ferry boat and began embarking. The second lieutenant in charge of the
embarking spoke to the captain:
"'This old tub's kind of tired--been over-worked all day.
Don't try to pack them in too tight.'
"But the captain wouldn't listen. He sent them over like
sardines and each time Abe stood on the rail and shouted:
"'Unbuckle your belts and sling your packs light on your
shoulders--' (this without looking at the captain because he'd realized that
the captain didn't like orders except his own). But the embarking officer spoke
up once more:
"'That raft's low in the water,' he said. 'I don't like it.
When you started shooting off that cannon the horses began jumping and the men
ran around and unbalanced it.'
"'Tell the captain,' Abe said. 'He knows everything.'
"The captain overheard this. 'There's just one more load,' he
said. 'And I don't want any more discussion about it.'
"It was a big load, even according to Captain Brown's ideas.
Abe got up on the side to make his announcement.
"'They ought to know that by this time,' Captain Brown
snapped. 'They've heard it often enough.'
"'Not this bunch.' Abe rattled it off anyhow and the men
unloosened their belts, except a few at the far end who weren't paying
attention. Or maybe it was so jammed that they couldn't hear.
"We began to sink when we were half way over, very slowly at
first, just a little water around the shoes, but we officers didn't say anything
for fear of a panic. It had looked like a small river from the bank but here in
the middle and at the rate we were going, it began to look like the widest
river in the world.
"In two minutes the water was a yard high in the old soup
plate and there wasn't any use concealing things any longer. For once the
captain was tongue-tied. Abe got up on the side again and said to stay calm,
and not rock the boat and we'd get there, and made his speech one last time
about slipping off the packs, and told the ones that could swim to jump off
when it got to their hips. The men took it well but you could almost tell from
their faces which ones could swim and which couldn't.
"She went down with a big whush! just twenty
yards from shore; her nose grounded in a mud bank five feet under water.
"I don't remember much about the next fifteen minutes. I dove
and swam out into the river a few yards for a view but it all looked like a
mass of khaki and water with some sound over it that I remember as a sustained
monotone but was composed, I suppose, of cussing, and a few yells of fright,
and even a little kidding and laughter. I swam in and helped pull people to
shore, but it was a slow business in our shoes . . .
"When there was nothing more in sight in the river (except
one corner of the barge which had perversely decided to bob up) Captain Brown
and Abe met. The captain was weak and shaking and his arrogance was gone.
"'Oh God,' he said. 'What'll I do?'
"Abe took control of things--he fell the men in and got squad
reports to see if anyone was missing.
"There were three missing in the first squad alone and we
didn't wait for the rest--we called for twenty good swimmers to strip and start
diving and as fast as they pulled in a body we started a medico working on it.
We pulled out twenty-eight bodies and revived seven. And one of the divers
didn't come up--he was found floating down the river next day and they gave a
medal and a pension to his widow."
Hibbing paused and then added: "But I know that's small
potatoes to you fellows in the big time."
"Sounds exciting enough to me," said Joe Boone. "I
had a good time in France but I spent most of it guarding prisoners at
Brest."
"But how about finishing this?" I demanded. "Why
did this drive Abe hell-raising?"
"That was the captain," said Hibbing slowly. "A
couple of officers tried to get Abe a citation or something for the trench
mortar thing. The captain didn't like that, and he began going around saying
that when Abe jumped up on the side of the barge to give the unsling order,
he'd hung on to the ferry cable and pulled it out of whack. The captain found a
couple of people who agreed with him but there were others who thought it was
overloading and the commotion the horses made at the shell bursts. But Abe was
never very happy in the army after that."
There was an emphatic interruption in the person of Pete himself
who said in no uncertain words:
"Mr. Tomlinson and Mr. Boone. Your wives say they're calling
for the last time. They say this has been one night too often, and if you don't
get back to the Inn in ten minutes they driving to Philadelphia."
Tommy and Joe Boone arose reluctantly.
"I'm afraid I've monopolized the evening," said Hibbing.
"And after what you fellows must have seen."
When they had gone I lingered.
"So Abe wasn't killed in France."
"No--you'll notice all that tablet says is 'died in
service.'"
"What did he die of?"
Hibbing hesitated.
"He was shot by a guard trying to escape from Leavenworth.
They'd given him ten years."
"God! And what a great guy he was in college."
"I suppose he was to his friends. But he was a good deal of a
snob wasn't he?"
"Maybe to some people."
"He didn't seem to even recognize a lot of his classmates
when he met them in the army."
"What do you mean?"
"Just what I say. I told you something that wasn't true
tonight. That captain's name wasn't Brown."
Again I asked him what he meant.
"The captain's name was Hibbing," he said. "I was
that captain, and when I rode up to join my company he acted as if he'd never
seen me before. It kind of threw me off--because I used to love this place.
Well--good night."
15.JACOB'S LADDER
Saturday Evening Post (20
August 1927)
It was a particularly sordid and degraded murder trial, and Jacob
Booth, writhing quietly on a spectators' bench, felt that he had childishly gobbled
something without being hungry, simply because it was there. The newspapers had
humanized the case, made a cheap, neat problem play out of an affair of the
jungle, so passes that actually admitted one to the court room were hard to
get. Such a pass had been tendered him the evening before.
Jacob looked around at the doors, where a hundred people, inhaling
and exhaling with difficulty, generated excitement by their eagerness, their
breathless escape from their own private lives. The day was hot and there was
sweat upon the crowd--obvious sweat in large dewy beads that would shake off on
Jacob if he fought his way through to the doors. Someone behind him guessed
that the jury wouldn't be out half an hour.
With the inevitability of a compass needle, his head swung toward
the prisoner's table and he stared once more at the murderess' huge blank face
garnished with red button eyes. She was Mrs. Choynski, née Delehanty,
and fate had ordained that she should one day seize a meat ax and divide her
sailor lover. The puffy hands that had swung the weapon turned an ink bottle
about endlessly; several times she glanced at the crowd with a nervous smile.
Jacob frowned and looked around quickly; he had found a pretty
face and lost it again. The face had edged sideways into his consciousness when
he was absorbed in a mental picture of Mrs. Choynski in action; now it was
faded back into the anonymity of the crowd. It was the face of a dark saint
with tender, luminous eyes and a skin pale and fair. Twice he searched the room,
then he forgot and sat stiffly and uncomfortably, waiting.
The jury brought in a verdict of murder in the first degree; Mrs.
Choynski squeaked, "Oh, my God!" The sentence was postponed until
next day. With a slow rhythmic roll, the crowd pushed out into the August
afternoon.
Jacob saw the face again, realizing why he hadn't seen it before.
It belonged to a young girl beside the prisoner's table and it had been hidden
by the full moon of Mrs. Choynski's head. Now the clear, luminous eyes were
bright with tears, and an impatient young man with a squashed nose was trying
to attract the attention of the shoulder.
"Oh, get out!" said the girl, shaking the hand off
impatiently. "Le' me alone, will you? Le' me alone. Geeze!"
The man sighed profoundly and stepped back. The girl embraced the
dazed Mrs. Choynski and another lingerer remarked to Jacob that they were
sisters. Then Mrs. Choynski was taken off the scene--her expression absurdly
implied an important appointment--and the girl sat down at the desk and began
to powder her face. Jacob waited; so did the young man with the squashed nose.
The sergeant came up brusquely and Jacob gave him five dollars.
"Geeze!" cried the girl to the young man. "Can't
you le' me alone?" She stood up. Her presence, the obscure vibrations of
her impatience, filled the court room. "Every day itsa same!"
Jacob moved nearer. The other man spoke to her rapidly:
"Miss Delehanty, we've been more than liberal with you and
your sister and I'm only asking you to carry out your share of the contract.
Our paper goes to press at--"
Miss Delehanty turned despairingly to Jacob. "Can you beat
it?" she demanded. "Now he wants a pitcher of my sister when she was
a baby, and it's got my mother in it too."
"We'll take your mother out."
"I want my mother though. It's the only one I got of
her."
"I'll promise to give you the picture back tomorrow."
"Oh, I'm sicka the whole thing." Again she was speaking
to Jacob, but without seeing him except as some element of the vague,
omnipresent public. "It gives me a pain in the eye." She made a
clicking sound in her teeth that comprised the essence of all human scorn.
"I have a car outside, Miss Delehanty," said Jacob
suddenly. "Don't you want me to run you home?"
"All right," she answered indifferently.
The newspaper man assumed a previous acquaintance between them; he
began to argue in a low voice as the three moved toward the door.
"Every day it's like this," said Miss Delehanty
bitterly. "These newspaper guys!" Outside, Jacob signaled for his car
and as it drove up, large, open and bright, and the chauffeur jumped out and
opened the door, the reporter, on the verge of tears, saw the picture slipping
away and launched into a peroration of pleading.
"Go jump in the river!" said Miss Delehanty, sitting in
Jacob's car. "Go--jump--in--the--river!"
The extraordinary force of her advice was such that Jacob
regretted the limitations of her vocabulary. Not only did it evoke an image of
the unhappy journalist hurling himself into the Hudson but it convinced Jacob
that it was the only fitting and adequate way of disposing of the man. Leaving
him to face his watery destiny, the car moved off down the street.
"You dealt with him pretty well," Jacob said.
"Sure," she admitted. "I get sore after a while and
then I can deal with anybody no matter who. How old would you think I
was?"
"How old are you?"
"Sixteen."
She looked at him gravely, inviting him to wonder. Her face, the
face of a saint, an intense little Madonna, was lifted fragilely out of the
mortal dust of the afternoon. On the pure parting of her lips no breath
hovered; he had never seen a texture pale and immaculate as her skin, lustrous
and garish as her eyes. His own well-ordered person seemed for the first time
in his life gross and well worn to him as he knelt suddenly at the heart of
freshness.
"Where do you live?" he asked. The Bronx, perhaps
Yonkers, Albany--Baffin's Bay. They could curve over the top of the world,
drive on forever.
Then she spoke, and as the toad words vibrated with life in her
voice, the moment passed: "Eas' Hun'erd thuyty-thuyd. Stayin' with a girl
friend there."
They were waiting for a traffic light to change and she exchanged
a haughty glance with a flushed man peering from a flanking taxi. The man took
off his hat hilariously. "Somebody's stenog," he cried. "And oh,
what a stenog!"
An arm and hand appeared in the taxi window and pulled him back
into the darkness of the cab.
Miss Delehanty turned to Jacob, a frown, the shadow of a hair in
breadth, appearing between her eyes. "A lot of 'em know me," she
said. "We got a lot of publicity and pictures in the paper."
"I'm sorry it turned out badly."
She remembered the event of the afternoon, apparently for the
first time in half an hour. "She had it comin' to her, mister. She never
had a chance. But they'll never send no woman to the chair in New York
State."
"No; that's sure."
"She'll get life." Surely it was not she who had spoken.
The tranquillity of her face made her words separate themselves from her as
soon as they were uttered and take on a corporate existence of their own.
"Did you use to live with her?"
"Me? Say, read the papers! I didn't even know she was my
sister till they come and told me. I hadn't seen her since I was a baby."
She pointed suddenly at one of the world's largest department stores.
"There's where I work. Back to the old pick and shovel day after
tomorrow."
"It's going to be a hot night," said Jacob. "Why
don't we ride out into the country and have dinner?"
She looked at him. His eyes were polite and kind. "All
right," she said.
Jacob was thirty-three. Once he had possessed a tenor voice with
destiny in it, but laryngitis had despoiled him of it in one feverish week ten
years before. In despair that concealed not a little relief, he bought a
plantation in Florida and spent five years turning it into a golf course. When
the land boom came in 1924 he sold his real estate for eight hundred thousand
dollars.
Like so many Americans, he valued things rather than cared about
them. His apathy was neither fear of life nor was it an affectation; it was the
racial violence grown tired. It was a humorous apathy. With no need for money,
he had tried--tried hard--for a year and a half to marry one of the richest
women in America. If he had loved her, or pretended to, he could have had her;
but he had never been able to work himself up to more than the formal lie.
In person, he was short, trim and handsome. Except when he was
overcome by a desperate attack of apathy, he was unusually charming; he went
with a crowd of men who were sure that they were the best of New York and had
by far the best time. During a desperate attack of apathy he was like a gruff
white bird, ruffled and annoyed, and disliking mankind with all his heart.
He liked mankind that night under the summer moonshine of the
Borghese Gardens. The moon was a radiant egg, smooth and bright as Jenny
Delehanty's face across the table; a salt wind blew in over the big estates
collecting flower scents from their gardens and bearing them to the road-house
lawn. The waiters hopped here and there like pixies through the hot night,
their black backs disappearing into the gloom, their white shirt fronts
gleaming startlingly out of an unfamiliar patch of darkness.
They drank a bottle of champagne and he told Jenny Delehanty a
story. "You are the most beautiful thing I have ever seen," he said,
"but as it happens you are not my type and I have no designs on you at
all. Nevertheless, you can't go back to that store. Tomorrow I'm going to
arrange a meeting between you and Billy Farrelly, who's directing a picture on
Long Island. Whether he'll see how beautiful you are I don't know, because I've
never introduced anybody to him before."
There was no shadow, no ripple of a change in her expression, but
there was irony in her eyes. Things like that had been said to her before, but
the movie director was never available next day. Or else she had been tactful
enough not to remind men of what they had promised last night.
"Not only are you beautiful," continued Jacob, "but
you are somehow on the grand scale. Everything you do--yes, like reaching for
that glass, or pretending to be self-conscious, or pretending to despair of
me--gets across. If somebody's smart enough to see it, you might be something
of an actress."
"I like Norma Shearer the best. Do you?"
Driving homeward through the soft night, she put up her face
quietly to be kissed. Holding her in the hollow of his arm, Jacob rubbed his
cheek against her cheek's softness and then looked down at her for a long
moment.
"Such a lovely child," he said gravely.
She smiled back at him; her hands played conventionally with the
lapels of his coat. "I had a wonderful time," she whispered.
"Geeze! I hope I never have to go to court again."
"I hope you don't."
"Aren't you going to kiss me good night?"
"This is Great Neck," he said, "that we're passing
through. A lot of moving-picture stars live here."
"You're a card, handsome."
"Why?"
She shook her head from side to side and smiled. "You're a
card."
She saw then that he was a type with which she was not acquainted.
He was surprised, not flattered, that she thought him droll. She saw that
whatever his eventual purpose he wanted nothing of her now. Jenny Delehanty
learned quickly; she let herself become grave and sweet and quiet as the night,
and as they rolled over Queensboro Bridge into the city she was half asleep
against his shoulder.
II
He called up Billy Farrelly next day. "I want to see
you," he said. "I found a girl I wish you'd take a look at."
"My gosh!" said Farrelly. "You're the third
today."
"Not the third of this kind."
"All right. If she's white, she can have the lead in a
picture I'm starting Friday."
"Joking aside, will you give her a test?"
"I'm not joking. She can have the lead, I tell you. I'm sick
of these lousy actresses. I'm going out to the Coast next month. I'd rather be
Constance Talmadge's water boy than own most of these young--" His voice
was bitter with Irish disgust. "Sure, bring her over, Jake. I'll take a
look at her."
Four days later, when Mrs. Choynski, accompanied by two deputy
sheriffs, had gone to Auburn to pass the remainder of her life, Jacob drove
Jenny over the bridge to Astoria, Long Island.
"You've got to have a new name," he said; "and
remember you never had a sister."
"I thought of that," she answered. "I thought of a
name too--Tootsie Defoe."
"That's rotten," he laughed; "just rotten."
"Well, you think of one if you're so smart."
"How about Jenny--Jenny--oh, anything--Jenny Prince?"
"All right, handsome."
Jenny Prince walked up the steps of the motion-picture studio, and
Billy Farrelly, in a bitter Irish humor, in contempt for himself and his
profession, engaged her for one of the three leads in his picture.
"They're all the same," he said to Jacob. "Shucks!
Pick 'em up out of the gutter today and they want gold plates tomorrow. I'd
rather be Constance Talmadge's water boy than own a harem full of them."
"Do you like this girl?"
"She's all right. She's got a good side face. But they're all
the same."
Jacob bought Jenny Prince an evening dress for a hundred and
eighty dollars and took her to the Lido that night. He was pleased with
himself, and excited. They both laughed a lot and were happy.
"Can you believe you're in the movies?" he demanded.
"They'll probably kick me out tomorrow. It was too
easy."
"No, it wasn't. It was very good--psychologically. Billy
Farrelly was in just the one mood--"
"I liked him."
"He's fine," agreed Jacob. But he was reminded that
already another man was helping to open doors for her success. "He's a
wild Irishman, look out for him."
"I know. You can tell when a guy wants to make you."
"What?"
"I don't mean he wanted to make me, handsome. But he's got
that look about him, if you know what I mean." She distorted her lovely
face with a wise smile. "He likes 'em; you could tell that this
afternoon."
They drank a bottle of charged and very alcoholic grape juice.
Presently the head waiter came over to their table.
"This is Miss Jenny Prince," said Jacob. "You'll
see a lot of her, Lorenzo, because she's just signed a big contract with the
pictures. Always treat her with the greatest possible respect."
When Lorenzo had withdrawn, Jenny said, "You got the nicest
eyes I ever seen." It was her effort, the best she could do. Her face was
serious and sad. "Honest," she repeated herself, "the nicest
eyes I ever seen. Any girl would be glad to have eyes like yours."
He laughed, but he was touched. His hand covered her arm lightly.
"Be good," he said. "Work hard and I'll be so proud of you--and
we'll have some good times together."
"I always have a good time with you." Her eyes were full
on his, in his, held there like hands. Her voice was clear and dry.
"Honest, I'm not kidding about your eyes. You always think I'm kidding. I
want to thank you for all you've done for me."
"I haven't done anything, you lunatic. I saw your face and I
was--I was beholden to it--everybody ought to be beholden to it."
Entertainers appeared and her eyes wandered hungrily away from
him.
She was so young--Jacob had never been so conscious of youth
before. He had always considered himself on the young side until tonight.
Afterward, in the dark cave of the taxicab, fragrant with the
perfume he had bought for her that day, Jenny came close to him, clung to him.
He kissed her, without enjoying it. There was no shadow of passion in her eyes
or on her mouth; there was a faint spray of champagne on her breath. She clung
nearer, desperately. He took her hands and put them in her lap.
She leaned away from him resentfully.
"What's the matter? Don't you like me?"
"I shouldn't have let you have so much champagne."
"Why not? I've had a drink before. I was tight once."
"Well, you ought to be ashamed of yourself. And if I hear of
your taking any more drinks, you'll hear from me."
"You sure have got your nerve, haven't you?"
"What do you do? Let all the corner soda jerkers maul you
around whenever they want?"
"Oh, shut up!"
For a moment they rode in silence. Then her hand crept across to
his. "I like you better than any guy I ever met, and I can't help that,
can I?"
"Dear little Jenny." He put his arm around her again.
Hesitating tentatively, he kissed her and again he was chilled by
the innocence of her kiss, the eyes that at the moment of contact looked beyond
him out into the darkness of the night, the darkness of the world. She did not
know yet that splendor was something in the heart; at the moment when she
should realize that and melt into the passion of the universe he could take her
without question or regret.
"I like you enormously," he said; "better than
almost anyone I know. I mean that about drinking though. You mustn't
drink."
"I'll do anything you want," she said; and she repeated,
looking at him directly, "Anything."
The car drew up in front of her flat and he kissed her good night.
He rode away in a mood of exultation, living more deeply in her
youth and future than he had lived in himself for years. Thus, leaning forward
a little on his cane, rich, young and happy, he was borne along dark streets
and light toward a future of his own which he could not foretell.
III
A month later, climbing into a taxicab with Farrelly one night, he
gave the latter's address to the driver. "So you're in love with this
baby," said Farrelly pleasantly. "Very well, I'll get out of your
way."
Jacob experienced a vast displeasure. "I'm not in love with
her," he said slowly. "Billy, I want you to leave her alone."
"Sure! I'll leave her alone," agreed Farrelly readily.
"I didn't know you were interested--she told me she couldn't make
you."
"The point is you're not interested either," said Jacob.
"If I thought that you two really cared about each other, do you think I'd
be fool enough to try to stand in the way? But you don't give a darn about her,
and she's impressed and a little fascinated."
"Sure," agreed Farrelly, bored. "I wouldn't touch
her for anything."
Jacob laughed. "Yes, you would. Just for something to do.
That's what I object to--anything--anything casual happening to her."
"I see what you mean. I'll let her alone."
Jacob was forced to be content with that. He had no faith in Billy
Farrelly, but he guessed that Farrelly liked him and wouldn't offend him unless
stronger feelings were involved. But the holding hands under the table tonight
had annoyed him. Jenny lied about it when he reproached her; she offered to let
him take her home immediately, offered not to speak to Farrelly again all
evening. Then he had seemed silly and pointless to himself. It would have been
easier, when Farrelly said "So you're in love with this baby," to
have been able to answer simply, "I am."
But he wasn't. He valued her now more than he had ever thought
possible. He watched in her the awakening of a sharply individual temperament.
She liked quiet and simple things. She was developing the capacity to
discriminate and shut the trivial and the unessential out of her life. He tried
giving her books; then wisely he gave up that and brought her into contact with
a variety of men. He made situations and then explained them to her, and he was
pleased, as appreciation and politeness began to blossom before his eyes. He
valued, too, her utter trust in him and the fact that she used him as a
standard for judgments on other men.
Before the Farrelly picture was released, she was offered a
two-year contract on the strength of her work in it--four hundred a week for
six months and an increase on a sliding scale. But she would have to go to the
Coast.
"Wouldn't you rather have me wait?" she said, as they
drove in from the country one afternoon. "Wouldn't you rather have me stay
here in New York--near you?"
"You've got to go where your work takes you. You ought to be
able to look out for yourself. You're seventeen."
Seventeen--she was as old as he; she was ageless. Her dark eyes
under a yellow straw hat were as full of destiny as though she had not just
offered to toss destiny away.
"I wonder if you hadn't come along, someone else would
of," she said--"to make me do things, I mean."
"You'd have done them yourself. Get it out of your head that
you're dependent on me."
"I am. Everything is, thanks to you."
"It isn't, though," he said emphatically, but he brought
no reasons; he liked her to think that.
"I don't know what I'll do without you. You're my only
friend"--and she added--"that I care about. You see? You understand
what I mean?"
He laughed at her, enjoying the birth of her egotism implied in
her right to be understood. She was lovelier that afternoon than he had ever
seen her, delicate, resonant and, for him, undesirable. But sometimes he
wondered if that sexlessness wasn't for him alone, wasn't a side that, perhaps
purposely, she turned toward him. She was happiest of all with younger men,
though she pretended to despise them. Billy Farrelly, obligingly and somewhat
to her mild chagrin, had left her alone.
"When will you come out to Hollywood?"
"Soon," he promised. "And you'll be coming back to
New York."
She began to cry. "Oh, I'll miss you so much! I'll miss you
so much!" Large tears of distress ran down her warm ivory cheeks.
"Oh, geeze!" she cried softly. "You been good to me! Where's
your hand? Where's your hand? You been the best friend anybody ever had. Where
am I ever going to find a friend like you?"
She was acting now, but a lump arose in his throat and for a
moment a wild idea ran back and forth in his mind, like a blind man, knocking
over its solid furniture--to marry her. He had only to make the suggestion, he
knew, and she would become close to him and know no one else, because he would
understand her forever.
Next day, in the station, she was pleased with her flowers, her
compartment, with the prospect of a longer trip than she had ever taken before.
When she kissed him good-by her deep eyes came close to his again and she
pressed against him as if in protest against the separation. Again she cried,
but he knew that behind her tears lay the happiness of adventure in new fields.
As he walked out of the station, New York was curiously empty. Through her eyes
he had seen old colors once more; now they had faded back into the gray
tapestry of the past. The next day he went to an office high in a building on
Park Avenue and talked to a famous specialist he had not visited for a decade.
"I want you to examine the larynx again," he said.
"There's not much hope, but something might have changed the
situation."
He swallowed a complicated system of mirrors. He breathed in and
out, made high and low sounds, coughed at a word of command. The specialist
fussed and touched. Then he sat back and took out his eyeglass. "There's
no change," he said. "The cords are not diseased--they're simply worn
out. It isn't anything that can be treated."
"I thought so," said Jacob, humbly, as if he had been
guilty of an impertinence. "That's practically what you told me before. I
wasn't sure how permanent it was."
He had lost something when he came out of the building on Park
Avenue--a half hope, the love child of a wish, that some day--
"New York desolate," he wired her. "The night clubs
all closed. Black wreaths on the Statue of Civic Virtue. Please work hard and
be remarkably happy."
"Dear Jacob," she wired back, "miss you so. You are
the nicest man that ever lived and I mean it, dear. Please don't forget me.
Love from Jenny."
Winter came. The picture Jenny had made in the East was released,
together with preliminary interviews and articles in the fan magazines. Jacob
sat in his apartment, playing the Kreutzer Sonata over and over on his new
phonograph, and read her meager and stilted but affectionate letters and the
articles which said she was a discovery of Billy Farrelly's. In February he
became engaged to an old friend, now a widow.
They went to Florida and were suddenly snarling at each other in
hotel corridors and over bridge games, so they decided not to go through with
it after all. In the spring he took a stateroom on the Paris, but three days
before sailing he disposed of it and went to California.
IV
Jenny met him at the station, kissed him and clung to his arm in
the car all the way to the Ambassador Hotel. "Well, the man came,"
she cried. "I never thought I'd get him to come. I never did."
Her accent betrayed an effort at control. The emphatic
"Geeze!" with all the wonder, horror, disgust or admiration she could
put in it was gone, but there was no mild substitute, no "swell" or
"grand." If her mood required expletives outside her repertoire, she
kept silent.
But at seventeen, months are years and Jacob perceived a change in
her; in no sense was she a child any longer. There were fixed things in her
mind--not distractions, for she was instinctively too polite for that, but
simply things there. No longer was the studio a lark and a wonder and a divine
accident; no longer "for a nickel I wouldn't turn up tomorrow." It
was part of her life. Circumstances were stiffening into a career which went on
independently of her casual hours.
"If this picture is as good as the other--I mean if I make a
personal hit again, Hecksher'll break the contract. Everybody that's seen the
rushes says it's the first one I've had sex appeal in."
"What are the rushes?"
"When they run off what they took the day before. They say
it's the first time I've had sex appeal."
"I don't notice it," he teased her.
"You wouldn't. But I have."
"I know you have," he said, and, moved by an
ill-considered impulse, he took her hand.
She glanced quickly at him. He smiled--half a second too late.
Then she smiled and her glowing warmth veiled his mistake.
"Jake," she cried, "I could bawl, I'm so glad
you're here! I got you a room at the Ambassador. They were full, but they
kicked out somebody because I said I had to have a room. I'll send my car back
for you in half an hour. It's good you came on Sunday, because I got all day
free."
They had luncheon in the furnished apartment she had leased for
the winter. It was 1920 Moorish, taken over complete from a favorite of
yesterday. Someone had told her it was horrible, for she joked about it; but
when he pursued the matter he found that she didn't know why.
"I wish they had more nice men out here," she said once
during luncheon. "Of course there's a lot of nice ones, but I mean--Oh,
you know, like in New York--men that know even more than a girl does, like
you."
After luncheon he learned that they were going to tea. "Not
today," he objected. "I want to see you alone."
"All right," she agreed doubtfully. "I suppose I
could telephone. I thought--It's a lady that writes for a lot of newspapers and
I've never been asked there before. Still, if you don't want to--"
Her face had fallen a little and Jacob assured her that he
couldn't be more willing. Gradually he found that they were going not to one
party but to three.
"In my position, it's sort of the thing to do," she
explained. "Otherwise you don't see anybody except the people on your own
lot, and that's narrow." He smiled. "Well, anyhow," she
finished--"anyhow, you smart Aleck, that's what everybody does on Sunday
afternoon."
At the first tea, Jacob noticed that there was an enormous
preponderance of women over men, and of supernumeraries--lady journalists,
cameramen's daughters, cutters' wives--over people of importance. A young Latin
named Raffino appeared for a brief moment, spoke to Jenny and departed; several
stars passed through, asking about children's health with a domesticity that
was somewhat overpowering. Another group of celebrities posed immobile,
statue-like, in a corner. There was a somewhat inebriated and very much excited
author apparently trying to make engagements with one girl after another. As
the afternoon waned, more people were suddenly a little tight; the communal
voice was higher in pitch and greater in volume as Jacob and Jenny went out the
door.
At the second tea, young Raffino--he was an actor, one of
innumerable hopeful Valentinos--appeared again for a minute, talked to Jenny a
little longer, a little more attentively this time, and went out. Jacob
gathered that this party was not considered to have quite the swagger of the
other. There was a bigger crowd around the cocktail table. There was more
sitting down.
Jenny, he saw, drank only lemonade. He was surprised and pleased
at her distinction and good manners. She talked to one person, never to
everyone within hearing; then she listened, without finding it necessary to
shift her eyes about. Deliberate or not on her part, he noticed that at both
teas she was sooner or later talking to the guest of most consequence. Her
seriousness, her air of saying "This is my opportunity of learning
something," beckoned their egotism imperatively near.
When they left to drive to the last party, a buffet supper, it was
dark and the electric legends of hopeful real-estate brokers were gleaming to
some vague purpose on Beverly Hills. Outside Grauman's Theater a crowd was
already gathered in the thin, warm rain.
"Look! Look!" she cried. It was the picture she had
finished a month before.
They slid out of the thin Rialto of Hollywood Boulevard and into
the deep gloom of a side street; he put his arm about her and kissed her.
"Dear Jake." She smiled up at him.
"Jenny, you're so lovely; I didn't know you were so
lovely."
She looked straight ahead, her face mild and quiet. A wave of
annoyance passed over him and he pulled her toward him urgently, just as the
car stopped at a lighted door.
They went into a bungalow crowded with people and smoke. The
impetus of the formality which had begun the afternoon was long exhausted;
everything had become at once vague and strident.
"This is Hollywood," explained an alert talkative lady
who had been in his vicinity all day. "No airs on Sunday afternoon."
She indicated the hostess. "Just a plain, simple, sweet girl." She
raised her voice: "Isn't that so, darling--just a plain, simple, sweet
girl?"
The hostess said, "Yeah. Who is?" And Jacob's informant
lowered her voice again: "But that little girl of yours is the wisest one
of the lot."
The totality of the cocktails Jacob had swallowed was affecting
him pleasantly, but try as he might, the plot of the party--the key on which he
could find ease and tranquillity--eluded him. There was something tense in the
air--something competitive and insecure. Conversations with the men had a way
of becoming empty and overjovial or else melting off into a sort of suspicion.
The women were nicer. At eleven o'clock, in the pantry, he suddenly realized
that he hadn't seen Jenny for an hour. Returning to the living room, he saw her
come in, evidently from outside, for she tossed a raincoat from her shoulders.
She was with Raffino. When she came up, Jacob saw that she was out of breath
and her eyes were very bright. Raffino smiled at Jacob pleasantly and
negligently; a few moments later, as he turned to go, he bent and whispered in
Jenny's ear and she looked at him without smiling as she said good night.
"I got to be on the lot at eight o'clock," she told
Jacob presently. "I'll look like an old umbrella unless I go home. Do you
mind, dear?"
"Heavens, no!"
Their car drove over one of the interminable distances of the
thin, stretched city.
"Jenny," he said, "you've never looked like you
were tonight. Put your head on my shoulder."
"I'd like to. I'm tired."
"I can't tell you how radiant you've got to be."
"I'm just the same."
"No, you're not." His voice suddenly became a whisper,
trembling with emotion. "Jenny, I'm in love with you."
"Jacob, don't be silly."
"I'm in love with you. Isn't it strange, Jenny? It happened
just like that."
"You're not in love with me."
"You mean the fact doesn't interest you." He was
conscious of a faint twinge of fear.
She sat up out of the circle of his arm. "Of course it
interests me; you know I care more about you than anything in the world."
"More than about Mr. Raffino?"
"Oh--my--gosh!" she protested scornfully.
"Raffino's nothing but a baby."
"I love you, Jenny."
"No, you don't."
He tightened his arm. Was it his imagination or was there a small
instinctive resistance in her body? But she came close to him and he kissed
her.
"You know that's crazy about Raffino."
"I suppose I'm jealous." Feeling insistent and
unattractive, he released her. But the twinge of fear had become an ache.
Though he knew that she was tired and that she felt strange at this new mood in
him, he was unable to let the matter alone. "I didn't realize how much a
part of my life you were. I didn't know what it was I missed--but I know now. I
wanted you near."
"Well, here I am."
He took her words as an invitation, but this time she relaxed
wearily in his arms. He held her thus for the rest of the way, her eyes closed,
her short hair falling straight back, like a girl drowned.
"The car'll take you to the hotel," she said when they
reached the apartment. "Remember, you're having lunch with me at the
studio tomorrow."
Suddenly they were in a discussion that was almost an argument, as
to whether it was too late for him to come in. Neither could yet appreciate the
change that his declaration had made in the other. Abruptly they had become
like different people, as Jacob tried desperately to turn back the clock to
that night in New York six months before, and Jenny watched this mood, which
was more than jealousy and less than love, snow under, one by one, the
qualities of consideration and understanding which she knew in him and with
which she felt at home.
"But I don't love you like that," she cried. "How
can you come to me all at once and ask me to love you like that?"
"You love Raffino like that!"
"I swear I don't! I never even kissed him--not really!"
"H'm!" He was a gruff white bird now. He could scarcely
credit his own unpleasantness, but something illogical as love itself urged him
on. "An actor!"
"Oh, Jake," she cried, "please lemme go. I never
felt so terrible and mixed up in my life."
"I'll go," he said suddenly. "I don't know what's
the matter, except that I'm so mad about you that I don't know what I'm saying.
I love you and you don't love me. Once you did, or thought you did, but that's
evidently over."
"But I do love you." She thought for a moment; the
red-and-green glow of a filling station on the corner lit up the struggle in
her face. "If you love me that much, I'll marry you tomorrow."
"Marry me!" he exclaimed. She was so absorbed in what
she had just said that she did not notice.
"I'll marry you tomorrow," she repeated. "I like
you better than anybody in the world and I guess I'll get to love you the way
you want me to." She uttered a single half-broken sob. "But--I didn't
know this was going to happen. Please let me alone tonight."
Jacob didn't sleep. There was music from the Ambassador grill till
late and a fringe of working girls hung about the carriage entrance waiting for
their favorites to come out. Then a long-protracted quarrel between a man and a
woman began in the hall outside, moved into the next room and continued as a
low two-toned mumble through the intervening door. He went to the window
sometime toward three o'clock and stared out into the clear splendor of the
California night. Her beauty rested outside on the grass, on the damp, gleaming
roofs of the bungalows, all around him, borne up like music on the night. It
was in the room, on the white pillow, it rustled ghostlike in the curtains. His
desire recreated her until she lost all vestiges of the old Jenny, even of the
girl who had met him at the train that morning. Silently, as the night hours
went by, he molded her over into an image of love--an image that would endure as
long as love itself, or even longer--not to perish till he could say, "I
never really loved her." Slowly he created it with this and that illusion
from his youth, this and that sad old yearning, until she stood before him
identical with her old self only by name.
Later, when he drifted off into a few hours' sleep, the image he
had made stood near him, lingering in the room, joined in mystic marriage to
his heart.
V
"I won't marry you unless you love me," he said, driving
back from the studio. She waited, her hands folded tranquilly in her lap.
"Do you think I'd want you if you were unhappy and unresponsive,
Jenny--knowing all the time you didn't love me?"
"I do love you. But not that way."
"What's 'that way'?"
She hesitated, her eyes were far off. "You don't--thrill me,
Jake. I don't know--there have been some men that sort of thrilled me when they
touched me, dancing or anything. I know it's crazy, but--"
"Does Raffino thrill you?"
"Sort of, but not so much."
"And I don't at all?"
"I just feel comfortable and happy with you."
He should have urged her that that was best, but he couldn't say
it, whether it was an old truth or an old lie.
"Anyhow, I told you I'll marry you; perhaps you might thrill
me later."
He laughed, stopped suddenly. "If I didn't thrill you, as you
call it, why did you seem to care so much last summer?"
"I don't know. I guess I was young. You never know how you
once felt, do you?"
She had become elusive to him, with that elusiveness that gives a
hidden significance to the least significant remarks. And with the clumsy tools
of jealousy and desire, he was trying to create the spell that is ethereal and
delicate as the dust on a moth's wing.
"Listen, Jake," she said suddenly. "That lawyer my
sister had--that Scharnhorst--called up the studio this afternoon."
"Your sister's all right," he said absently, and he
added: "So a lot of men thrill you."
"Well, if I've felt it with a lot of men, it couldn't have
anything to do with real love, could it?" she said hopefully.
"But your theory is that love couldn't come without it."
"I haven't got any theories or anything. I just told you how
I felt. You know more than me."
"I don't know anything at all."
There was a man waiting in the lower hall of the apartment house.
Jenny went up and spoke to him; then, turning back to Jake, said in a low
voice: "It's Scharnhorst. Would you mind waiting downstairs while he talks
to me? He says it won't take half an hour."
He waited, smoking innumerable cigarettes. Ten minutes passed.
Then the telephone operator beckoned him.
"Quick!" she said. "Miss Prince wants you on the
telephone."
Jenny's voice was tense and frightened. "Don't let
Scharnhorst get out," she said. "He's on the stairs, maybe in the
elevator. Make him come back here."
Jacob put down the receiver just as the elevator clicked. He stood
in front of the elevator door, barring the man inside. "Mr.
Scharnhorst?"
"Yeah." The face was keen and suspicious.
"Will you come up to Miss Prince's apartment again? There's
something she forgot to say."
"I can see her later." He attempted to push past Jacob.
Seizing him by the shoulders, Jacob shoved him back into the cage, slammed the
door and pressed the button for the eighth floor.
"I'll have you arrested for this!" Scharnhorst remarked.
"Put into jail for assault!"
Jacob held him firmly by the arms. Upstairs, Jenny, with panic in
her eyes, was holding open her door. After a slight struggle, the lawyer went
inside.
"What is it?" demanded Jacob.
"Tell him, you," she said. "Oh, Jake, he wants
twenty thousand dollars!"
"What for?"
"To get my sister a new trial."
"But she hasn't a chance!" exclaimed Jacob. He turned to
Scharnhorst. "You ought to know she hasn't a chance."
"There are some technicalities," said the lawyer
uneasily--"things that nobody but an attorney would understand. She's very
unhappy there, and her sister so rich and successful. Mrs. Choynski thought she
ought to get another chance."
"You've been up there working on her, heh?"
"She sent for me."
"But the blackmail idea was your own. I suppose if Miss
Prince doesn't feel like supplying twenty thousand to retain your firm, it'll
come out that she's the sister of the notorious murderess."
Jenny nodded. "That's what he said."
"Just a minute!" Jacob walked to the phone.
"Western Union, please. Western Union? Please take a telegram." He
gave the name and address of a man high in the political world of New York.
"Here's the message:
The convict Choynski threatening her sister, who is a picture
actress, with exposure of relationship stop Can you arrange it with warden that
she be cut off from visitors until I can get East and explain the situation
stop Also wire me if two witnesses to an attempted blackmailing scene are
enough to disbar a lawyer in New York if charges proceed from such a quarter as
Read, Van Tyne, Biggs & Company, or my uncle the surrogate stop Answer
Ambassador Hotel, Los Angeles.
Jacob C. K. Booth"
He waited until the clerk had repeated the message. "Now, Mr.
Scharnhorst," he said, "the pursuit of art should not be interrupted
by such alarms and excursions. Miss Prince, as you see, is considerably upset.
It will show in her work tomorrow and a million people will be just a little
disappointed. So we won't ask her for any decisions. In fact you and I will
leave Los Angeles on the same train tonight."
VI
The summer passed. Jacob went about his useless life, sustained by
the knowledge that Jenny was coming East in the fall. By fall there would have
been many Raffinos, he supposed, and she would find that the thrill of their
hands and eyes--and lips--was much the same. They were the equivalent, in a
different world, of the affairs at a college house party, the undergraduates of
a casual summer. And if it was still true that her feeling for him was less
than romantic, then he would take her anyway, letting romance come after
marriage as--so he had always heard--it had come to many wives before.
Her letters fascinated and baffled him. Through the ineptitude of
expression he caught gleams of emotion--an ever-present gratitude, a longing to
talk to him, and a quick, almost frightened reaction toward him, from--he could
only imagine--some other man. In August she went on location; there were only
post cards from some lost desert in Arizona, then for a while nothing at all.
He was glad of the break. He had thought over all the things that might have
repelled her--of his portentousness, his jealousy, his manifest misery. This
time it would be different. He would keep control of the situation. She would
at least admire him again, see in him the incomparably dignified and well
adjusted life.
Two nights before her arrival Jacob went to see her latest picture
in a huge nightbound vault on Broadway. It was a college story. She walked into
it with her hair knotted on the crown of her head--a familiar symbol for
dowdiness--inspired the hero to a feat of athletic success and faded out of it,
always subsidiary to him, in the shadow of the cheering stands. But there was
something new in her performance; for the first time the arresting quality he
had noticed in her voice a year before had begun to get over on the screen.
Every move she made, every gesture, was poignant and important. Others in the
audience saw it too. He fancied he could tell this by some change in the
quality of their breathing, by a reflection of her clear, precise expression in
their casual and indifferent faces. Reviewers, too, were aware of it, though
most of them were incapable of any precise definition of a personality.
But his first real consciousness of her public existence came from
the attitude of her fellow passengers disembarking from the train. Busy as they
were with friends or baggage, they found time to stare at her, to call their
friends' attention, to repeat her name.
She was radiant. A communicative joy flowed from her and around
her, as though her perfumer had managed to imprison ecstasy in a bottle. Once
again there was a mystical transfusion, and blood began to course again through
the hard veins of New York--there was the pleasure of Jacob's chauffeur when
she remembered him, the respectful frisking of the bell boys at the Plaza, the
nervous collapse of the head waiter at the restaurant where they dined. As for
Jacob, he had control of himself now. He was gentle, considerate and polite, as
it was natural for him to be--but as, in this case, he had found it necessary
to plan. His manner promised and outlined an ability to take care of her, a
will to be leaned on.
After dinner, their corner of the restaurant cleared gradually of
the theater crowd and the sense of being alone settled over them. Their faces
became grave, their voices very quiet.
"It's been five months since I saw you." He looked down
at his hands thoughtfully. "Nothing has changed with me, Jenny. I love you
with all my heart. I love your face and your faults and your mind and everything
about you. The one thing I want in this world is to make you happy."
"I know," she whispered. "Gosh, I know!"
"Whether there's still only affection in your feeling toward
me, I don't know. If you'll marry me, I think you'll find that the other things
will come, will be there before you know it--and what you called a thrill will
seem a joke to you, because life isn't for boys and girls, Jenny, but for men
and women."
"Jacob," she whispered, "you don't have to tell me.
I know."
He raised his eyes for the first time. "What do you mean--you
know?"
"I get what you mean. Oh, this is terrible! Jacob, listen! I
want to tell you. Listen, dear, don't say anything. Don't look at me. Listen,
Jacob, I fell in love with a man."
"What?" he asked blankly.
"I fell in love with somebody. That's what I mean about
understanding about a silly thrill."
"You mean you're in love with me?"
"No."
The appalling monosyllable floated between them, danced and
vibrated over the table: "No--no--no--no--no!"
"Oh, this is awful!" she cried. "I fell in love
with a man I met on location this summer. I didn't mean to--I tried not to, but
first thing I knew there I was in love and all the wishing in the world
couldn't help it. I wrote you and asked you to come, but I didn't send the letter,
and there I was, crazy about this man and not daring to speak to him, and
bawling myself to sleep every night."
"An actor?" he heard himself saying in a dead voice.
"Raffino?"
"Oh, no, no, no! Wait a minute, let me tell you. It went on
for three weeks and I honestly wanted to kill myself, Jake. Life wasn't worth
while unless I could have him. And one night we got in a car by accident alone
and he just caught me and made me tell him I loved him. He knew--he couldn't
help knowing."
"It just--swept over you," said Jacob steadily. "I
see."
"Oh, I knew you'd understand, Jake! You understand
everything. You're the best person in the world, Jake, and don't I know
it?"
"You're going to marry him?"
Slowly she nodded her head. "I said I'd have to come East
first and see you." As her fear lessened, the extent of his grief became
more apparent to her and her eyes filled with tears. "It only comes once,
Jake, like that. That's what kept in my mind all those weeks I didn't hardly
speak to him--if you lose it once, it'll never come like that again and then
what do you want to live for? He was directing the picture--he was the same
about me."
"I see."
As once before, her eyes held his like hands. "Oh,
Ja-a-ake!" In that sudden croon of compassion, all-comprehending and deep
as a song, the first force of the shock passed off. Jacob's teeth came together
again and he struggled to conceal his misery. Mustering his features into an
expression of irony, he called for the check. It seemed an hour later they were
in a taxi going toward the Plaza Hotel.
She clung to him. "Oh, Jake, say it's all right! Say you
understand! Darling Jake, my best friend, my only friend, say you
understand!"
"Of course I do, Jenny." His hand patted her back
automatically.
"Oh-h-h, Jake, you feel just awful, don't you?"
"I'll survive."
"Oh-h-h, Jake!"
They reached the hotel. Before they got out Jenny glanced at her
face in her vanity mirror and turned up the collar of her fur cape. In the
lobby, Jacob ran into several people and said, "Oh, I'm so sorry," in
a strained, unconvincing voice. The elevator waited. Jenny, her face distraught
and tearful, stepped in and held out her hand toward him with the fist clenched
helplessly.
"Jake," she said once more.
"Good night, Jenny."
She turned her face to the wire wall of the cage. The gate
clanged.
"Hold on!" he almost said. "Do you realize what
you're doing, starting that car like that?"
He turned and went out the door blindly. "I've lost
her," he whispered to himself, awed and frightened. "I've lost
her!"
He walked over Fifty-ninth Street to Columbus Circle and then down
Broadway. There were no cigarettes in his pocket--he had left them at the
restaurant--so he went into a tobacco store. There was some confusion about the
change and someone in the store laughed.
When he came out he stood for a moment puzzled. Then the heavy
tide of realization swept over him and beyond him, leaving him stunned and
exhausted. It swept back upon him and over him again. As one rereads a tragic
story with the defiant hope that it will end differently, so he went back to
the morning, to the beginning, to the previous year. But the tide came
thundering back with the certainty that she was cut off from him forever in a
high room at the Plaza Hotel.
He walked down Broadway. In great block letters over the
porte-cochère of the Capitol Theater five words glittered out into the night:
"Carl Barbour and Jenny Prince."
The name startled him, as if a passer-by had spoken it. He stopped
and stared. Other eyes rose to that sign, people hurried by him and turned in.
Jenny Prince.
Now that she no longer belonged to him, the name assumed a
significance entirely its own.
It hung there, cool and impervious, in the night, a challenge, a
defiance.
Jenny Prince.
"Come and rest upon my loveliness," it said.
"Fulfill your secret dreams in wedding me for an hour."
Jenny Prince.
It was untrue--she was back at the Plaza Hotel, in love with
somebody. But the name, with its bright insistence, rode high upon the night.
"I love my dear public. They are all so sweet to me."
The wave appeared far off, sent up whitecaps, rolled toward him
with the might of pain, washed over him. "Never any more. Never any
more." The wave beat upon him, drove him down, pounding with hammers of
agony on his ears. Proud and impervious, the name on high challenged the night.
Jenny Prince.
She was there! All of her, the best of her--the effort, the power,
the triumph, the beauty.
Jacob moved forward with a group and bought a ticket at the
window.
Confused, he stared around the great lobby. Then he saw an entrance and walking in, found himself a place in the fast-throbbing darkness.
Comments
Post a Comment